Home

ZyXEL P-6600HW-Tx User's Manual

1. 271 Vau num Upgrade M 271 rawa ole o a SR c PE 273 APAE e ieena AION cccitadt E E E E E E 273 21 2 2 Restore CONNQUIARON x 274 21 2 9 Back ta Factory Dofasco ne ienaa tod E ad atia ead d di ad d kd 275 abi cog uer m 275 Chapter 22 tb C 277 CEAMECU IL ICEM DI A 277 22 2 DLL DO S iai a 278 Part VII Troubleshooting and Specifications 279 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Table of Contents Chapter 23 RUE TUN iiim AH dacidi n RM aFI Ia DENM R RR SE Man EU EHE E AM FIOAR URNA EA AM ELM RU TI E DUM MEE 281 23 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDS sseesesseeene ene 281 23 2 ZyXEL Device Access and LOGIT iius cesses tetectee tpe rlabetasecai Irc peor er cbr EL eE PUE COE PL OD EIE EUR dE 282 dice MORRIE PE NAA TL TU T 283 23 4 Reset the ZyXEL Device to Its Factory Defaults scccceeesscceceeeetsceeceeetsteeeeeeennenes 284 Chapter 24 Product SHSCiICAN sj m 285 24 1 General ZYXEL Device SpecilcalionS 12 2 aant rp n Et EY ite Rh ES ER bI Ras 285 vuU etui nsiltiuheni dee EM 288 24 2 1 M4 Tap Screw and Masonry PIU uuuuccccusseiice ses eettt erret even cddervemcceduveveueeddeauanecas 289 Part VIII Appendices and Index
2. sssese 291 Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 293 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions ssssss 317 Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting s sirena aeneae aE 325 Append D Wess LANS oui d PROPRIA Rar R et buen roca dede uat p uuu MA AM E 335 Appendik E Command Imer rpr oto se a ERES 349 Bppendx F NetBIOS Fiter CoOmmealdtlsu ee o Een eet e a eR ed ara pete CE aH 355 Appendoc GG rial SP OEN creron eaa ek pri EP EUER IEEE 357 Appendiks H Legal Infcr dalli taco deese er RE Dep om Kon o CARERE ab latent ane ER EXE ener 373 Appendiks MUSTO Mer SUPPONE eriari E 377 E a ea 383 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Table of Contents P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide List of Figures List of Figures Figure 1 Protected Internet Access Applications esee reino oneri rto raa od enn ont eh dod ahh 40 Figure 2 LAN to LAN Application Example sssssssssssssessesseeerene ener nnne nennen 40 Figure 3 LEDS DET 41 Figure 4 Connecting a POTS SDIBE uicina rette CDL ESYR RU LS REL ER LR A 42 Figure o Connecing a Wil el Wt TI D M retrriretr errr reat rer rece rrr reser 43 Figure 6 Connecting a Microfilter arid Y COnn CtOl s scccctecssoveccstessececsectasseecsessasacdssrsastiaeess secon i 43 Figure 7 ZyXEL Device with ISDN uaa coc isaac boda n Aneta RO
3. fat a EM Th IS Notices Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device has been designed for the WLAN 2 4 GHz network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix H Legal Information Viewing Certifications 1 Go to http www zyxel com 2 Select your product on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product s page 3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page ZyXEL Limited Warranty ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this product is free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defect
4. 330 Toe TO EUM UDE e 330 Table 137 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning caissaiciciaincisierdassssanieaiesasenedadeisemaideatonmaieentais 331 Table 138 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning eese seien endete titan ida 331 Ds Aca cx OA gr dI 339 D cx bc c ci s undi ca m 340 Table 141 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types sssssssssssseseseeeemee eene 343 Table 142 Wireless Security Relational Matrix ieaeeesieeiseseiees essent net he tnnt hh inna Ra dean dad 346 Table 143 NetBIOS Filter Default Settings 1 21 resisiscceeesidacc censis tt dd etd otto dran td voces 356 Table 144 Abbreviations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table 360 Table 145 Menu T General SEDI 4 iip kane REED E HEU EE RIP RM ERR T CHE PRI SEE EER EE 360 TANE ME MEMS 360 Table 147 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup 1st ina kane einen ERR x ba kn a arid EB Ra V ERR ERR o Ee kaaa 363 TE soil rig Atte 365 Tables T49 Manu 13 SUA Server SIME 1 irre XAR a ER aed doo xe P RU ade 365 Tabe 150 Menu 21 1 Filter Set FT c m 367 Teale 1571 Menu 2141 Filer SET C 368 Tablo 152 Menu 23 Sy SIGN EUR serrio a E 370 Table 153 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control p icisascccsisesteneastesseseiaiesesneadtearteneddisesaneeaisoatineds 371 Teale 154 Command Examples Wee
5. ssessss 152 10 5 Configuring Port Forwarding iuucicsovcet uper etd ee tereti pert tbt kb eet bad dy Re ttd e gea cda bd 153 10 1 Part Forwarding Rule Edil rude cose dU EC y RDUM HU EROR uS dU 154 Parn Ne 2 gilt E EAEE 157 Chapter 11 dici e 159 QuEEI toro AT 159 IPM TET 159 TL21 PapketFkernnsFIEIEQNls cn wi rrt bt Ee e E ccn c a RU REN RR ae 159 11 2 2 Applicauondevel FirowallS saisunpi reo rp E eL PER REPRE camer ania 160 31 2 3 Sta teil Inspection Firewalls ien ies dais eti starria nEe rd eo FERE Eid do ekE CDI SERI ced asta xta FE as de 160 11 3 Introduction to ZyXEL s Firewall PP 160 T1331 Deel Ot So uu efle cq C A ined 161 TAD Cl See em 161 TELIES Oirnn a bah ee Van ae cipi date amet LY 161 11 4 2 Typas Gt Doo AWORO scccrccsctecsrctusrecesstecstcaterseusteeraiastecnnadsesedened ousnecues domsstesadeauiveanad 162 TLS Siete MSO CIR UIT 164 115 1 Staten Inspection Process a1 oix Ep HF Ie ERE RPEPHIRERE RU Hg ERR PES ERE RR FIR RM HUY MEUS 165 11 5 2 Stateful Inspection and the ZyXEL Device esee iitee ceti hh ittm 166 Meagan UN AD ais vias a Hopccasc dade Apad v esdu iia 166 gg ee UDRI MP S00 ausisoasitrisseisatk rie duad tune eerrrertitreere errtrerre scm cedat te eden ermrerere tes 167 TSS Upper Lavor PRONE GS sosanna aaa a aaa 167 11 6 Guidelines for Enhancing Security with Your Firewall
6. G R 372 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide PART Introduction Introducing the ZyXEL Device 33 Introducing the Web Configurator 45 Introducing the ZyXEL Device This chapter introduces the main applications and features of the ZyXEL Device It also introduces the ways you can manage the ZyXEL Device 1 1 Overview The ZyXEL Device is an is an ADSL2 gateway that allows super fast secure Internet access over analog POTS or digital ISDN telephone lines depending on your model In the ZyXEL Device product name H denotes an integrated 4 port switch hub and W denotes an included wireless LAN card that provides wireless connectivity Model names ending in 1 for example P 660HW T1 denote a device that works over the analog telephone system POTS Plain Old Telephone Service Model names ending in 3 denote a device that works over ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network The DSL RJ 11 ADSL over POTS models or RJ 45 ADSL over ISDN models connects to your ADSL enabled telephone line Only use firmware for your ZyXEL Device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device Connect your computer s to the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device uses the phone line to provide high speed Internet access to the computer s You can continue to use the phone line for regular phone calls as well See the Quick Start Guide for instructions to make these con
7. LABEL DESCRIPTION E mail Log Settings Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e mail addresses specified below If this field is left blank logs and alert messages will not be sent via E mail Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the log e mail message that the ZyXEL Device sends Not all ZyXEL models have this field Send Log To The ZyXEL Device sends logs to the e mail address specified in this field If this field is left blank the ZyXEL Device does not send logs via e mail Send Alerts To Alerts are real time notifications that are sent as soon as an event such as a DoS attack system error or forbidden web access attempt occurs Enter the E mail address where the alert messages will be sent Alerts include system errors attacks and attempted access to blocked web sites If this field is left blank alert messages will not be sent via E mail P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 100 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Log Schedule This drop down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages being sent as E mail Daily Weekly Hourly When Log is Full None If you select Weekly or Daily specify a time of day when the E mail should be sent If you select Weekly then also specify which day of the week the E mail should be sent If you select When Log is Full an alert is sent
8. AMD PCnet Fast 79C971 MAC 08 00 27 96 ed 3d Device Name eth etho Started automatically at boot IP address assigned using DHCP d Configure Delete Abort 5 When the Network Card Setup window opens click the Address tab P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 212 openSUSE 10 3 Network Card Setup B YaST 2 linux h2o0z Address Setup Select No Address Setup if you do not want any IP address for this device This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices Select Dynamic address if you do not have a static IP address assigned by the system administrator or your cable or DSL provider You can choose one of the dynamic address assignment method Select DHCP if you have a DHCP server running on your local network Network addresses are then obtained automatically from the server To automatically search for free IP and then assign it statically select B Zeroconf To use i Network Card Setup General onfiguration Name Ethernet x No IP Address for Bonding Devices J Dynamic Address DHCP Statically assigned IP Address Subnet Mask Hostname Cancel 6 Select Dynamic Address DHCP if you have a dynamic IP address Select Statically assigned IP Address if you have a static IP addr
9. WAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure WAN settings 7 1 WAN Overview A WAN Wide Area Network is an outside connection to another network or the Internet 7 1 1 Encapsulation Be sure to use the encapsulation method required by your ISP The ZyXEL Device supports the following methods 7 1 1 1 ENET ENCAP The MAC Encapsulated Routing Link Protocol ENET ENCAP is only implemented with the IP network protocol IP packets are routed between the Ethernet interface and the WAN interface and then formatted so that they can be understood in a bridged environment For instance it encapsulates routed Ethernet frames into bridged ATM cells ENET ENCAP requires that you specify a gateway IP address in the ENET ENCAP Gateway field in the second wizard screen You can get this information from your ISP 7 1 1 2 PPP over Ethernet PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet provides access control and billing functionality in a manner similar to dial up services using PPP PPPoE is an IETF standard RFC 2516 specifying how a personal computer PC interacts with a broadband modem DSL cable wireless etc connection For the service provider PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with existing access control systems for example RADIUS One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services a function known as dynamic service selection This enables the serv
10. ees 168 11 5 1 Security In General sernir aaa 168 TIT Packet FUIS Ve giro iudei ed da cota do bc Re oda td scope do ot teda 169 TAGE Li Cua ri e o o om 169 T2 Firewall 169 TLO mande ROWE eee 170 11 9 1 The Thiandi Route FEODIDITE daciscsixsqkb esu dar ER Saa FRHEO du KEEN edna 170 11 8 2 The Triangle Route SDIAUDES a acto epis ei t dri otc tipa de dd od does 171 Chapter 12 Firewall CGI GUA AE DIT asiaiisesci recti enia e INadsetcia su Rua 6E Ira TUnRe E au LEE U REPE ERO ERE REDK CREE E REL UV KS Pao 173 pOXE co E usc etm 173 II UE De Dass 173 12 3 Rule Logic QVOIVIGI occisus e Dep eek pax da Lada exa aac pa Kd a Ead ud 174 Tes Ae CIE po PD 174 T2 9 2 Sopa RD aiorrccit red EE DIR Ebr bistro a vdd bo astra pede 174 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 15 Table of Contents 12 3 3 Key Fields For Configuring RUGS sisscisseicsscseesinsoevsegnsnctesesinniwsrssiannogueanansansassinnate 175 y OMEN DECIO M rrr 175 Qr NT E EV ED T 176 pp c P 176 12 9 Genaral Firewall PORY uostebasdo tetas caiaten tubus e bere da tu da ee e Don pde eus 176 12 6 Firewall Rules SUMMANY e 177 12 6 1 Configuring Firewall RUES cecrsaacatcadadacatccspcansaasvanasouss caneaadiicenpuanssrsranaaedalcanaaauntennes 179 126 2 CUsiomized aervielS sinici EN 182 12 6 3 Configuring a Customized Service ucnentedicen iscritt
11. through this interface Table 103 Access Control Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Firewall default policy TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded lt Packet Direction gt according to the default policy s setting Firewall rule NOT match TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF matched or did not match a configured firewall rule Packet Direction lt rule d gt denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule 258 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 103 Access Control Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Triangle route packet forwarded The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE through OSPF Packet without a NAT table entry The router blocked a packet that didn t have a blocked TCP UDP IGMP ESP corresponding NAT table entry GRE OSPF message TCP Router sent blocked web site The router sent a message to notify a user that the router blocked access to a web site that the user requested Table 104 TCP Reset Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Under SYN flood attack sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a host was under a SYN flood attack the TCP incomplete count is p
12. Start Time Enter the start time when you want the content filtering to take effect in hour minute format End Time Enter the end time when you want the content filtering to stop in hour minute format Apply Click Apply to save your changes Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 13 4 Configuring Trusted Computers To exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering on your ZyXEL Device click Security gt Content Filter gt Trusted The screen appears as shown P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 13 Content Filtering Figure 126 Content Filter Trusted Trusted User IP Range From IP address To IP address Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 74 Content Filter Trusted LABEL DESCRIPTION Trusted User IP Range From Type the IP address of a computer or the beginning IP address of a specific range of computers on the LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering To Type the ending IP address of a specific range of users on your LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering Leave this field blank if you want to exclude an individual computer Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide PART V Advanc
13. ssssssssssssss 206 pns Dp tT IURE NIENTE arn eran 206 15 51 Fh lonb Dasbd SCHSEHIBE castoieidaatxtrbedeqna ber eda E PE E RERERE T heben cbr ea t kd 206 155 2 Falitess Dbaspd SUBQUIBE 1 deterret Oe MAU RE PALEEE PHIL Ee FE Rex tL Ha da Rudd 207 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Table of Contents 130 Maximize Bandwidth WSAGS ussceo aspe ou aiin Ed dan EUH pO PRU FS E E UU 207 15 6 1 Reserving Bandwidth for Non Bandwidth Class Traffic ssssessss 207 15 6 2 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Exemple 224 uerit rrt tede btt dabat dad d er isi 207 15 6 3 Bandwidth Management Priorities 1 dett he ea nt ped hod ad eae ora da a 209 197 Over Albinenn OF BSIINIQUE ioectetidees kr HI RERERIUNRNVKERETREREKHRI RR SK SERENDRRYK HEUS uu E RH NAME PH US 209 15 9 COMNQUIING SUMMAY M 209 15 9 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup 11 esses eee hann nn thanh Rn adden AR RR dad 211 121 Euler C OnIIQUESUDIT sc xcoe nde x RN DIRE ERN IN HERE RUNE RERU RN Ter HAE PR FERME EU MR MEMO dU RUE 212 TOENN MO 1usekecekdbodti Uo a E 214 Chapter 16 Dynamo DNS SEP ainena i xii Ia rape d iK A E REV RR PvE ER Lc re NEEN ETE M UNR EET vanes 217 101 Dera DNS eerie 4 000 eterne 217 TGA BIDE VAG n Mm 217 16 2 Coniigurmg Dynami DNG m 217 Chapter 17 Remote Management Configuration ccccccssssssseeeeeeeseseeesseeceeeeeeeeseseeeeeneeeeseeseeeseeseeeeees 221 17 1 Remote Management OVGIVIOW scsccssecsesices
14. 67 Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard 22 seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneneeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeees 69 dT WA NEY a a PE R 69 4 2 Predefined Media Bandwidth Management Services 00 0 0 cee eeeecceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeentaeeeeeeenaas 69 4 3 Bandwidth Management Wizard Setup eese essent nannten nnns 70 PIE WEIN O MERC ee 75 Chapter 5 Wizard Setup for Internet Access uuueueeeueesseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nennen nnn nnne nnne nnn nnns 77 M veris f METRE pestle iets E S LT T iady 77 5 2 Internet Access Wizard SetU T 77 mie 1 POS SEO seniai 79 2 2 Maonial Connora e m 79 5 9 Wireless Conneotion Wizard Beli uico sscssabadissacecodussavateleyyioveabue coutiaeuisiausi ba ibni Ei 84 5 3 1 Manually assign a WPA PSK key 1 iere nora ath tutta a ek nor uR A DIR a EPA Ld opa Rao 86 5 9 Mamially assign d WEP Key cisew teda ere doit o ripae vi quia be o epp Ep Ee eun ERR Do RO 87 12 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Table of Contents Chapter 6 Bandwidth Management Wizard 22 seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneneesneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 89 SN MM iiir MNT UTERE E EINE TP EN IPM NER 89 6 2 Predefined Media Bandwidth Management Services sssssee 89 6 3 Bandwidth Management Wizard Setup euieesi iesus es ia aeeen santa anta ia aaa a SE
15. Internet Gateway Network Tasks Internet Connection Disabled Internet Connection 5 Create a new connection 9 Set up a home or small office network LAN or High Speed Internet See Also d Local Area Connection Network Troubleshooter Enabled E a Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Other Places Cy Control Panel My Network Places E My Documents My Computer Details Network Connections System Folder Network Connections 4 An icon with the description for each UPnP enabled device displays under Local Network 5 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Invoke The web configurator login screen displays P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 18 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 158 Network Connections My Network Places T My Network Places File Edit Tools Q Address y My Network Places View Favorites Help v 3 yes Search i Folders Ez Local Network Network Tasks ag Add a network place e View network connections Set up a home or small office network 35 View workgroup computers Other Places Create Shortcut Rename Properties 6 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Properties A properties window displays with basic information about the ZyXEL Device Figure 159 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example General ZyXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Pr
16. Time calibration failed The router failed to get information from the time server WAN interface gets IP s A WAN interface got a new IP address from the DHCP PPPoE PPTP or dial up server DHCP client IP expired A DHCP client s IP address has expired DHCP server assigns s The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client Successful W EB login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface WEB login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface Successful T ELN ET login Someone has logged on to the router via telnet TELNET login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet Successful FTP login Someone has logged on to the router via ftp FTP login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via ftp NAT Session Tab le is Full The maximum number of NAT session table entries has been exceeded and the table is full P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 257 Chapter 20 Logs Table 101 System Maintenance Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Starting Connectivity Starting Connectivity Monitor Monitor Time initialized by Daytime The router got the time and date from the Daytime server Server Time initialized by Time The router got the time and date from the time server server Time init
17. Certificate was not valid in the time interval Not used Certificate is not valid Certificate signature was not verified correctly Certificate was revoked by a CRL Certificate was not added to the cache WO O nvNA an om wy nh Fr Certificate decoding failed Certificate was not found anywhere Certificate chain looped did not find trusted root Certificate contains critical extension that was not handled Certificate issuer was not valid CA specific information missing Not used CRL is too old CRL is not valid CRL signature was not verified correctly oO an oT Ww nh rI o CRL was not found anywhere Ne CRL was not added to the cache N Oo CRL decoding failed N mn CRL is not currently valid but in the future N N CRL contains duplicate serial numbers N Co Time interval is not continuous N A Time information not available N 91 Database method failed due to timeout N Oo Database method failed N NJ Path was not verified N Maximum path length reached Table 116 802 1X Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Local User Database accepts A user was authenticated by the local user database user Local User Database reports user A user was not authenticated by the local user database credential error
18. This drop down list box displays the services to which this firewall rule applies See Section 12 8 on page 187 for more information P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Table 65 Firewall Rules continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Action This field displays whether the firewall silently discards packets Drop discards packets and sends a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Reject or allows the passage of packets Permit Schedule This field tells you whether a schedule is specified Yes or not No Log This field shows you whether a log is created when packets match this rule Yes or not No Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing firewall rule A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the firewall rule Note that subsequent firewall rules move up by one when you take this action Order Click the Move icon to display the Move the rule to field Type a number in the Move the rule to field and click the Move button to move the rule to the number that you typed The ordering of your rules is important as they are applied in order of their numbering Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 12 6 1 Configuring Fire
19. vm Qi SSID WPA 2 PSK Oo mia COMMUNICATION 9 4 3 How WPS Works When two WPS enabled devices connect each device must assume a specific role One device acts as the registrar the device that supplies network and security settings and the other device acts as the enrollee the device that receives network and security settings The registrar creates a secure EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol tunnel and sends the network name SSID and the WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK pre shared key to the enrollee Whether WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK is used depends on the standards supported by the devices If the registrar is already part of a network it sends the existing information If not it generates the SSID and WPA 2 PSK randomly The following figure shows a WPS enabled client installed in a notebook computer connecting to a WPS enabled access point P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 92 How WPS works ACTIVATE ACTIVATE WPS T o WITHIN 2 MINUTES If EN NIE m WPS HANDSHAKE 6 eS ENROLLEE REGISTRAR SECURE TUNNEL E GD SECURITY INFO t COMMUNICATION SS The roles of registrar and enrollee last only as long as the WPS setup process is active two minutes The next time you use WPS a different device can be the registrar if necessary The WPS connection process is like a handshake only two devices participate in each
20. y lt Bv m TN T ER Internet 192 168 10 1 T i N nace Internet 192 168 10 1 192 168 1 1 The Any IP feature does not apply to a computer using either a dynamic IP address or a static IP address that is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s IP address P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup BS You must enable NAT SUA to use the Any IP feature on the ZyXEL Device 8 2 4 1 How Any IP Works Address Resolution Protocol ARP is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol address IP address to a physical machine address also known as a Media Access Control or MAC address on the local area network IP routing table is defined on IP Ethernet devices the ZyXEL Device to decide which hop to use to help forward data along to its specified destination The following lists out the steps taken when a computer tries to access the Internet for the first time through the ZyXEL Device 1 When a computer which is in a different subnet first attempts to access the Internet it sends packets to its default gateway which is not the ZyXEL Device by looking at the MAC address in its ARP table 2 When the computer cannot locate the default gateway an ARP request is broadcast on the LAN 3 The ZyXEL Device receives the ARP request and replies to the computer with its own MAC address 4 The computer updates the MAC address for the default gateway to the ARP table Once the AR
21. 0 1 Deny gt 30501003 Address 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 30501004 Address 2 00 00 00 00 00 00 30501005 Address 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 Continued 30501034 Address 32 00 00 00 00 00 00 Table 147 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup Menu 4 Internet Access Setup FI FN PVA INPUT 40000000 Configured lt O No 1 1 Yes gt 40000001 ISP lt O No 1 1 Yes gt 40000002 Active lt O No 1 1 Yes gt P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Table 147 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup continued 40000003 ISP s Name ChangeMe 40000004 Encapsulation lt 2 PPPOE 2 3 RFC 1483 4 PPPOA 5 ENET ENCAP gt 40000005 Multiplexing lt 1 LLC based 1 2 VC based 40000006 VPI 0 40000007 VCI d 35 40000008 Service Nam lt Str gt any 40000009 My Login lt Str gt test pga 40000010 My Password lt Str gt 1234 40000011 Single User Account lt 0 No L l Yes 40000012 IP Address Assignment lt 0 Static 1 1 Dynamic gt 40000013 IP Address 0 0 0 0 40000014 Remote IP address 0 0 0 0 40000015 Remote IP subnet mask 0 40000016 ISP incoming protocol filter set 1 6 40000017 ISP incoming protocol filter set 2 256 40000018 ISP incoming
22. Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external accounting server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external accounting server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 9 3 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup To configure advanced wireless settings click the Advanced Setup button in the General screen The screen appears as shown Figure 89 Advanced Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Threshold 2346 K0 2432 Fragmentation Threshold 2346 256 2432 Output Power Maximum v Preamble Long v 802 11 Mode Mixed vi The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 50 Wireless LAN Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Use RTS CTS to reduce data collisions on the wireless network if you have wireless Threshold clients that are associated with the same AP but out of range of one another When enabled a wireless client sends an RTS Request To Send and then waits for a CTS Clear To Send before it transmits This stops wireless clients from transmitting packets at the same time and causing data collisions A wireless client sends an RTS for all packets larger than the number of bytes that you enter here Set the RTS CTS equal to or higher than the fragmentation threshold to turn RTS CTS off Enter a value
23. Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and UPnP See the NAT chapter for more information on NAT 18 1 3 Cautions with UPnP The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and opening firewall ports may present network security issues Network information and configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 233 Chapter 18 Universal Plug and Play UPnP When a UPnP device joins a network it announces its presence with a multicast message For security reasons the ZyXEL Device allows multicast messages only on the LAN All UPnP enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional configuration Disable UPnP if this is not your intention You must have IIS Internet Information Services enabled on the Windows web server for UPnP to work 18 2 UPnP and ZyXEL ZyXEL has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum UPnP Implementers Corp UIC ZyXEL s UPnP implementation supports IGD 1 0 Internet Gateway Device See the following sections for examples of installing and using UPnP 18 2 1 Configuring UPnP Click Advanced gt UPnP to display the screen shown next See Section 18 1 on page 233 for more information Figure 145 Configuring UPnP UPnP Setup Device Name ZyXEL P 660HW T1 v3 Internet Sharing Gateway Cl Act
24. out disconnect no inbound traffic within the idle timeout period XAUTH succeed Username The router used extended authentication to authenticate the Username listed username XAUTH fail Username The router was not able to use extended authentication to Username authenticate the listed username Rule d Phase 1 negotiation mode mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 negotiation mode did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 encryption algorithm mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 encryption algorithm did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 authentication algorithm mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 authentication algorithm did not match between the router and the peer P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 113 IKE Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Rule d Phase 1 The listed rule s IKE phase 1 authentication method did not authentication method match between the router and the peer mismatch Rule d Phase 1 key group The listed rule s IKE phase 1 key group did not match mismatch between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 protocol The listed rule s IKE phase 2 protocol did not match between mismatch the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 encryption The listed rule s IKE phase 2 encryp
25. q Note If you enable WPS the UPnP service will be turned on automatically Apply Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 52 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS LABEL DESCRIPTION WPS Setup Enable WPS Select the check box to activate WPS on the ZyXEL Device PIN Number This shows the PIN Personal Identification Number of the ZyXEL Device Enter this PIN in the configuration utility of the device you want to connect to using WPS The PIN is not necessary when you use WPS push button method Generate Click this button to have the ZyXEL Device create a new PIN WPS Status This displays Configured when the ZyXEL Device has connected to a wireless network using WPS or Enable WPS is selected and wireless or wireless security settings have been changed The current wireless and wireless security settings also appear in the screen This displays Unconfigured if WPS is disabled and there is no wireless or wireless security changes on the ZyXEL Device or you click Release_Configuration to remove the configured wireless and wireless security settings P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Table 52 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS LABEL DESCRIPTION Release_Con This button is available when the WPS status is Configured figuration Click this button to remove all configured wireless and wireless security settings for WPS co
26. sse 80 Table 22 Internet Connection with PPPOE 1525 crovicisit ce viai opta ER sand sabied tane ae i DE Ea L E EEn a 81 Table 23 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 uuoedaniersexber e prt peii kh recta heh da ee i Ee prn ed prre La vd 81 Table 24 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP oansein anian E aE A 82 Table 25 Internet Conneclion witht PPPOA 12 5 rnt art ba Ehe m LEER PEE ia 83 Tale 25 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard T dussesbss coperti iere ch ei EN EP V BXYR ERE IU E GE ERR EM GECKSA QURE RR erUEV REPE IA UTE P IdUE 85 Table 27 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard A 4 rsei ominira nii kinena a aAA EE ELA ENAERE 85 Table 20 Manually assign s WPA KOY saranin aA S 86 Table 29 Manually assign a WEP cs TIL IL LL 87 Table 30 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services sse ettet 89 Table 31 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information ssssssssseeees 91 Table 32 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration ccccccceeeessccceceeeeeceeeceeeeseaeseeeeeecaneeeeneaae 92 yu crtcap ppm cr c Dr 103 Table 34 Advanced Internet Connection Setup sssssssssssssseeseneenee eene nnne nnns 105 TEBE 35 M re CONMECHONG AC 107 Table 38 Mori COMME CONS Edil ireren anau iaaa aaa adaa 108 Table 37 More Connections Advanced SetU p aiicisinsinnsectecsssasscscesssssnestasssseseanessnoossdeensanss i En EREA NAN 110 Table 38 DDaIt ul SSRR M 113 P 660HW Tx v3 User s
27. A Fragmentation Threshold is the maximum data fragment size between 256 and 2432 bytes that can be sent in the wireless network before the AP will fragment the packet into smaller data frames A large Fragmentation Threshold is recommended for networks not prone to interference while you should set a smaller threshold for busy networks or networks that are prone to interference P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs If the Fragmentation Threshold value is smaller than the RTS CTS value see previously you set then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Preamble Type Preamble is used to signal that data is coming to the receiver Short and long refer to the length of the synchronization field in a packet Short preamble increases performance as less time sending preamble means more time for sending data All IEEE 802 11 compliant wireless adapters support long preamble but not all support short preamble Use long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode other wireless devices on the network support and to provide more reliable communications in busy wireless networks Use short preamble if you are sure all wireless devices on the network support it and to provide more efficient communications Use the dynamic setting to automatically use short preamble when all wireless devices on the network support i
28. Mode Encapsulation User Name Password Service Name Multiplexing VPI VCI IP Address ChangeMe Routing PPPOE 7 I P s P Obtain an IP Address Automatically C Static IP Address IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Connection C Nailed Up Connection Ji Connect on Demand Max Idle timeout NAT C None sec SUA Only Edit Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 36 More Connections Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to activate or clear the check box to deactivate this connection Name Enter a unique descriptive name of up to 13 ASCII characters for this connection Mode Select Routing from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account If you select Bridge the ZyXEL Device will forward any packet that does not route to this remote node otherwise the packets are discarded Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices are PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Table 36 More Connections Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifi
29. Please enter the User Name and P ord given to you by your Internet Service Provider here User Name Password Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 13 Internet Connection with PPPoA LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the login name that your ISP gives you Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Ifthe user name and or password you entered for PPPoE or PPPoA connection are not correct the screen displays as shown next Click Back to Username and Password setup to go back to the screen where you can modify them Figure 28 Connection Test Failed 1 fii Internet Configuration Your login username and password are wrong Back to Username and Password setup Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes No Ifthe following screen displays check if your account is activated or click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to verify your Internet access settings P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 63 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 29 Connection Test Failed 2 ffi Inte
30. Advanced Setup Click this button to display the More Connections Advanced screen and edit more details of your WAN setup 7 6 2 Configuring More Connections Advanced Setup To edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced WAN settings click the Advanced Setup button in the More Connections Edit screen The screen appears as shown Figure 71 More Connections Advanced Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction None v RIP Version Multicast None v ATM Qos ATM QoS Type UBR v Peak Cell Rate 0 _ lell sec i Sustain Cell Rate 0 cell sec Maximum Burst Size 0 cell MTU MTU 1500 Apply The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 37 More Connections Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR nRT Variable Bit Rate non Real Time or VBR RT Variable Bit Rate Real Time
31. DSL Line These screens display information to help you identify problems with the DSL line 2 4 2 Status Screen The following summarizes how to navigate the web configurator from the Status screen Some fields or links are not available if you entered the user password in the login password screen see Figure 8 on page 46 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Figure 12 Status Screen Device Information Host Name Model Number MAC Address DSL Firmware Version WAN Information DSL Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Default Gateway VPI VCI LAN Information IP Address IP Subnet Mask DHCP WLAN Information SSID Channel Security Security Firewall Content Filter ZyNOS Firmware Version Refresh Interval None Y Apply System Status P660HW TX System Uptime 0 12 09 P 660HW T1 v3 Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 15 32 00 13 49 36 27 14 System Mode Routing Brid v3 40 BJH 0 b2 10 14 2008 CPU Usage NL 17 10 DMT FwVer 3 11 2 61 A TC Memory Usage Ee 51 HwVer T14F7 5 0 Error Interf Stat 0 0 0 0 nterface Status 0 0 0 0 9 35 DSL Down 0 kbps 0 kbps 192 168 1 1 LAN Up 100M Full Duplex 255 255 255 0 54M Server ZyXEL 6 Summary Disabled bled AnyIP Table WLAN Status Enabled Bandwidth Status Packet Statistics Disabled The following table describes the labe
32. Figure 27 Internet Connection with PPPOA 1222 isses ieiicies bete t ber epo ck ic eed ceases Ebrei evt Loc de 63 Fow 26 Connection Test Falled T 15 dort i lbenno dodici doo p d RE UL RS Adda 63 gsrcycPeeche Nri op T 64 Figure 30 Connection Test Successful e 64 Figure 31 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard T aisceciio scri e perti ek ni c ore FE vr n Eee b ke Rt i ERE Urbi 65 Figure 32 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard pae nPm 65 Figure 33 Manually assign a WPA PSK KOy sesriiiissrriiiitsrisiiirsssi ioien NENN n AAEN euieusealinds 66 Figure 34 Manually assign a WEP Key iussis ente eto rhe e Lari Laden ean dee pa d Kota e dela a 67 Figure 39 Wireless LAN SGU e ee 68 Figure 36 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete sess 68 mop IE 0 ss ecce 70 Figure 3G Wizard Welcome e 71 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 21 List of Figures Figure 39 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information ssseeennee 71 Figure 40 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration essseee enne 72 Figure 41 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete ceceesececeeeeee e eene rennen tenente T3 RENETI o e E TT Figure 43 Wizard VIGICOIIB ausos cus iol tr a Pre Ven btop UP AASARIN va e E CAP rU EP vx MER APDI UE 78 Figure 44 Auto Detection No DSL COofnngopCBOn scsccciccctsscssiresictssi veces sete tet
33. Housing Your ZyXEL Device s compact and ventilated housing minimizes space requirements making it easy to position anywhere in your busy office 4 port Switch A combination of switch and router makes your ZyXEL Device a cost effective and viable network solution You can connect up to four computers to the ZyXEL Device without the cost of a hub Use a hub to add more than four computers to your LAN 1 5 1 Wireless Features Wireless LAN The ZyXEL Device supports the IEEE 802 11g standard which is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard meaning that you can have both IEEE 802 11b and IEEE 802 11g wireless clients in the same wireless network P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device BS The ZyXEL Device may be prone to RF Radio Frequency interference from other 2 4 GHz devices such as microwave ovens wireless phones Bluetooth enabled devices and other wireless LANs Wi Fi Protected Access Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 111 security specification standard Key differences between WPA and WEP are user authentication and improved data encryption WPA2 WPA 2 IEEE 802 111 is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA Both WPA and WPA2 improve data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP Message Integrity Check MIC and IEEE 802 1x In addition to TKIP WPA2 also uses
34. M 53 Tabe 7 Status WLAN SIAS 1 20 puede ai Ioas igo Pete eode bell odas dens Le pa ERR wanted Pod ad era Id Dauid 54 Table S Staue Packet SaS iCS M 55 Table 9 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters c ccccccecesceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeaeceeeeeeeeeeseeees 60 Table 10 Thtemet Connection withi PPPOE 43x iio Ei pata tis cuwinndas Het EYE ERR Ret ED LENEX ESTE kaaa ANa EN dta ERE antra 61 Table 11 Intemet Connection with REC TABI uuusssaciv tert ioni Veneta pho pot AVR Rr En RR ni E rab iN 61 Table 12 internet Connection with ENET ENCAP Luise tr ntt ropa LE Gl a d d So kei aE a 62 Table 13 Intemet Connection with PPPOA ii kens ua kia eee ano ae Ee Pra en SERE RP PIR RR prb AR Ried viu Ebr EP HIMERI ERE 63 Table 14 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard T L2 sias eius uie rasisiee si cix sivo Pepe eeEE MOX E ER PER ERE DONE AAE REDIN 65 Table 15 Wireless LAN Setup WIZE 2 uiuos ced tis ore eE E ERE anaia dia aadi KE SR SER NE er NaS EE RUE PARU 65 Table 15 Manually assign a WPA KY audsspsusezirrisiidukEPRDS ote Res ON E Ee 66 Table 17 Manually assign a WEP KON Luce du ety eed d e dd i Rb nad e dd n 67 Table 18 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services sse 69 Table 19 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information sssssssssssseeeee 71 Table 20 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration eeeeesseseeeeeeeenn nennen 72 Table 21 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters
35. Metric 0 20101007 IP Static Route set L Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Menu 12 1 2 IP Static Route Setup EI P PVA INPUT 120108001 IP Static Route set 8 Name lt Str gt 120108002 IP Static Route set 8 Active 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 120108003 IP Static Route set 8 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 120108004 IP Static Route set 8 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 120108005 IP Static Route set 8 Gateway 0 0 0 0 120108006 IP Static Route set 8 Metric 0 120108007 IP Static Route set 8 Private lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Table 149 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup Menu 15 SUA Server Setup FI F PVA INPUT 150000001 SUA Server IP address for default 0 0 0 0 port 150000002 SUA Server 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000003 SUA Server 2 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000004 SUA Server 2 Port Start 0 150000005 SUA Server 2 Port End 0 150000006 SUA Server 2 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Table 149 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup continued 150000007 SUA Server 3 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000008 SUA Server 3 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000009 SUA Server 3 Port Start 0 150000010 SUA Serv
36. Telephone 46 31 744 7700 Fax 46 31 744 7701 Web www zyxel se Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Sj porten 4 41764 G teborg Sweden Taiwan Support E mail support zyxel com tw Sales E mail sales zyxel com tw Telephone 886 2 27399889 Fax 886 2 27353220 Web http www zyxel com tw Address Room B 21F No 333 Sec 2 Dunhua S Rd Da an District Taipei e Thailand Support E mail support zyxel co th Sales E mail sales zyxel co th Telephone 662 831 5315 Fax 662 831 5395 Web http www zyxel co th Regular Mail ZyXEL Thailand Co Ltd 1 1 Moo 2 Ratchaphruk Road Bangrak Noi Muang Nonthaburi 11000 Thailand P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix Customer Support Turkey Support E mail cso zyxel com tr Telephone 90 212 222 55 22 Fax 90 212 220 2526 Web http www zyxel com tr Address Kaptanpasa Mahallesi Piyalepasa Bulvari Ortadogu Plaza N 14 13 K 6 Okmeydani Sisli Istanbul Turkey Ukraine United Support E mail support ua zyxel com Sales E mail sales ua zyxel com Telephone 380 44 247 69 78 Fax 380 44 494 49 32 Web www ua zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Ukraine 13 Pimonenko Str Kiev 04050 Ukraine Kingdom Support E mail support zyxel co uk Sales E mail sales zyxel co uk Telephone 44 1344 303044 0845 122 0301 UK only Fax 44 1344 303034 Web www zyxel co uk Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications UK Ltd 11 The C
37. The Domain Name entry is what is propagated to the DHCP clients on the LAN If you leave this blank the domain name obtained by DHCP from the ISP is used While you must enter the host name System Name the domain name can be assigned from the ZyXEL Device via DHCP Click Maintenance gt System to open the General screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 247 Chapter 19 System Figure 160 System General Setup System Setup m eo minutes 0 means no timeout System Name Domain Name Administrator Inactivity Timer Password User Password New Password E Retype to confirm A Admin Password Old Password I Ln New Password i 1 Retype to confirm e A Caution Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 97 System General Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION System Setup System Name Choose a descriptive name for identification purposes It is recommended you enter your computer s Computer name in this field This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and underscores are accepted Domain Name Enter the domain name if you know it here If you leave this field blank the ISP may assign a domain name via DHCP The domain name entered by you is given pri
38. There are two conventions to identify what protocols the virtual circuit VC is carrying Be sure to use the multiplexing method required by your ISP 7 1 2 1 VC based Multiplexing In this case by prior mutual agreement each protocol is assigned to a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 carries IP etc VC based multiplexing may be dominant in environments where dynamic creation of large numbers of ATM VCs is fast and economical 7 1 2 2 LLC based Multiplexing In this case one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header Despite the extra bandwidth and processing overhead this method may be advantageous if it is not practical to have a separate VC for each carried protocol for example if charging heavily depends on the number of simultaneous VCs 7 1 3 Encapsulation and Multiplexing Scenarios For Internet access you should use the encapsulation and multiplexing methods used by your ISP Consult your telephone company for information on encapsulation and multiplexing methods for LAN to LAN applications for example between a branch office and corporate headquarters There must be prior agreement on encapsulation and multiplexing methods because they cannot be automatically determined What method s you use also depends on how many VCs you have and how many different network protocols you need The extra overhead that ENET ENCAP encapsulation entails makes it a poor choice
39. WAN i poaae Backup Gateway The following network topology allows you to avoid triangle route security issues when the backup gateway is connected to the LAN Use IP alias to configure the LAN into two or three logical networks with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network Put the protected LAN in one subnet Subnet 1 in the following figure and the backup gateway in another subnet Subnet 2 Configure filters that allow packets from the protected LAN Subnet 1 to the backup gateway Subnet 2 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Figure 73 Traffic Redirect LAN Setup Subnet 1 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 ae wi ML oo at M R VE internet donde cU SEDE aa aad tina Gate way Subnet 2 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 2 D P 7 8 Configuring WAN Backup To change your ZyXEL Device s WAN backup settings click Network gt WAN gt WAN Backup Setup The screen appears as shown Figure 74 WAN Backup Setup WAN Backup Setup Backup Type DSL Link Check WAN IP Address 1 ooo Check WAN IP Address 2 noo 0 Check WAN IP Address 3 0 0 0 0 Fail Tolerance o Recovery Interval o sec Timeout fo sec Traffic Redirect Active Traffic Redirect Metric 5 fi Backup Gateway 0 0 0 0 Cancel 112 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup The following table des
40. and WAN between the LAN and the WAN IPSec Packets This field displays whether NetBIOS packets sent through a VPN Forward connection are blocked or forwarded Trigger dial This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are allowed to initiate Disabled calls Disabled means that NetBIOS packets are blocked from initiating calls NetBIOS Filter Configuration Syntax sys filter netbios config type lt on off gt where type lt on off gt Example commands sys filter netbios config 0 on sys filter netbios config 3 on sys filter netbios config 4 off Identify which NetBIOS filter numbered 0 3 to configure 0 Between LAN and WAN 3 IPSec packet pass through 4 Trigger Dial For type 0 and 1 use on to enable the filter and block NetBIOS packets Use off to disable the filter and forward NetBIOS packets For type 3 use on to block NetBIOS packets from being sent through a VPN connection Use off to allow NetBIOS packets to be sent through a VPN connection For type 4 use on to allow NetBIOS packets to initiate dial backup calls Use off to block NetBIOS packets from initiating dial backup calls This command blocks LAN to WAN and WAN to LAN NetBIOS packets This command blocks IPSec NetBIOS packets This command stops NetBIOS commands from initiating calls P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Internal SPTGEN This appendix introduces Internal SPTGEN All menus shown in
41. for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Table 37 More Connections Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Sustain Cell Rate The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells sec Maximum Burst Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be Size sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 MTU MTU The Maximum Transmission Unit MTU defines the size of the largest packet allowed on an interface or connection Enter the MTU in this field For ENET ENCAP the MTU value is 1500 For PPPoE the MTU value is 1492 For PPPoA and RFC 1483 the MTU is 65535 Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 7 7 Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet An example is shown in the figure below Figure 72 Traffic Redirect Example 2c Ey Internet 3
42. id Li Li O O M O NetMeeting H 323 Ww Ww O High O mid O Low User Configured High O mid O Low O user Configured O High 9 mid O Low O user Configured O High O Mid 9 Low O User Configured O High O Mid Low User Configured High Omid O Low O User Configured O High O Mid 9 Low O User Configured O High O mid 9 Low O user Configured 9 High O Mid O Low User Configured High O mid O Low O user Configured FTP E Mail Telnet VoIP SIP VoIP H 323 TFTP XBox Live lt Back EM Next gt JE Et The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 20 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select an entry s Active check box to turn on bandwidth management for the service application Service These fields display the services names Priority Select High Mid or Low priority for each service to have your ZyXEL Device use a priority for traffic that matches that service A service with High priority is given as much bandwidth as it needs If you select services as having the same priority then bandwidth is divided equally amongst those services Services not specified in bandwidth management are allocated bandwidth after all specified services receive their bandwidth requirements If the rules set up in this wizard are changed in Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup then the service priority rad
43. number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet This is usually specified by writing a followed by the number of bits in the mask after the address For example 192 1 1 0 25 is equivalent to saying 192 1 1 0 with subnet mask 255 255 255 128 The following table shows some possible subnet masks using both notations Table 131 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation ALTERNATIVE LAST OCTET LAST OCTET SUBNET MASK NOTATION BINARY DECIMAL 255 255 255 0 24 0000 0000 0 255 255 255 128 25 1000 0000 128 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 327 Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 131 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation continued suner non AUR T exer SERRE 255 255 255 192 26 1100 0000 192 255 255 255 224 27 1110 0000 224 255 255 255 240 28 1111 0000 240 255 255 255 248 29 1111 1000 248 255 255 255 252 30 1111 1100 252 Subnetting You can use subnetting to divide one network into multiple sub networks In the following example a network administrator creates two sub networks to isolate a group of servers from the rest of the company network for security reasons In this example the company network address is 192 168 1 0 The first three octets of the address 192 168 1 are the network number and the remaining octet is the host ID allowing a maximum of 2 2 or 254 possible hosts The following figure shows the co
44. or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR nRT Variable Bit Rate non Real Time or VBR RT Variable Bit Rate Real Time for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells sec Maximum Burst Size Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Table 34 Advanced Internet Connection Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Zero This feature is not applicable available when you configure the ZyXEL Device to Configuration use a static WAN IP address or in bridge mode Select Yes to set the ZyXEL Device to automatically detect the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and make the necessary configuration changes Select No to disable this feature You must manually configure the ZyXEL Device for Interne
45. s Media Bandwidth Management allows you to specify bandwidth classes based on an application and or subnet You can allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to different bandwidth classes Universal Plug and Play UPnP Using the standard TCP IP protocol the ZyXEL Device and other UPnP enabled devices can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address and convey its capabilities to other devices on the network PPPoE RFC2516 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet emulates a dial up connection It allows your ISP to use their existing network configuration with newer broadband technologies such as ADSL The PPPoE driver on the ZyXEL Device is transparent to the computers on the LAN which see only Ethernet and are not aware of PPPoE thus saving you from having to manage PPPoE clients on individual computers The ZyXEL Device also includes PPPoE idle time out the PPPoE connection terminates after a period of no traffic that you configure and PPPoE Dial on Demand the PPPoE connection is brought up only when an Internet access request is made Network Address Translation NAT Network Address Translation NAT allows the translation of an Internet Protocol address used within one network for example a private IP address used in a local network to a different IP address known within another network for example a public IP address used on the Internet P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 1 In
46. see Figure 44 on page 78 check your hardware connections and click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to have the ZyXEL Device detect your connection again Figure 44 Auto Detection No DSL Connection STEP TEP2 ffi Internet Configuration Your e E E z excha SL light on the blink j Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes If the wizard still cannot detect a connection type and the following screen appears see Figure 45 on page 79 click Next and refer to Section 5 2 2 on page 79 on how to configure the ZyXEL Device for Internet access manually 78 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 5 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 45 Auto Detection Failed ffi Internet Configuration Connection Type Note This wizard can only automatically detect PPP over Ethernet PPPoE PPP over ATM PPPoA or dynamically assigned Ethernet Internet connections Your Internet connection may use a Static IP address which cannot be detected automatically 5 2 1 Automatic Detection 1 If you have a PPPoE or PPPoA connection a screen displays prompting you to enter your Internet account information Enter the username password and or service name exactly as provided 2 Click Next and see Section 5 3 on page 84 for wireless connection wizard setup Figure 46 Auto Detection PPPoE f Internet Configuration Connection Type PPP
47. you will need to create custom rules to allow it 12 4 2 Alerts Alerts are reports on events such as attacks that you may want to know about right away You can choose to generate an alert when a rule is matched in the Edit Rule screen see Figure 114 on page 180 When an event generates an alert a message can be immediately sent to an e mail account that you specify in the Log Settings screen Refer to the chapter on logs for details 12 5 General Firewall Policy Click Security gt Firewall to display the following screen Activate the firewall by selecting the Active Firewall check box as seen in the following screen Refer to Section 11 1 on page 159 for more information Figure 112 Firewall General General General M Active Firewall Bypass Triangle Route A Caution When Bypass Triangle Route is checked all LAN to LAN and WAN to WAN packets will bypass the Firewall check WAN to LAN Drop z Iv LAN to WAN Permit gt v WAN to WAN Router pep Vv LAN to LAN Router Permit ri Basic Cancel P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 64 Firewall General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Firewall Select this check box to activate the firewall The ZyXEL Device performs access control and protects against Denial of Service DoS attacks when the firewall is activated
48. 1 Dynamic DNS Overview Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or many dynamic DNS services so that anyone can contact you in NetMeeting CU SeeMe etc You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name for instance myhost dhs org where myhost is a name of your choice that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you even if they don t know your IP address First of all you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www dyndns org This is for people with a dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a domain name The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key 16 1 1 DYNDNS Wildcard Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes yourhost dyndns org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost dyndns org This feature is useful if you want to be able to use for example www yourhost dyndns org and still reach your hostname If you have a private WAN IP address then you cannot use Dynamic DNS See Section 16 2 on page 217 for configuration instruction 16 2 Configuring Dynamic DNS To change your ZyXEL Device s DDNS click Advanced gt Dynamic DNS The screen appears as shown See Section 16 1 on page 217 for more information P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 21 7 Chapter 16 Dynamic DNS Setu
49. 5 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 287 Chapter 24 Product Specifications Table 127 Standards Supported continued STANDARD DESCRIPTION RFC 2766 Network Address Translation Protocol IEEE 802 11 Also known by the brand Wi Fi denotes a set of Wireless LAN WLAN standards developed by working group 11 of the IEEE LAN MAN Standards Committee IEEE 802 IEEE 802 11b Uses the 2 4 gigahertz GHz band IEEE 802 11g Uses the 2 4 gigahertz GHz band IEEE 802 11g Turbo and Super G modes IEEE 802 11d Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Media Access Control MAC Bridges IEEE 802 11x Port Based Network Access Control IEEE 802 11e QoS IEEE 802 11 e Wireless LAN for Quality of Service ANSI T1 413 Issue 2 Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line ADSL standard G dmt G 992 1 G 992 1 Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line ADSL Transceivers ITU G 992 1 G DMT ITU standard for ADSL using discrete multitone modulation ITU G 992 2 G Lite ITU standard for ADSL using discrete multitone modulation ITU G 992 3 G dmt bis ITU standard also referred to as ADSL2 that extends the capability of basic ADSL in data rates ITU G 992 4 Glite bis ITU standard also referred to as ADSL2 that extends the capability of basic ADSL in data rates ITU G 992 5 ADSL2 ITU standard also referred to as ADSL2 that extends the capability of basic AD
50. 90 PP ntt p ER a sed sa bi con acte d e eA ED Ra RR 135 9 3 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup 1 err eie re EI S Raro ati iien BERI Aiea 137 sS el n S 138 BI AAP PEOUETOS UU aseo Er misa S Ee BER irra RR Po OT EUR ACTIO Sax Cv RUE tx C LR UA CIA FEUDUM ERR 139 CEN Be pRenai M 139 c mah Se riis ei 2 mel 139 cwn APS ii Ne me ee er eee oc Un ee rene em eon yee mime tr T 141 8 4 4 Example WPS Network Setup cincicscsssassesisessisieortagsercepnncaiexeersdssericevssienearhaucmereers 142 GEGEN QUII Of VV P a TL ards 144 Do TENRO a aaeaccaasieaudauairens ead leas ae aa MM 145 9 6 The WPS Station SOTEN nm 146 Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT 2 c ccssceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee sees seeeeeesneeseaesnaesneesnesneesneeeeeeeees 147 UN CSS c0 AC Nee T 147 US AD Sl DNS T UTE LL ERNU 147 101 2 Nat NAT DOSS unter e o b b n Foe RU or o id 148 10o How NAT WORS RED E T T 148 TOLA NAT Ie circ tihe 148 10 Lo d rep TYPES ET TM 149 10 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT ausssasencide reset eee kb PERN ERREUR uS rer ER nieis 150 To NUT Ge E trt 150 TRAE Pon Foro ardin ea a a eld dd 151 10 4 1 Default Server IP Address T HH 152 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Table of Contents 10 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers cccc ceeeeceeeneeseeeseseeeeeeesneneees 152 10 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example
51. Adapter 88E8053 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Mac OS X 10 5 The screens in this section are from Mac OS X 10 5 1 Click Apple gt System Preferences Figure 196 Mac OS X 10 5 Apple Menu Finder File Edit Vie About This Mac Software Update Mac OS X Software Recent Items Force Quit X38 Sleep Restart Shut Down 2 In System Preferences click the Network icon Figure 197 Mac OS X 10 5 Systems Preferences eo System Preferences Personal c w M dB uu o Q Appearance Desktop amp Expos amp International Security Spotlight Screen Saver Spaces Hardware Q tt 3 gt aM YY V 4 CDs amp DVDs Displays Energy Keyboard amp Print amp Fax Sound Saver Mouse Internet amp N e eyyqQq Mac QuickTime Sharing System Q J z2 O0 9e OO B o Accounts Date amp Time Parental Software Speech Startup Disk Time Machine Universal Controls Update Access 3 When the Network preferences pane opens select Ethernet from the list of available connection types P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 198 Mac OS X 10 5 Network Preferences gt Ethernet OOO NUR Network Location Automatic re Status Not Connected The cable for Ethernet is connected but e PPPoE 9 your computer does not have an IP address Not Connected Ethernet IN Not Connec
52. Address z Start IP Address End IP nooo0 Address 0 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 Destination Address Address Type Range Address Start IP 0 0030 Address UD End IP io0015 Address 1903 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Action for Matched Packets Permit z Source Address List Destination Address List 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 15 9 Use the Add gt gt and Remove buttons between Available Services and Selected Services list boxes to configure it as follows Click Apply when you are done LS Custom services show up with an before their names in the Services list box and the Rules list box P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Figure 120 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit Source Address Address Type Any Address 7 Start IP noo0 Any Address 0 0 0 0 Add gt gt End IP nooo Address 0 0 0 0 Edit cu Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Source Address List Destination Address Address Type Range Address x Start IP Rioo 010 10 0 0 140 10 0 0 145 ddraze 10 0 0 10 Add gt gt End IP inooi1s eu Fori 10 0 0 15 Edit lt lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Destination Address List Service Available Services Selected Services MyService TCP LIDP 123 mum AIMINEVY ICQ TCP 5190 AUTH TCP 113 R
53. Advanced Encryption Standard AES in the Counter mode with Cipher block chaining Message authentication code Protocol CCMP to offer stronger encryption Antenna The ZyXEL Device is equipped with one 3dBi fixed antenna to provide clear radio signal between the wireless stations and the access points WEP Encryption WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy encrypts data frames before transmitting over the wireless network to help keep network communications private Output Power Management Output power management is the ability to set the level of output power There may be interference or difficulty with channel assignment when there is a high density of APs within a coverage area In this case you can lower the output power of each access point thus enabling you to place access points closer together Wireless LAN MAC Address Filtering Your ZyXEL Device can check the MAC addresses of wireless stations against a list of allowed or denied MAC addresses 1 6 Applications for the ZyXEL Device Here are some example uses for which the ZyXEL Device is well suited P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 6 1 Protected Internet Access The ZyXEL Device is the ideal high speed Internet access solution It is compatible with all major ADSL DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer providers and supports the ADSL standards as shown in Table 2 on page 36 In addition the ZyXEL Device with the wireless featu
54. Bypass Triangle Route Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device firewall permit the use of triangle route topology on the network See the appendix for more on triangle route topology Note Allowing asymmetrical routes may let traffic from the WAN go directly to a LAN computer without passing through the router See Section 11 8 on page 170 for more on triangle route topology and how to deal with this problem Packet Direction This is the direction of travel of packets LAN to LAN Router LAN to WAN WAN to WAN Router WAN to LAN Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply For example LAN to LAN Router means packets traveling from a computer subnet on the LAN to either another computer subnet on the LAN interface of the ZyXEL Device or the ZyXEL Device itself Default Action Use the drop down list boxes to select the default action that the firewall is take on packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of the firewall rules Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet for a TCP packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message for a UDP packet to the sender Select Permit to allow the passage of the packets Log Select the check box to create a log when the above action
55. CHAP MS CHAP and MS CHAP v2 PEAP Protected EAP LEAP Like EAP TTLS server side certificate authentication is used to establish a secure connection then use simple username and password methods through the secured connection to authenticate the clients thus hiding client identity However PEAP only supports EAP methods such as EAP MD5 EAP MSCHAPv2 and EAP GTC EAP Generic Token Card for client authentication EAP GTC is implemented only by Cisco LEAP Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol is a Cisco implementation of IEEE 802 1x P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Dynamic WEP Key Exchange The AP maps a unique key that is generated with the RADIUS server This key expires when the wireless connection times out disconnects or reauthentication times out A new WEP key is generated each time reauthentication is performed If this feature is enabled it is not necessary to configure a default encryption key in the wireless security configuration screen You may still configure and store keys but they will not be used while dynamic WEP is enabled EAP MD5 cannot be used with Dynamic WEP Key Exchange For added security certificate based authentications EAP TLS EAP TTLS and PEAP use dynamic keys for data encryption They are often deployed in corporate environments but for public deployment a simple user name and password pair is more practical The following table is a comparison
56. Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced Internet Connection Setup screen and edit more details of your WAN setup 7 5 1 Configuring Advanced Internet Connection Setup To edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced WAN settings click the Advanced Setup button in the Internet Connection screen The screen appears as shown P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Figure 68 Advanced Internet Connection Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Both v RIP Version RIP Multicast None v ATM Qos ATM QoS Type UBR w Peak Cell Rate 0 cell sec Sustain Cell Rate o cell sec Maximum Burst Size 0 cell Zero Configuration Yes v PPPoE Passthrough No v MTU MTU 1500 Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 34 Advanced Internet Connection Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice
57. Chapter 5 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Table 28 Manually assign a WPA key LABEL DESCRIPTION Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 5 3 2 Manually assign a WEP key Choose Manually assign a WEP key to setup WEP Encryption parameters Figure 58 Manually assign a WEP key STEP 1 STEP 2 j f Wireless LAN Note On the last page of the Wireless Setup wizard you will have a chance write down this key and your network settings for safekeeping The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 29 Manually assign a WEP key LABEL DESCRIPTION Key The WEP keys are used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission Enter any 5 or 13 ASCII characters or 10 or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit or 128 bit WEP key respectively Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 5 Click Apply to save your wireless LAN settings P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 5 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 88 Figure 59 Wireless LAN Setup 3 STEPI STEP2 a Wireless LAN Ple Click the Apply Button to Complete the Connection Wizard Note If you are currently using a Wireless PC card to
58. Device or access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device Windows NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that Networking enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN For some dial up NetBIOS over services such as PPPoE or PPTP NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls TCP IP However it may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through to the WAN in order to find a computer on the WAN Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN and LAN and WAN from the WAN to the LAN If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to block WAN to LAN traffic you also need to enable the default WAN to LAN firewall rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 8 4 DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure the DNS server information that the ZyXEL Device sends to the DHCP client devices on the LAN Click Network gt LAN gt DHCP Setup to open the screen Figure 79 DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP Pool Size DNS Server Secondary DNS Server DHCP Setup IP Pool Starting Address Remote DHCP Server 0 0 0 0 DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server Primary D
59. H 323 is transported primarily over TCP using the default port number 1720 VoIP H 323 Sending voice signals over the Internet is called Voice over IP or VoIP H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and video conferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does H 323 is transported primarily over TCP using the default port number 1720 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide not provide a guaranteed quality of service Chapter 6 Bandwidth Management Wizard Table 30 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION VoIP SIP Sending voice signals over the Internet is called Voice over IP or VoIP Session Initiated Protocol SIP is an internationally recognized standard for implementing VoIP SIP is an application layer control signaling protocol that handles the setting up altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the Internet SIP is transported primarily over UDP but can also be transported over TCP using the default port number 5060 Telnet Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems Telnet uses TCP port 23 TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an
60. IP conflicts The security gateway is set to 0 0 0 0 and the router used the peer s Local Address as the router s Remote Address This information conflicted with static rule d thus the connection is not allowed Phase 1 ID type mismatch This router s Peer ID Type is different from the peer IPSec router s Local ID Type Phase 1 ID content mismatch This router s Peer ID Content is different from the peer IPSec router s Local ID Content No known phase 1 ID type found The router could not find a known phase 1 ID in the connection attempt ID type mismatch Local Peer Local ID type Peer ID type The phase 1 ID types do not match ID content mismatch The phase 1 ID contents do not match Configured Peer ID Content Configured Peer ID Content The phase 1 ID contents do not match and the configured Peer ID Content is displayed Incoming ID Content XIncoming Peer ID Content The phase 1 ID contents do not match and the incoming packet s ID content is displayed Unsupported local ID Type td The phase 1 ID type is not supported by the router Build Phase 1 ID The router has started to build the phase 1 ID Adjust TCP MSS to d The router automatically changed the TCP Maximum Segment Size value after establishing a tunnel Rule d input idle time The tunnel for the listed rule was dropped because there was
61. IP Address field below If you use RFC 1483 enter the IP address given by your ISP in the IP Address field Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendices to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP address Specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP Connection Nailed Up Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time Connection The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time Demand and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout NAT SUA only is available only when you select Routing in the Mode field Select SUA Only if you have one public IP address and want to use NAT Click Edit to go to the Port Forwarding screen to edit a server mapping set Otherwise select None to disable NAT Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Table 36 More Connections Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh
62. Info FireFTP Clear Private Data Ctrl Shift Del Tab Mix Plus Options 3 Session Manager J options or Click Content to show the screen below Select the check boxes as shown in the following screen Figure 225 Mozilla Firefox Content Security Qa im o Feeds Privacy Security Advanced Exceptions Exceptions Advanced w Block pop up windows IV Load images automatically v Enable JavaScript IV Enable Java r Fonts amp Colors Default Font Times New Roman Size 16 Advanced Colors r File Types Configure how Firefox handles certain types of Files Manage cancel Help P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide IP Addresses and Subnetting This appendix introduces IP addresses and subnet masks IP addresses identify individual devices on a network Every networking device including computers servers routers printers etc needs an IP address to communicate across the network These networking devices are also known as hosts Subnet masks determine the maximum number of possible hosts on a network You can also use subnet masks to divide one network into multiple sub networks Introduction to IP Addresses One part of the IP address is the network number and the other part is the host ID In the same way that hous
63. Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol WWW The World Wide Web WWW is an Internet system to distribute graphical hyper linked information based on Hyper Text Transfer Protocol HTTP a client server protocol for the World Wide Web The Web is not synonymous with the Internet rather it is just one service on the Internet Other services on the Internet include Internet Relay Chat and Newsgroups The Web is accessed through use of a browser XBOX Live This is Microsoft s online gaming service that lets you play multiplayer Xbox games on the Internet via broadband technology Xbox Live uses port 3074 eMule This program uses advanced file sharing applications relying on central servers to search for files eMule uses default port 4662 6 3 Bandwidth Management Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the admin password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon in the top right corner of the web configurator to display the wizard main screen Figure 61 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you need to make basic configuration changes Use Advanced mode if you need acc
64. LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Click Network gt Wireless LAN to open the General screen Figure 84 Wireless LAN General Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Y Scan Security Network Name SSID ZyXEL L Hide ssID Security Mode No Security v MAC Filter Allow Association Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the general wireless LAN labels in this screen Table 45 Wireless LAN General LABEL DESCRIPTION Wireless Setup Active Wireless Click the check box to activate wireless LAN LAN Channel Set the operating frequency channel depending on your particular region Selection Select a channel from the drop down list box Security P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Table 45 Wireless LAN General LABEL DESCRIPTION Network Name SSID Service Set IDentity The SSID identifies the Service Set with which a wireless client is associated Wireless clients associating to the access point AP must have the same SSID Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to
65. Many Overload mapping see Table 55 on page 149 NAT offers the additional benefit of firewall protection With no servers defined your ZyXEL Device filters out all incoming inquiries thus preventing intruders from probing your network For more information on IP address translation refer to RFC 1631 The IP Network Address Translator NAT 10 1 3 How NAT Works Each packet has two addresses a source address and a destination address For outgoing packets the ILA Inside Local Address is the source address on the LAN and the IGA Inside Global Address is the source address on the WAN For incoming packets the ILA is the destination address on the LAN and the IGA is the destination address on the WAN NAT maps private local IP addresses to globally unique ones required for communication with hosts on other networks It replaces the original IP source address and TCP or UDP source port numbers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload NAT mapping in each packet and then forwards it to the Internet The ZyXEL Device keeps track of the original addresses and port numbers so incoming reply packets can have their original values restored The following figure illustrates this Figure 98 How NAT Works NAT Table LAN Inside Local Inside Global IP Address IP Address WAN 192 168 1 10 IGA 1 192 168 1 11 IGA2 192 168 1 13 E 192168112 IGA3 192 168 1 13 IGA4 g m 4 x 192 168 1 12 192 168 1 10 2c In
66. Masks BINARY DECIMAL OCTET OCTET OCTET SUl OGEN 8 bitmask 11111111 00000000 00000000 00000000 255 0 0 0 16 bitmask 11111111 11111111 00000000 00000000 255 255 0 0 24 bitmask 11111111 11111111 11111141 00000000 255 255 255 0 29 bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111000 255 255 255 248 Network Size The size of the network number determines the maximum number of possible hosts you can have on your network The larger the number of network number bits the smaller the number of remaining host ID bits An IP address with host IDs ofall zeros is the IP address of the network 192 168 1 0 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example An IP address with host IDs of all ones is the broadcast address for that network 192 168 1 255 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example As these two IP addresses cannot be used for individual hosts calculate the maximum number of possible hosts in a network as follows Table 130 Maximum Host Numbers SUBNET MASK HOST ID SIZE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF HOSTS 8 bits 255 0 0 0 24 bits 242 16777214 16 bits 255 255 0 0 16 bits 216_2 65534 24 bits 255 255 255 0 8 bits 20102 254 29 bits 255 255 255 248 3 bits 0925 6 Notation Since the mask 1s always a continuous number of ones beginning from the left followed by a continuous number of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask you can simply specify the
67. P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Figure 69 More Connections active Name vpiyvcr_ Encapsulation Modify 1 Internet Connection 8 35 ENET ENCAP 2 wv test 0 33 PPPoA B 3 E Wi 4 g ww 5 g ul 6 E di 7 g ou 8 E wi Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 35 More Connections LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of a connection Active This display whether this connection is activated Clear the check box to disable the connection Select the check box to enable it Name This is the descriptive name for this connection VPIAVCI This is the VPI and VCI values used for this connection Encapsulation This is the method of encapsulation used for this connection Modify The first ISP connection is read only in this screen Use the WAN gt Internet Connection screen to edit it Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the connection Click the delete icon to remove an existing connection You cannot remove the first connection Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 7 6 1 More Connections Edit Click the edit icon in the More Connections screen to configure a connection P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Figure 70 More Connections Edit General Active Name
68. Phase 2 Quick Mode has started Verifying Remote ID failed The connection failed during IKE phase 2 because the router and the peer s Local Remote Addresses don t match Verifying Local ID failed The connection failed during IKE phase 2 because the router and the peer s Local Remote Addresses don t match IKE Packet Retransmit The router retransmitted the last packet sent because there was no response from the peer Failed to send IKE Packet An Ethernet error stopped the router from sending IKE packets Too many errors Deleting SA An SA was deleted because there were too many errors Phase 1 IKE SA process done The phase 1 IKE SA process has been completed Duplicate requests with the same cookie The router received multiple requests from the same peer while still processing the first IKE packet from the peer IKE Negotiation is in process The router has already started negotiating with the peer for the connection but the IKE process has not finished yet No proposal chosen Phase 1 or phase 2 parameters don t match Please check all protocols settings Ex One device being configured for 3DES and the other being configured for DES causes the connection to fail Local remote IPs of incoming request conflict with rule lt d gt The security gateway is set to 0 0 0 0 and the router used the peer s Local Address as the router s R
69. Preferences gt TCP IP Tab sssessee 302 Figure 194 Mac OS X 10 4 Network Preferences gt Ethernet ccccccccccecseseeceeeesseeccseesssedcsesneeesesenenees 303 Figure 195 Mag OS X 104 Network UO iaculis cci epp E EROR RORESOERRHE FEE MANCHES RR EX VERRE LER ARR LE 303 Figure 196 Mac OS X 10 5 Apple Monu ieasoso st eieb osa EE EEEPOE eana EE INR A reper Co EP MS NRI ERMR Sink PUde 304 Figure 197 Mac OS X 10 5 Systems Preferences 12uisscessiic scissa to erras ues eib buda ata daba donat ebd suae cid a nbn 304 Figure 198 Mac OS X 10 5 Network Preferences gt Ethernet ccccececccceeeeecccceeneeececeeneeeeaeneeeneees 305 Figure 199 Mac OS X 10 5 Network Preferences gt Ethernet ccccesecccceeeeeecccceeseeecaceeseneecaeaneneees 306 Figure 200 Mac OS A 10 5 Network UUN uuiesiiisspr ct IER Ep EEUX RE BEER BLL S SERRE EA RR EE LER cant RN RR 306 Figure 201 Ubuntu 8 System gt Administration Menu uiis eerta kr n rta rata ERR ik 307 Figure 202 Ubuntu 8 Network Settings gt Connections eeeeeee esses eeen nnne nnne aad nata 307 Figure 203 Ubuntu 8 Administrator Account Authentication ssssseeen 308 Figure 204 Ubuntu 8 Network Settings gt Connections eese eene tn nennen nna th e a RERR nA 308 Figure 205 Ubuntu 8 Network Settings gt Properties 1 iceisceciececenes tepore tu nini eta tum a e tao pd daas pe conseseaee 309 Figure 206 Ubuntu 8 Network Settings gt
70. TETT 199 cr rdc Me TR 201 nme Management e 205 Dynan DN I o i reed UNIT 217 enr mesure bandedatanueengnas 221 Universal Plug and Play UPDP Y sicce ts sontdccrntvnesrtatinntezsciatnndadverinouedd p o tu RO Rad ce 233 Maintenance mer 245 SSN ius 247 LUE asso ECHO pM HERRERA CHEER ererrr ey Crete Pe KEEPER reer Perr Hassan rar creer rr crerer TT ty eee era rene Teter EAE 253 po me M M 271 EBORE tc tsa ahi sec ns a Tae endet tto atonal sv tadesix up LA d ida PR eta Stem eds 277 Troubleshooting and Specifications secicississsectnsssssessssssisnonnasinssmansansnencesssnasonnasuadsansasannniaanen 279 Bc HT 281 xuesr amp se pre oj qeet P come 285 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 9 Contents Overview Appendices and Index P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents About This SS CUIUS uico scan csc MEER EE ERE nasa DE Fe RE OR CERE RH X ROV RE EE SRM SINUM heaassiayeatantulaas 3 Document Convo nioi e cud kTaXEEGe ket HORE QUK ON XR GR E CTRUA ras OR FA RRR RE FUXR S EAXR GRO RGA NER IS Ru UV TER VETE 4 Saroy War aan T PT 6 Contents QUBIVIBU uos Ie Pa RYE Kou TE Tu ED RAPRKTUEFGA ME OR UM GUXM EIE CIR A GER CEVe UC M D S TRIN GER O LM UO VM EDU KM 9 Table DF CONO cacao fero eTi coU EAR E EFE CERA ERU DRE pU
71. Table 118 on page 268 traceroute ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP traceroute attack For type and code details see Table 118 on page 268 Table 112 IPSec Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Discard REPLAY packet The router received and discarded a packet with an incorrect sequence number Inbound packet authentication failed The router received a packet that has been altered A third party may have altered or tampered with the packet Receive IPSec packet but no corresponding tunnel exists The router dropped an inbound packet for which SPI could not find a corresponding phase 2 SA P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 112 IPSec Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Rule lt d gt idle time out disconnect The router dropped a connection that had outbound traffic and no inbound traffic for a certain time period You can use the ipsec timer chk_conn Cl command to set the time period The default value is 2 minutes WAN IP changed to lt IP gt The router dropped all connections with the MyIP configured as 0 0 0 0 when the WAN IP address changed Table 113 IKE Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Active connection allowed exceeded The IKE process for a new connection failed because the limit of simultaneous phase 2 SAs has been reached Start Phase 2 Quick Mode
72. Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration 12 6 2 Customized Services Configure customized services and port numbers not predefined by the ZyXEL Device For a comprehensive list of port numbers and services visit the IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority website For further information on these services please read Section 12 8 on page 187 Click the Edit Customized Services link while editing a firewall rule to configure a custom service port This displays the following screen Refer to Section 11 1 on page 159 for more information Figure 115 Firewall Customized Services Customized Services LESEN GENE HEN 5 ko oo Im Kn H deo Jo e Back The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 67 Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the number of your customized port Click a rule s number of a service to go to a screen where you can configure or edit a customized service See Section 12 6 3 on page 182 for more information Name This is the name of your customized service Protocol This shows the IP protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized service Port This is the port number or range that defines your customized service Back Click Back to return the Firewall Edit Rule screen 12 6 3 Configuring a Customized Service Click a rule number in the Firewall Customized Services screen to create a new
73. Tx v3 User s Guide 335 Appendix D Wireless LANs ESS Figure 233 Basic Service Set a a o een An Extended Service Set ESS consists of a series of overlapping BSSs each containing an access point with each access point connected together by a wired network This wired connection between APs is called a Distribution System DS This type of wireless LAN topology is called an Infrastructure WLAN The Access Points not only provide communication with the wired network but also mediate wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood An ESSID ESS IDentification uniquely identifies each ESS All access points and their associated wireless clients within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to communicate P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Figure 234 Infrastructure WLAN Ethernet wow ORE Se S E x mE MUS NUN de ae ne ITI SmSm oe gt A OE 4 EN N S Ed NC e gt Sg BSS 1 lal t 2 ort tee n c ort i RE Ei ee ee m od Channel A channel is the radio frequency ies used by wireless devices to transmit and receive data Channels available depend on your geographical area You may have a choice of channels for your region so you should use a channel different from an adjacent AP access point to reduce interference Interference occurs when radio signals from different access points overlap causing i
74. WEB Server Port 80 241100008 WEB Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 0 Lan 3 Wan gt 241100009 WEB Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 371 Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Command Examples The following are example Internal SPTGEN screens associated with the ZyXEL Device s command interpreter commands Table 154 Command Examples 2 gdmt 3 multimo de FIN FN PVA INPUT ci command for annex a wan adsl opencmd FIN FN PVA INPUT 990000001 ADSL OPMD lt O glite 1 t1 413 3 12 gdmt 3 multim ode gt ci command for annex B wan adsl opencmd FIN FN PVA INPUT 990000001 ADSL OPMD lt 0 etsi 1 normal 3 372 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Legal Information Copyright Copyright 2008 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical photocopying manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation All rights reserved Disclaimers ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or softw
75. WPS transaction If you want to add more devices you should repeat the process with one of the existing networked devices and the new device Note that the access point AP is not always the registrar and the wireless client is not always the enrollee All WPS certified APs can be a registrar and so can some WPS enabled wireless clients By default a WPS devices is unconfigured This means that it is not part of an existing network and can act as either enrollee or registrar if it supports both functions If the registrar is unconfigured the security settings it transmits to the enrollee are randomly generated Once a WPS enabled device has connected to another device using WPS it becomes configured A configured wireless client can still act as enrollee or registrar in subsequent WPS connections but a configured access point can no longer act as enrollee It will be the registrar in all subsequent WPS connections in which it is involved If you want a configured AP to act as an enrollee you must reset it to its factory defaults 9 4 4 Example WPS Network Setup This section shows how security settings are distributed in an example WPS setup The following figure shows an example network In step 1 both AP1 and Client 1 are unconfigured When WPS is activated on both they perform the handshake In this example APT is the registrar and Client 1 is the enrollee The registrar randomly generates the security information to set u
76. a b ten t 154 Table 59 Port Forwarding Rule SUB acc oR eet NERI UE RCHEODeE OH dee EET ERE REF kPrEODeE Y Hd ne Fiebre e arbol KRk dO 155 Table GU Common IP POTIS aievistesc envuiuns reb ienaa IIIS FEr PUMP Fa Sp 94008 RA da I ened aeara 161 Table 61 ICMP Commands That Trigger Alerts ous die tertia tak kid hk edd arn ek na 164 Table 62 Legal NetBIOS Commands Rm t 164 Tap G3 Legal SNITF COMMAS raa iA A A Aa 164 Table G4 Firewall General MUT i aa annealed aa aaa aaa aa oaa o a aaa N aaa E 177 Tade GS Firewall RUES e 178 Tape GO Freva Edt PUIG e 180 Tabe OF Customized SONICS siikais aN R 182 Table 68 Firewall Configure Customized Services esses nnne nnn 183 Table 69 Predeined Serda MNT T T T UU SLUT 187 Dabs 0 Frowa ANI PODNO I I I I V I LT 190 U yelziIso MEI co M 192 Table 72 Content Filar KOyWoOrd MESE PUR PNEUN 196 Table 73 Content Filter Soledule dido prb asocia b tv na onan E enaa anaE anan ek wi 197 Tabo 74 Content Filler Trusto uou ior hr a a aa ropa sen edem n B dts 198 Table 5 SIUE ROWS ascia int et te tete i utn ein tie mnt re vq 202 Table 70 Slaie Route Edit m 203 Table 77 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example ssssssse 206 Table 73 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example 25 eer tpa eue EFE EAN9 SIRE FERIA 3 RM EE aaa pere eEI M
77. access information given to you by your ISP exactly in the wizard screen If not given leave the fields set to the default P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 23 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters fii Internet Configuration your Internet ISP Your ISP may have etup letter incluc uting default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account select Bridge mode Encapsulation ncapsulation method used by your ISP Your ISP may list ENET ENCAP as Static IP c IP Multiplexing uc sj Select the multiplexing type used by your ISP Virtual Circuit ID The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 9 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION Mode From the Mode drop down list box select Routing default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Encapsulation Select the encapsulation type your ISP uses from the Encapsulation drop down list box Choices vary depending on what you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE Multiplexing Select the multiplexing method used by your ISP from the Multiplex drop down list box ei
78. allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to different bandwidth rules The ZyXEL Device applies bandwidth management to traffic that it forwards out through an interface The ZyXEL Device does not control the bandwidth of traffic that comes into an interface Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router regardless of the traffic s source Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN to LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL Device and be managed by bandwidth management The sum of the bandwidth allotments that apply to any interface must be less than or equal to the speed allocated to that interface in the Bandwidth Management gt Summary screen 15 2 Application based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidth classes based on individual applications like VoIP Web FTP E mail and Video for example 15 3 Subnet based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidth classes based on subnets The following figure shows LAN subnets You could configure one bandwidth class for subnet A and another for subnet B P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 15 Bandwidth Management Figure 130 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example LAN A 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 ews ze gt e Tn O 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 24 WAN m Internet gt 15 4 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management You could also create bandwidth classes based on a combin
79. and Play check box in the Components selection box P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 235 Chapter 18 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 147 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components To install a component select the check box next to the component name or clear the check box if you do not want to install it amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components ai NetMeeting 3 Phone Dialer 0 2 MB CJ Universal Plug and Play 0 4 MB 9 Virtual Private Networking 0 0 MB Space used by installed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 866 3 MB r Description Universal Plug and Play enables seamless connectivity and communication between Windows and intelligent appliances Details Cancel 4 Click OK to go back to the Add Remove Programs Properties window and click Next 5 Restart the computer when prompted 18 3 2 Installing UPnP in Windows XP Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows XP 1 Click start and Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Inthe Network Connections window click Advanced in the main menu and select Optional Networking Components Figure 148 Network Connections Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools BESISEXSSM Help Operator Ass
80. application traffic directly to internal hosts Information hiding prevents the names of internal systems from being made known via DNS to outside systems since the application gateway is the only host whose name must be made known to outside systems Robust authentication and logging pre authenticates application traffic before it reaches internal hosts and causes it to be logged more effectively than if it were logged with standard host logging Filtering rules at the packet filtering router can be less complex than they would be if the router needed to filter application traffic and direct it to a number of specific systems The router need only allow application traffic destined for the application gateway and reject the rest 11 2 3 Stateful Inspection Firewalls Stateful inspection firewalls restrict access by screening data packets against defined access rules They make access control decisions based on IP address and protocol They also inspect the session data to assure the integrity of the connection and to adapt to dynamic protocols These firewalls generally provide the best speed and transparency however they may lack the granular application level access control or caching that some proxies support See Section 11 5 on page 164 for more information on stateful inspection Firewalls of one type or another have become an integral part of standard security solutions for enterprises 11 3 Introduction to ZyXEL s Firewall Th
81. bea do ead oap eh M er b CER 112 Figure T5 LAM aig WAN IF Agi RUE cucumber evtit teivvenb Mice vue Po Iu eh boe ret Eoi ui bap RM ERR NUUS 115 Figure PO Any dicc qe 119 Powe r to H necem rU 120 aco EDT cuo ES fmc e 121 Figure JS DH USB 2s Dire OR to pu D OR dose os Uu en Moa nd d nx ost aa ean Ss 122 Figure O0 LN CEUIBHELESL uie teuren Seas dod uber ca Asa Sista ann Ecta Hasc Saad ths Melba Mca M ida 124 Figure 81 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks seeeeenm e 125 22 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide List of Figures acu WR HIT 125 Figura 83 Example of a Wireless Network scciccisssencacets upskirt tak chra RR FER kt hA rea Ett th RE FE n ERE A IU ud 6d 127 Figure 84 II IN MC rm 130 Figure GS Wireless No SCCI 2ciiscercenaspeed s usce ned gne tci isa b tied ed pe UU re Pre ott t HA 132 Figur 26 Wireless Statio WEP ENG RUM eT 133 Figure 87 Wireless WPA PSKAWPAZ PSK 2 2 rrt pr tuni tiep neii soss cassdeeuwe Pea EE eE ERE p ARE e EE IINE 134 Figure 88 Wireless WPAANPAZ T 135 Aela e ne tee 137 Figure SO MAG Ares FIR eaa atari inane inane Ree 138 Figure 91 Example WPS Process PIN Method eerie rnt nneaenaeeareadenan nae 141 Figure 02 How WPS WORKS 142 Figure 93 WPS Example Network Step T sss prre npe t t Eon LEER o e EE ee E ER En Ped
82. between 0 and 2432 Fragmentation This is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter a value between Threshold 256 and 2432 Output Power Set the output power of the ZyXEL Device in this field This control changes the strength of the ZyXEL Device s antenna gain or transmission power Antenna gain is the increase in coverage Higher antenna gain improves the range of the signal for better communications If there is a high density of APs within an area decrease the output power of the ZyXEL Device to reduce interference with other APs The options are Maximum Middle and Minimum Preamble Select Long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode the wireless adapters support and to provide more reliable communications in busy wireless networks Select Short preamble if you are sure the wireless adapters support it and to provide more efficient communications Select Dynamic to have the ZyXEL Device automatically use short preamble when wireless adapters support it otherwise the ZyXEL Device uses long preamble 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b Only to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g Only to allow only IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select Mixed to allow either IEEE802 11b or IEEE802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Back
83. certification authority server s IP address and port Failed to resolve lt CMP CA server url gt The CMP online certificate enrollment failed because the certification authority server s IP address cannot be resolved Revd ca cert lt subject name gt The router received a certification authority certificate with subject name as recorded from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the Source field Revd user cert lt subject name gt The router received a user certificate with subject name as recorded from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the Source field Revd CRL lt size gt lt issuer name gt The router received a CRL Certificate Revocation List with size and issuer name as recorded from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the Source field Revd ARL lt size gt lt issuer name gt The router received an ARL Authority Revocation List with size and issuer name as recorded from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to decode th received ca cert The router received a corrupted certification authority certificate from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to decode th The router received a corrupted user certificate from the LDAP server received user cert whose address and port are recorded in the Source field F
84. configure servers behind the ZyXEL Device Security Firewall General Use this screen to activate deactivate the firewall and the direction of network traffic to which to apply the rule Rules This screen shows a summary of the firewall rules and allows you to edit add a firewall rule Anti Probing Use this screen to change your anti probing settings Threshold Use this screen to configure the threshold for DoS attacks Content Filter Keyword Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL Schedule Use this screen to set the days and times for the ZyXEL Device to perform content filtering Trusted Use this screen to exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering on your ZyXEL Device P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 4 Web Configurator Screens Summary continued LINK ICON SUB LINK FUNCTION Advanced Static Route Use this screen to configure IP static routes Bandwidth Summary Use this screen to enable bandwidth management on an MGMT interface Rule Setup Use this screen to define a bandwidth rule Monitor Use this screen to view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments Dynamic DNS Use this screen to set up dynamic DNS Remote MGMT WWW Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use HTTPS or H
85. d 4T e EE PIN a RR MEE MdS 207 Table 79 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example 208 Table 80 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example 208 Table 81 Bandwidth Management Priorities iuis errato true EE et annienta 209 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide List of Tables Table 82 Over Allotment of Bandwidth Example cccccccceceeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeecnsaaeseeeeeeeeeeeenees 209 Table 83 Media Bandwidth Management Summary 22 ccccccceneeeeeeeeceeeeceenseeneeeeaneenneeeensteneeeeanenees 210 Table 84 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup 2 euis esses ttem had dtm had dead 211 Table 85 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration sssssssseeee eee 212 Table 95 Services and POR NUDO sts dise dri aD Decet eni prn RAF v exe kr bo vum ein ke PED C FEE DEI DERE RadE 214 E XoMrrucgdbr 218 Table 88 Remote Management WWW ieu sas nk a aka REIR RAE ERBR ARRA REN A RRA RURAL RARE KEIRA RA BR pA 223 Table 39 Remote Management IG 22a ma a senesced eae 224 Table 90 Remote Management FTP ice rr ado da Le oo dados a pon d eo doa ea dad 225 Table ST SNIAE DEBBIE soriana aia a a i bai ne end a Hea a 227 Table 92 Remote Management SNMP 1 nno rre risate rua tenes tp n aS pae equ RO EA AUE EEEn ia 228 Table 93 Remote Management DNS 2 coi rrr ERE RP HEX EE PEL ENEN SP
86. default is public and allows all requests Trap Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 17 7 Configuring DNS Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa Refer to the chapter on LAN for background information To change your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt DNS The screen appears as shown Use this screen to set from which IP address the ZyXEL Device will accept DNS queries and on which interface it can send them your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 17 Remote Management Configuration Figure 142 Remote Management DNS Q Note DNS DNS Port 53 Access Status LAN v Secured Client IP all Selected 0 0 0 0 You may also need to create a Firewallrule Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 93 Remote Management DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Port The DNS service port number is 53 Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Select All
87. ec LAN Vv 100000 Priority Based z v Yes WLAN Vv 54000 Priority Based M Yes WAN v 100000 Priority Based V Yes Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 83 Media Bandwidth Management Summary LABEL DESCRIPTION Interface These read only labels represent the physical interfaces Select an interface s check box to enable bandwidth management on that interface Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router through the interface regardless of the traffic s source Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN to LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL Device and be managed by bandwidth management Active Select an interface s check box to enable bandwidth management on that interface Speed kbps Enter the amount of bandwidth for this interface that you want to allocate using bandwidth management The recommendation is to set this speed to match the interface s actual transmission speed For example set the WAN interface speed to 1000 kbps if your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 1 Mbps You can set this number higher than the interface s actual transmission speed This may stop lower priority traffic from being sent if higher priority traffic uses all of the actual bandwidth You can also set this number lower than the interface s actual transmission speed If you do not enable Max Bandwidth Usage
88. edit the subject title The date format here is Day Month Year The date format here is Month Day Year The time format is Hour Minute Second e End of Log message shows that a complete log has been sent P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Figure 164 E mail Log Example Subject Firewall Alert From xxxxx Date Fri From 128 End Apr 10 user zyxel com user zyxel com 7 54 05 07 Apr 2000 10 05 42 00 From 192 168 1 1 00 From 192 168 1 131 00 From 192 168 1 1 To 192 168 1 255 default policy forward 03 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 00 00 From 192 168 1 131 To 192 168 1 255 default policy forward 17 UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 00 00 From 192 168 1 6 To 10 10 10 10 match forward 19 UDP src port 03516 dest port 00053 1 01 nM STEED oe edt CAPETA ESTA D3 d oin et dens To2192 168 14 255 match forward src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 To2192 168 1 255 match forward src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 Tco 192 16871 255 match forward 00 From 192 168 1 1 30 UDP of Firewall Log src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 20 4 Log Descriptions This section provides descriptions of example log messages Table 101 System Maintenance Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION successful Time calibration is The router has adjusted its time based on information from the time server
89. excha SL light on the blink j Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes If the wizard still cannot detect a connection type and the following screen appears see Figure 21 on page 59 click Next and refer to Section 3 2 2 on page 59 on how to configure the ZyXEL Device for Internet access manually P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 21 Auto Detection Failed ffi Internet Configuration Connection Type Note This wizard can only automatically detect PPP over Ethernet PPPoE PPP over ATM PPPoA or dynamically assigned Ethernet Internet connections Your Internet connection may use a Static IP address which cannot be detected automatically 3 2 1 Automatic Detection 1 If you have a PPPoE or PPPoA connection a screen displays prompting you to enter your Internet account information Enter the username password and or service name exactly as provided 2 Click Next and see Section 3 3 on page 64 for wireless connection wizard setup Figure 22 Auto Detection PPPoE f Internet Configuration Connection Type over Ethernet PPPoE Ple the Na gt rd given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If your yo e Name enter it in the third field User Name Password Service Name foptional 3 2 2 Manual Configuration 1 Ifthe ZyXEL Device fails to detect your DSL connection type enter the Internet
90. extensions through the DNS proxy feature If the Primary and Secondary DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen are not specified for instance left as 0 0 0 0 the ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clients that it itself is the DNS server When a computer sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer Please note that DNS proxy works only when the ISP uses the IPCP DNS server extensions It does not mean you can leave the DNS servers out of the DHCP setup under all circumstances If your ISP gives you explicit DNS servers make sure that you enter their IP addresses in the DHCP Setup screen This way the ZyXEL Device can pass the DNS servers to the computers and the computers can query the DNS server directly without the ZyXEL Device s intervention 8 1 4 DNS Server Address Assignment Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when you sign up If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in the D
91. filters 256 Set 30201020 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201021 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201022 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201023 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 30201024 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201025 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201026 IP Alias 2 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 4 Menu 3 5 Wireless LAN Setup FIN FN PVA INPUT 30500001 ESSID Wireless 30500002 Hide ESSID lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 30500003 Channel ID lt 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 13 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Table 146 Menu 3 30500004 RTS Threshold 0 2432 2432 30500005 FRAG Threshold 256 2432 2432 30500006 WEP lt 0 DISABLE 0 1 64 bit WEP 2 128 bit WEP gt 30500007 Default Key lt 1 2 3 4 gt 0 30500008 WEP Keyl 30500009 WEP Key2 30500010 WEP Key3 30500011 WEP Key4 30500012 Wlan Active O Disable 0 1 Enable gt 30500013 Wlan 4X Mode lt 0 Disable 0 1 Enable gt MENU 3 5 1 WLAN MAC ADDRESS FILTER FIN FN PVA INPUT 30501001 Mac Filter Active lt O No 0 1 Yes gt 30501002 Filter Action lt 0 Allow
92. from the LAN 17 1 3 System Timeout There is a default system management idle timeout of five minutes three hundred seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for longer than this timeout period The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling 17 2 WWW To change your ZyXEL Device s World Wide Web settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT to display the WWW screen Figure 136 Remote Management WWW Www Port 80 Access Status WAN Y Secured Client IP all Selected 0 0 0 0 q Note CO UPnPto function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using 2 You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel 222 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 17 Remote Management Configuration The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 88 Remote Management WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Cho
93. if using WPA 2 key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA 2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA PSK WPA2 PSK mode The default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Authentication Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external authentication server The default port number is 1812 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external authentication server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external authentication server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network Accounting Server optional Active Select Yes from the drop down list box to enable user accounting through an external authentication server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external accounting server The default port number is 1813 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information
94. in business environments Use WPS s PIN method to set up your wireless network instead of using the push button method The PIN method is more secure than the push button method as it ensures only selected devices are added to your wireless network See Section 9 5 on page 145 for more information on using the WPS PIN method P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Hide your wireless network name SSID The SSID can be regularly broadcast and unauthorized users may use this information to access your network See Chapter 9 on page 127 for directions on using the web configurator to hide the SSID Enable the MAC filter to allow only trusted users to access your wireless network or deny unwanted users access based on their MAC address See Section 9 2 2 on page 128 for directions on configuring the MAC filter 1 3 3 Firewall See Chapter 12 on page 173 for more information on the following security measures Ensure the firewall is turned on Traffic initiated from your WAN is blocked by default Set the firewall to block ICMP requests Enable do not respond to requests for unauthorized services e f you have a backup gateway for example backup Internet access on your network disable the Bypass Triangle Routes feature and enable IP Alias to put your backup gateway on a different subnet Avoid raising the maximum number of NAT sessions per host unnecessarily as it increases the possibili
95. in a LAN to LAN application Here are some examples of more suitable combinations in such an application 7 1 3 1 Scenario 1 One VC Multiple Protocols PPPoA RFC 2364 encapsulation with VC based multiplexing is the best combination because no extra protocol identifying headers are needed The PPP protocol already contains this information P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup 7 1 3 2 Scenario 2 One VC One Protocol IP Selecting RFC 1483 encapsulation with VC based multiplexing requires the least amount of overhead 0 octets However if there is a potential need for multiple protocol support in the future it may be safer to select PPPoA encapsulation instead of RFC 1483 so you do not need to reconfigure either computer later 7 1 3 3 Scenario 3 Multiple VCs If you have an equal number or more of VCs than the number of protocols then select RFC 1483 encapsulation and VC based multiplexing 7 1 4 VPI and VCI Be sure to use the correct Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI numbers assigned to you The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 and for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Please see the appendix for more information 7 1 5 IP Address Assignment A static IP is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time The Single User Account feature can be enabled or di
96. is taken for packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of your customized rules Expand Click this button to display more information Basic Click this button to display less information Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 12 6 Firewall Rules Summary BS The ordering of your rules is very important as rules are applied in turn Refer to Section 11 1 on page 159 for more information Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules to bring up the following screen This screen displays a list of the configured firewall rules Note the order in which the rules are listed P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Figure 113 Firewall Rules oo RI Rules ov fll Packet Direction Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 3 Create a new rule after rule number IE 7 100 wan to LAN Move the rule tolo Move 1 Vv any 7 any v NetBIOS TCPAUDP 137 139 445 v Permit No No amp fi bN Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 65 Firewall Rules LABEL DESCRIPTION Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use This read only bar shows how much of the ZyXEL Device s memory for recording firewall rules it is currently using When you are using 80 or less
97. key Choose Manually assign a WEP key to setup WEP Encryption parameters Figure 34 Manually assign a WEP key STEP 1 STEP 2 j a Wireless LAN Note On the last page of the Wireless Setup wizard you will have a chance write down this key and your network settings for safekeeping The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 17 Manually assign a WEP key LABEL DESCRIPTION Key The WEP keys are used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission Enter any 5 or 13 ASCII characters or 10 or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit or 128 bit WEP key respectively Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 5 Click Apply to save your wireless LAN settings P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 35 Wireless LAN Setup 3 STEPI STEP2 a Wireless LAN Ple Click the Apply Button to Complete the Connection Wizard Note If you are currently using a Wireless PC card to access this router AND you made changes to the Name SSID then you will need to make the same changes to your Wireless PC card AFTER you click the Apply Button Once the changes have been made to the Wireless PC card you will be able to connect back to the router and
98. local IP address to a unique global IP address Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Port numbers do NOT change for One to One and Many to Many No Overload NAT mapping types The following table summarizes these types Table 55 NAT Mapping Types TYPE IP MAPPING One to One ILA1 IGA1 Many to One SUA PAT ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 IGA1 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Table 55 NAT Mapping Types continued TYPE IP MAPPING Many to Many Overload ILA1 gt IGA1 ILA2 amp IGA2 ILA3 amp IGA1 ILA4 IGA2 Many to Many No Overload ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 amp gt IGA2 ILA3 amp IGA3 Server Server 1 IP IGA1 Server 2 IP IGA1 Server 3 IP IGA1 10 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT SUA Single User Account is a ZyNOS implementation of a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping Many to One and Server The ZyXEL Device also supports Full Feature NAT to map multiple global IP addresses to multiple private LAN IP addresses of clients or servers using mapping types as outlined in Table 55 on page 149 Choose SUA Only if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device 10 3 NAT General Setup You
99. mail soporte zyxel co cr Sales E mail sales zyxel co cr Telephone 506 2017878 Fax 506 2015098 Web www zyxel co cr Regular Mail ZyXEL Costa Rica Plaza Roble Escaz Etapa El Patio Tercer Piso San Jos Costa Rica Czech Republic E mail info cz zyxel com Telephone 420 241 091 350 Fax 420 241 091 359 Web www zyxel cz Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Czech s r o Modransk 621 143 01 Praha 4 Modrany Cesk Republika Denmark Support E mail support zyxel dk Sales E mail sales zyxel dk Telephone 45 39 55 07 00 Fax 45 39 55 07 07 Web www zyxel dk Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Columbusvej 2860 Soeborg Denmark Finland Support E mail support zyxel fi Sales E mail sales zyxel fi Telephone 358 9 4780 8411 Fax 358 9 4780 8448 Web www zyxel fi Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Oy Malminkaari 10 00700 Helsinki Finland France E mail info zyxel fr Telephone 33 4 72 52 97 97 Fax 33 4 72 52 19 20 Web www zyxel fr Regular Mail ZyXEL France rue des Vergers Bat 1 C 69760 Limonest France 378 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix Customer Support Germany Support E mail support zyxel de Sales E mail sales zyxel de Telephone 49 2405 6909 69 Fax 49 2405 6909 99 Web www zyxel de Regular Mail ZyXEL Deutschland GmbH Adenauerstr 20 A2 D 52146 Wuerselen Germany Hungary India Support E mail support zyxel hu S
100. method 1 Ensure WPS is enabled on both devices 2 Access the WPS section of the AP s configuration interface See the device s User s Guide for how to do this 3 Look for the client s WPS PIN it will be displayed either on the device or in the WPS section of the client s configuration interface see the device s User s Guide for how to find the WPS PIN for the ZyXEL Device see Section 9 5 on page 145 4 Enter the client s PIN in the AP s configuration interface BS If the client device s configuration interface has an area for entering another device s PIN you can either enter the client s PIN in the AP or enter the AP s PIN in the client it does not matter which 5 Start WPS on both devices within two minutes LES Use the configuration utility to activate WPS not the push button on the device itself 6 Onacomputer connected to the wireless client try to connect to the Internet If you can connect WPS was successful If you cannot connect check the list of associated wireless clients in the AP s configuration utility If you see the wireless client in the list WPS was successful The following figure shows a WPS enabled wireless client installed in a notebook computer connecting to the WPS enabled AP via the PIN method P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 91 Example WPS Process PIN Method ENROLLEE REGISTRAR WITHIN 2 MINUTES B SECURE EAP TUNNEL
101. must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up SUA NAT to allow traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL Device Click Network gt NAT to open the following screen Not all fields are available on all models Figure 100 NAT General NAT Setup 9 sua only O Full Feature Enable SIP ALG Active Network Address Translation NAT Max NAT Firewall Session Per User 512 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 56 NAT General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Network Select this check box to enable NAT Address Translation NAT SUA Only Select this radio button if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Full Feature Select this radio button if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device Max NAT Firewall When computers use peer to peer applications such as file sharing applications Session Per User they need to establish NAT sessions If you do not limit the number of NAT sessions a single client can establish this can result in all of the available NAT sessions being used In this case no additional NAT sessions can be established and users may not be able to access the Internet Each NAT session establishes a corresponding firewall session Use this field to limit the number of NAT firewall sessions each client computer can establish t
102. next Figure 169 Configuration Configuration Backup Configuration Click Backup to save the current configuration to you computer Backup Restore Configuration To restore a previously saved configuration file on your computer to the Prestige please type a location for storing the configuration file or click Browse to look for one and then click Upload File Pathi Browse Upload Reset to Factory Default Settings Click Reset to clear all user entered configuration and return the Prestige to the factory default settings The following default settings would become effective after click Reset Password 1234 Lan IP 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server Reset 21 2 1 Backup Configuration Backup configuration allows you to back up save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to a file on your computer Once your ZyXEL Device is configured and functioning properly it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return to your previous settings Click Backup to save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to your computer P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 273 Chapter 21 Tools 21 2 2 Restore Configuration 274 Restore configuration allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file from your computer to your ZyXEL Device Table 122 Maintenance Restore Config
103. not perform content filtering 13 2 Configuring Keyword Blocking Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL For example if you enable the keyword bad the ZyXEL Device blocks all sites containing this keyword including the URL http www website com bad html even if it is not included in the Filter List To have your ZyXEL Device block Web sites containing keywords in their URLs click Security gt Content Filter The screen appears as shown P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 13 Content Filtering Figure 124 Content Filter Keyword Keyword I Active Keyword Blocking Block Websites that contain these keywords in the URL bad Delete Clear All Keyword Add Keyword Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 72 Content Filter Keyword LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Keyword Blocking Select this check box to enable this feature Block Websites that This box contains the list of all the keywords that you have configured the contain these keywords in ZyXEL Device to block the URL Delete Highlight a keyword in the box and click Delete to remove it Clear All Click Clear All to remove all of the keywords from the list Keyword Type a keyword in this field You may use any character up to 127 characters Wildcards are not allowed Add Keyword Click Add Keyword after you have typed a keyword Repeat t
104. not work you have to reset the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults See Section 23 1 on page 281 e cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator 1 Make sure you are using the correct IP address The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 Ifyou changed the IP address Section 23 1 on page 281 use the new IP address f you changed the IP address and have forgotten it see the troubleshooting suggestions for I forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 2 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 23 1 on page 281 3 Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop up windows and has JavaScripts and Java enabled See Section 23 1 on page 281 4 If you disabled Any IP Section 23 1 on page 281 make sure your computer is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device If you know that there are routers between your computer and the ZyXEL Device skip this step 5 Reset the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults and try to access the ZyXEL Device with the default IP address See Section 23 1 on page 281 6 Ifthe problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 23 Troubleshooting e can see the Login screen but cannot log in to the ZyXEL Device 1 Make sure you have entered the password correctly The default user password is user an
105. one IP protocol type For example look at the default configuration labeled DNS UDP TCP 53 means UDP port 53 and TCP port 53 Up to 128 entries are supported Custom service ports may also be configured using the Edit Customized Services function discussed previously Table 69 Predefined Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION AIM NEW_ICQ TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service used as a listening port by ICQ AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP_CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP UDP 7648 A popular videoconferencing solution from White Pines Software 24032 DNS UDP TCP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names e g www zyxel com to IP numbers FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 21 File Transfer Program a program to enable fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail H 323 TCP 1720 Net Meeting uses this protocol P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Table 69 Predefined Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICQ
106. over Ethernet PPPoE ord given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If iter it in the third field User Name Password Service Name foptional 5 2 2 Manual Configuration 1 Ifthe ZyXEL Device fails to detect your DSL connection type enter the Internet access information given to you by your ISP exactly in the wizard screen If not given leave the fields set to the default P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 79 Chapter 5 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 47 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters fii Internet Configuration your Internet ISP Your ISP may have etup letter incluc uting default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account select Bridge mode Encapsulation ncapsulation method used by your ISP Your ISP may list ENET ENCAP as Static IP c IP Multiplexing uc sj Select the multiplexing type used by your ISP Virtual Circuit ID The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 21 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION Mode From the Mode drop down list box select Routing default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Encapsulation Select the encapsulation type your ISP uses from the Encapsulation drop down list box Choices vary depending on what you select in the Mode field If you
107. services available to authenticated users once they are connected to the network Accounting Keeps track of the client s network activity RADIUS is a simple package exchange in which your AP acts as a message relay between the wireless client and the network RADIUS server Types of RADIUS Messages The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user authentication Access Request Sent by an access point requesting authentication Access Reject Sent by a RADIUS server rejecting access Access Accept Sent by a RADIUS server allowing access Access Challenge Sent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to allow access The access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access Request message The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user accounting Accounting Request Sent by the access point requesting accounting Accounting Response Sent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting In order to ensure network security the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared secret key which is a password they both know The key is not sent over the network In addition to the shared key password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the network from unauthorized access Types of EAP Authentication This section dis
108. the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation Alternatively click the right mouse button to copy and or paste the IP address IP Subnet Mask Your ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they g
109. the proxy server remembers things about your original request like the port number and source and destination addresses This remembering is called saving the state When the outside system responds to your request the firewall compares the received packets with the saved state to determine if they P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls are allowed in The ZyXEL Device uses stateful packet inspection to protect the private LAN from hackers and vandals on the Internet By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful inspection allows all communications to the Internet that originate from the LAN and blocks all traffic to the LAN that originates from the Internet In summary stateful inspection Allows all sessions originating from the LAN local network to the WAN Internet Denies all sessions originating from the WAN to the LAN Figure 108 Stateful Inspection ressent tenian inani arte Ng t ie WAN i aS Retu rn traffic for User A s Teln gt session is permitted E Protected UserA initiates a Telnet session H is LAN i 1 Other Telnet traffic is blocked i d F Fi f E 3 H a i D 1 E LEN E j H D t mt i 2 L rs 3 71 t a at aa The previous figure shows the ZyXEL Device s default firewall rules in action as well as demonstrates how stateful inspection works User A can initiate a
110. the time with the time server Current Date This field displays the date of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the date with the time server Time and Date Setup Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually If you configure a new time and date Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time the new time and date you entered has priority and the Time Zone and Daylight Saving settings do not affect it When you enter the time settings manually the ZyXEL Device uses the new setting once you click Apply Note If you enter time settings manually they revert to their defaults when power is lost New Time hh mm ss This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new time in this field and then click Apply New Date yyyy mm dd This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new date in this field and then click Apply Get from Time Server Select this radio button to have the ZyXEL Device get the time and date from the time server you specified below Time Protocol Select the time service protocol that your time server uses Not all time servers support all protocols so you may have to check with your ISP netw
111. the web configurator to display the wizard main screen Figure 18 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you peed Ske basic configuration Eu ul i Apply exit P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide in the top right corner of Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 2 Click INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP to configure the system for Internet access and wireless connection Figure 19 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP E 7 D rd through tl n nfiguration tio rd ha n broken down in te h has t ana n o bandwidth based o E catio E an prioritize unused ba th y for E E th medium and high 3 The wizard attempts to detect which WAN connection type you are using If the wizard detects your connection type and your ISP uses PPPoE or PPPoA go to Section 3 2 1 on page 59 The screen varies depending on the connection type you use If the wizard does not detect a connection type and the following screen appears see Figure 20 on page 58 check your hardware connections and click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to have the ZyXEL Device detect your connection again Figure 20 Auto Detection No DSL Connection STEP P STEP 2 f Internet Configuration Your e E E z
112. them The MIC provides a strong mathematical function in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC If they do not match it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet is dropped By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity checking mechanism MIC with TKIP and AES it is more difficult to decrypt data on a Wi Fi network than WEP and difficult for an intruder to break into the network The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials The common password approach makes WPA 2 PSK susceptible to brute force password guessing attacks but it s still an improvement over WEP as it employs a consistent single alphanumeric password to derive a PMK which is used to generate unique temporal encryption keys This prevent all wireless devices sharing the same encryption keys a weakness of WEP User Authentication WPA and WPA2 apply IEEE 802 1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP to authenticate wireless clients using an external RADIUS database WPA2 reduces the number of key exchange messages from six to four CCMP 4 way handshake and shortens the time required to connect to a network Other WPA2 authentication features that are different from WPA include key caching and pre authentication These t
113. this appendix are example menus meant to show SPTGEN usage Actual menus for your product may differ Internal SPTGEN Overview Internal SPTGEN System Parameter Table Generator is a configuration text file useful for efficient configuration of multiple ZyXEL Devices Internal SPTGEN lets you configure save and upload multiple menus at the same time using just one configuration text file eliminating the need to navigate and configure individual screens for each ZyXEL Device You can use FTP to get the Internal SPTGEN file Then edit the file in a text editor and use FTP to upload it again to the same device or another one See the following sections for details The Configuration Text File Format All Internal SPTGEN text files conform to the following format lt field identification number field name parameter values allowed input where input is your input conforming to parameter values allowed The figure shown next is an example of an Internal SPTGEN text file Figure 243 Configuration Text File Format Column Descriptions Menu 1 General Setup 10000000 Configured 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 10000001 System Name Str Your Device 10000002 Location Str B 10000003 Contact Person s Name Str d 10000004 Route IP 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 10000005 Route IPX lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 10000006 Bridge 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 357 App
114. to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP 7000 Another videoconferencing solution 12 9 Anti Probing If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists The ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user Refer to Section 11 1 on page 159 for more information Click Security gt Firewall gt Anti Probing to display the screen as shown Figure 122 Firewall Anti Probing A
115. to allow any computer to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 17 8 Configuring ICMP To change your ZyXEL Device s security settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt ICMP The screen appears as shown If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists Your ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 17 Remote Management Configuration Figure 143 Remote Management ICMP ICMP ICMP Respond to Ping on LAN amp WAN 7 I Do not respond to requests for unauthorized services Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 94 Remote Management ICMP LABEL DESCRIPTION ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams bu
116. to disable this option if you connect to different networks Fi ple ner 9 Click Finish to save your settings and close the window Verifying Settings Click the KNetwork Manager icon on the Task bar to check your TCP IP properties From the Options sub menu select Show Connection Information Figure 214 openSUSE 10 3 KNetwork Manager i Disable Wireless 4 KNetworkManager a Wired Devices X Wired Network Dial Up Connections v 3 Switch to Offline Mode 4 Show Connection Information When the Connection Status KNetwork Manager window opens click the Statistics tab to see if your connection is working properly P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 215 openSUSE Connection Status KNetwork Manager Connection Status KNetworkManager a Device Bytes MBytes Packets Errors Dropped KBytes s Received 2317441 2 2 3621 0 0 0 0 CH Statistics Transmitted 841875 0 8 3140 0 0 0 0 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default BS Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here Screen
117. when the log fills up If you select None no log messages are sent Day for Sending Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to send the logs Log Time for Enter the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 equals 11 00 pm to Sending Log send the logs Clear log after sending mail Select the checkbox to delete all the logs after the ZyXEL Device sends an E mail of the logs Syslog Logging The ZyXEL Device sends a log to an external syslog server Active Click Active to enable syslog logging Syslog Server IP Address Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that will log the selected categories of logs Log Facility Select a location from the drop down list box The log facility allows you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server Refer to the syslog server manual for more information Active Log and Alert Log Select the categories of logs that you want to record Send Immediate Alert Select log categories for which you want the ZyXEL Device to send E mail alerts immediately Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 20 3 1 Example E mail Log An End of Log message displays for each mail in which a complete log has been sent The following is an example of a log sent by e mail Youmay
118. while RIP 2M uses multicasting 8 2 3 Multicast Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just 1 IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data IGMP version 2 RFC 2236 is an improvement over version 1 RFC 1112 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use If you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1 please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236 The class D IP address is used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 The address P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup 224 0 0 0 is not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers The address 224 0 0 1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts including gateways All hosts must join the 224 0 0 1 group in order to participate in IGMP The address 224 0 0 2 is assigned to the multicast routers group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP version 2 IGMP v2 At start up the ZyXEL Device queries all directly connected networks to gather group membership After that the ZyXEL Device periodically
119. will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 22 Internet Connection with PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name Type the name of your PPPoE service here Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 49 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 ffi Internet Configuration IP Address d The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 23 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address This field is available if you select Routing in the Mode field Type your ISP assigned IP address in this field Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 81 Chapter 5 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Table 23 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Fi
120. you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 17 6 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices SNMP is a member of the TCP IP protocol suite Your ZyXEL Device supports SNMP agent functionality which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL Device through the network The ZyXEL Device supports SNMP version one SNMPv1 and version two SNMPv2 The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation BS SNMP is only available if TCP IP is configured P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 17 Remote Management Configuration Figure 140 SNMP Management Model Managed Device Managed Device Managed Device MANAGER An SNMP managed network consists of t
121. 005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210201006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest Port 137 210201007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 1 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210201008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210201009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Subnet 0 Mask 210201010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Port 0 210201011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Src Port 0 none 1 equal 0 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210201013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210201014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 2 2 Filter set 2 rule 2 FI F PVA INPUT 210202001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Type 0 none 2 TCP 2 IP gt 210202002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt Ex 210202003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Protocol 6 210202004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210202005 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest 0 Subnet Mask 210202006 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest Port 138 210202007 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Dest Port lt 0 none 1 equal 1 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210202008 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src IP 0 0 0 0 address 210202009 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Subnet 0 Mask P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Table
122. 151 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 continued 210202010 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Port 0 210202011 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Src Port lt 0 none 1 equal 0 Comp 2 not equal 3 less 4 g reater gt 210202013 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210202014 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 2 Act Not lt 1 check 1 Match next 2 forward 3 drop gt Table 152 Menu 23 System Menus Menu 23 1 System Password Setup FI FN PVA INPUT 230000000 System Password 1234 Menu 23 2 System security radius server FI FN PVA INPUT 230200001 Authentication Server Configured lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 230200002 Authentication Server Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt i 230200003 Authentication Server IP Address 192 168 1 3 2 230200004 Authentication Server Port 1822 230200005 Authentication Server Shared Secret 11111111111 1111 11111111111 11111 230200006 Accounting Server Configured lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 230200007 Accounting Server Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt i 230200008 Accounting Server IP Address 192 168 1 4 4 230200009 Accounting Server Port 1823 230200010 Accounting Server Shared Secret 1234 Menu 23 4 System security IEEE802 1x FI FN PVA INPUT 230400001 Wireless Port Control lt 0 Auth
123. 164 LAND attacks 162 163 Ping of Death 162 Smurf attacks 163 SYN attacks 162 Teardrop 162 thresholds 190 types 162 guidelines 168 ICMP 164 189 security 167 logs 181 packet direction 177 predefined services 187 rules 173 179 example 183 schedule 181 stateful inspection 164 example 165 TCP maximum incomplete 191 TCP security 166 thresholds 191 traceroute 164 triangle route 177 types 159 application level 160 packet filtering 159 169 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Index stateful inspection 160 UDP security 167 firmware 271 fragmentation threshold 137 338 FTP 33 FTP remote management 224 full feature NAT 151 G get community 228 global NAT 147 guidelines firewalls 168 H half open sessions 191 TCP maximum incomplete 191 hidden node 337 IANA 332 IBSS 335 ICMP 113 164 189 remote management 229 security 167 IEEE 802 11g 339 IGMP 105 118 121 Independent Basic Service Set See IBSS 335 initialization vector IV 344 inside NAT 147 installation UPnP Windows Me 235 Windows XP 236 Internal SPTGEN 357 FTP upload example 359 points to remember 358 text file 357 Internet access ATM QoS 105 backup 112 metric 113 DSL link 113 encapsulation 97 103 ENET ENCAP 97 example 98 PPPoA 98 PPPoE 97 RFC 1483 98 ICMP 113 IGMP 105 IP address 99 104 MBS 101 105 metric 100 MTU 106 multicast 105 multiplexing 98 example 98 nailed up connection 99 104 NAT 100 PCR 100 10
124. 24 kbps Sales Priority 6 3584 kbps Marketing Priority 6 3584 kbps Research Priority 5 2048 kbps Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth The administration class only uses 1024 kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps The sales and marketing are first to get extra bandwidth because they have the highest priority 6 If they each require 1536 kbps or more of extra bandwidth the ZyXEL Device divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally between the sales and marketing departments 1536 kbps extra to each for a total of 3584 kbps for each because they both have the highest priority level Research requires more bandwidth but only gets its budgeted 2048 kbps because all of the unbudgeted and unused bandwidth goes to the higher priority sales and marketing classes 15 6 2 2 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth The following table shows the amount of bandwidth that each class gets Table 80 Fairness based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration 1024 kbps Sales 3072 kbps Marketing 3072 kbps Research 3072 kbps Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth The administrati
125. 39 141 145 Network Address Translation see NAT O outside NAT 147 P packet direction firewalls 177 packet filtering 159 169 packet statistics 54 Pairwise Master Key PMK 344 346 password 46 56 248 PCR 100 105 Peak Cell Rate see PCR PIN configuration 139 145 146 example 140 Ping of Death 162 port forwarding 151 example 152 port numbers 152 setup 153 PPPoA 98 PPPoE 37 97 preamble 137 preamble mode 339 predefined services bandwidth control 69 89 predefined services firewalls 187 priorities bandwidth control 209 priority based scheduler 206 210 product registration 375 PSK 344 push button 139 146 R RADIUS 340 message types 341 messages 341 shared secret key 341 redirecting traffic 111 registration product 375 related documentation 3 remote management 221 DNS 228 FTP 224 ICMP 229 limitations 222 NAT 222 SNMP 225 get community 228 set community 228 setup 228 trap community 228 traps 227 Telnet 223 TR 069 38 230 WWW 223 reset 48 restart 275 restoring configuration 274 RFC 1483 98 RIP 105 118 121 RTS Request To Send 338 threshold 337 338 RTS CTS threshold 137 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 387 Index rules bandwidth control 211 firewalls 173 179 example 183 S safety warnings 6 schedule content filtering 196 firewalls 181 logs 256 scheduler 206 210 SCR 101 105 security content filtering 195 activation 196 schedule 196 trusted comput
126. 5 RIP 105 SCR 101 105 setup 102 traffic redirect 111 activation 113 traffic shaping 100 classes 101 VCI 99 104 virtual circuit 104 VPI 99 104 wizard 58 78 zero configuration 102 106 Internet Assigned Numbers Authority See IANA 332 Internet Multicast Protocol see IGMP IP address 99 104 117 154 IP alias 38 124 setup 126 IP spoofing 162 164 K keywords content filtering 195 L LAN 115 Any IP 119 activation 122 client list 123 DHCP 116 setup 122 DNS 116 IGMP 121 IP address 117 IP alias 124 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Index setup 126 MAC address 124 multicast 118 121 NetBIOS 122 RIP 118 121 TCP IP 121 LAND attacks 162 163 LEDs 41 limitations remote management 222 WPS 144 LLC based multiplexing 98 local NAT 147 login 46 logs 253 e mail 255 example 256 firewalls 181 schedule 256 setup 254 syslog 256 MAC address 124 128 filter 39 128 131 138 activation 138 managing the device good habits 35 using FTP See FTP using SPTGEN See SPTGEN using the web configurator See web configurator using TR 069 See TR 069 mapping types NAT 149 maximize bandwidth usage 207 210 example 207 Maximum Burst Size see MBS Maximum Transmission Unit see MTU MBS 101 105 Media Access Control see MAC media bandwidth management see bandwidth control Message Integrity Check MIC 344 metric 100 MTU 106 multicast 105 118 121 IGMP 118 multiplexing 98 example 98 N nailed u
127. 56 30100005 Input device filters Set 1 256 30100006 Input device filters Set 2 256 30100007 Input device filters Set 3 256 30100008 Input device filters Set 4 256 30100009 Output protocol filters Set 1 256 30100010 Output protocol filters Set 2 256 30100011 Output protocol filters Set 3 256 30100012 Output protocol filters Set 4 256 30100013 Output device filters Set 1 256 30100014 Output device filters Set 2 256 30100015 Output device filters Set 3 256 30100016 Output device filters Set 4 256 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Table 146 Menu 3 Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup FIN FN PVA INPUT 30200001 DHCP lt 0 None 0 1 Server 2 Relay gt 30200002 Client IP Pool Starting Address 192 168 1 33 30200003 Size of Client IP Pool 32 30200004 Primary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 30200005 Secondary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 30200006 Remote DHCP Server 0 0 0 0 30200008 IP Address 172 21 2 200 30200009 IP Subnet Mask 16 30200010 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30200011 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30200012 Multicast O IGMP v2 zu 1 IGMP v1 2 None 30200013 IP Policies Set 1 1 12 256 30200014 IP Policies Se
128. 6 Similarly the host ID range for subnet B is 192 168 1 129 to 192 168 1 254 Example Four Subnets The previous example illustrated using a 25 bit subnet mask to divide a 24 bit address into two subnets Similarly to divide a 24 bit address into four subnets you need to borrow two host ID bits to give four possible combinations 00 01 10 and 11 The subnet mask is 26 bits 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 or 255 255 255 192 Each subnet contains 6 host ID bits giving 26 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address Table 132 Subnet 1 LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VALUE IP Address Decimal 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 0 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 62 192 168 1 63 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 133 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 64 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 01000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 64 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 65 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 127 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 Table 134 S
129. 67 MAGNE ATS CUZ RAE RR 267 SRyE ACL Sein Moles E 268 Table Tite CIP NOIS aps 268 toule TIO Syslog LOGS e events 270 Table 120 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types ie sir patet naa Rit kar kk inna 270 B o 3PS p cu UPE oR N 271 Table 122 Maintenance Restore Configuration cce ert rper ded ood e den bin n oid xd ed pod da si dide 274 Table 123 Diagnostic G neral Lies p praedi eo pne UR Cnt a bis a Lp ia Fee x bill e n a ak Nada ia Ra bia cda 277 Table 124 Diagnostic DSL LING e 278 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide List of Tables Table 125 Hardware Sp OR DROFIS erasian ioana o PO Ro PELEAS LEE En pad ELE E EE Kex 285 Table 126 FT AEG SDBOIN COTON necessa eti Evo pad 4e naiiai CER PA EM EUREN EEREEEPECTEEEL LN IS Qr ERR CRECEN EET ER GC 285 Table 127 Standards SUPPOME civeseceducrcsnecsuiisescnscaiietonsscaueseatninlnyisnteahidecmacaeticsnendaiguesieeanedintiestabuiyanke 287 Table 128 IP Address Network Number and Host ID Example sssssssseeee 326 Tape 129 Subn o ric WR E E 327 Tade 130 Maximum Host c T 327 Table 131 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation ccccccccccceeceeeeeececneeeceeeee tees ea eeaaeaaaneeceeseeeeeeeneeeseeees 327 TAS 132 SURELY e 329 TR UO ae wae i Ret cae eo ot apy ee an a bn o a a 330 Wet SUIT ae auoscopnan eese ea a a usu HC blake e in UI E UIS 330 H EMeen a c M
130. 9 Port Start 0 150000040 SUA Server 9 Port End 0 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Table 149 Menu 15 SUA Server Setup continued 150000041 SUA Server 9 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000042 SUA Server 10 Active 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000043 SUA Server 10 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000044 SUA Server 10 Port Start 0 150000045 SUA Server 10 Port End 0 150000046 SUA Server 10 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000047 SUA Server L Active 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000048 SUA Server Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000049 SUA Server Port Start 0 150000050 SUA Server Port End 0 150000051 SUA Server Local IP address 0 0 0 0 150000052 SUA Server 12 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000053 SUA Server 12 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP 50000054 SUA Server 12 Port Start 0 150000055 SUA Server 12 Port End 0 150000056 SUA Server 12 Local IP address 0 0 0 0 Table 150 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 Menu 21 Filter set 1 FI FN PVA INPUT 210100001 Filter Set 1 Name Str Menu 21 1 1 1 set 1 rule 1 EL F PVA INPUT 210101001 IP Filte
131. AC Select the check box to enable MAC address filtering Filter Filter Action Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC Address table Select Deny to block access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to access the ZyXEL Device Select Allow to permit access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be denied access to the ZyXEL Device Set This is the index number of the MAC address MAC Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless client that are allowed or denied access to Address the ZyXEL Device in these address fields Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC address format that is six hexadecimal character pairs for example 12 34 56 78 9a bc Back Click Back to return to the previous screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Table 51 MAC Address Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 9 4 WiFi Protected Setup Your ZyXEL Device supports WiFi Protected Setup WPS which is an easy way to set up a secure wireless network WPS is an industry standard specification defined by the WiFi Alliance WPS allows you to quickly set up a wireless network with strong security without having to configure security settings manually Each WPS connection works between two devices Both devices must support WPS check eac
132. Angles typically range from 20 degrees very directional to 120 degrees less directional Directional antennas are ideal for hallways and outdoor point to point applications P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 347 Appendix D Wireless LANs Positioning Antennas In general antennas should be mounted as high as practically possible and free of obstructions In point to point application position both antennas at the same height and in a direct line of sight to each other to attain the best performance For omni directional antennas mounted on a table desk and so on point the antenna up For omni directional antennas mounted on a wall or ceiling point the antenna down For a single AP application place omni directional antennas as close to the center of the coverage area as possible For directional antennas point the antenna in the direction of the desired coverage area P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Command Interpreter The following describes how to use the command interpreter See the included disk or zyxel com for more detailed information on these commands lt gt Use of undocumented commands or misconfiguration can damage the unit and possibly render it unusable Command Syntax The command keywords are in courier new font Enter the command keywords exactly as shown do not abbreviate The required fields in a command are enclosed in angle brackets lt gt The optional fields in a command are enclos
133. Bit Rate see VBR VBR 101 VC based multiplexing 98 VCI 99 104 Virtual Channel Identifier see VCI virtual circuit 104 Virtual Path Identifier see VPI VoIP 69 89 151 VPI 99 104 W WAN 97 ATM QoS 105 backup 112 metric 113 DSL link 113 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Index encapsulation 97 103 ENET ENCAP 97 example 98 PPPoA 98 PPPoE 97 RFC 1483 98 ICMP 113 IGMP 105 IP address 99 104 MBS 101 105 metric 100 MTU 106 multicast 105 multiplexing 98 example 98 nailed up connection 99 104 NAT 100 PCR 100 105 RIP 105 SCR 101 105 setup 102 traffic redirect 111 activation 113 traffic shaping 100 classes 101 VCI 99 104 virtual circuit 104 VPI 99 104 zero configuration 102 106 warranty 375 note 375 web configurator 33 45 login 46 password 46 56 wizard 49 57 77 bandwidth control 69 89 Internet access 58 78 WEP 39 132 Wide Area Network see WAN Wi Fi Protected Access 343 Wi Fi Protected Access see WPA wireless client WPA supplicants 345 Wireless LAN see WLAN wireless security 339 wizard 49 57 77 bandwidth control 69 89 Internet 58 78 wireless connection 64 84 WLAN 127 802 11 mode 137 activation 130 AP 127 authentication 128 channel 127 130 encryption 129 WEP 132 WPA 2 135 WPA 2 PSK 133 fragmentation threshold 137 interference 337 MAC address 128 filter 128 131 138 preamble 137 RTS CTS threshold 137 security 128 security
134. CK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W ZW 2 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 0 2 1239 255 255 254 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W ZW 3 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 3 191 224 0 1 22 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W ZW 4 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 0 254 224 0 0 1 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W ZW 5 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 4 187 137 LI 2 212255 52 55 2137 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy UDP W to W ZW Routing Command Syntax ip nat routing 0 LAN 0 no 1l yes Use this command to set the ZyXEL Device to route traffic that does not match a NAT rule through a specific interface An example of when you may want to use this is if you have servers with public IP addresses connected to the LAN The following command example sets the ZyXEL Device to route traffic that does not match a NAT rule through the LAN interface Figure 240 Routing Command Example ras gt ip nat routing 2 0 Routing can work in NAT when no NAT rule match P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix E Command Interpreter ARP Behavior and the ARP ackGratuitous Commands The ZyXEL Device does not accept ARP reply information if the ZyXEL Device did not send out a corresponding request This helps prevent the ZyXEL Device from updating its ARP table with an incorrect IP address to MAC address mapping due to a spoofed ARP An incorrect IP to MAC address mapp
135. Click Back to return to the previous screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Table 50 Wireless LAN Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 9 3 6 MAC Filter To change your ZyXEL Device s MAC filter settings click the Edit icon in the Network gt Wireless LAN screen The screen appears as shown Figure 90 MAC Address Filter MAC Filter Cl Active MAC Filter Filter Action Allow 9 Deny SE I 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 2 00 00 00 00 00 00 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 4 00 00 00 00 00 00 5 00 00 00 00 00 00 6 00 00 00 00 00 00 7 00 00 00 00 00 00 8 00 00 00 00 00 00 9 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 12 00 00 00 00 00 00 13 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 00 00 00 00 00 00 15 00 00 00 00 00 00 16 00 00 00 00 00 00 17 00 00 00 00 00 00 18 00 00 00 00 00 00 19 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 21 00 00 00 00 00 00 22 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 00 00 00 00 00 00 24 00 00 00 00 00 00 25 00 00 00 00 00 00 26 00 00 00 00 00 00 27 00 00 00 00 00 00 28 00 00 00 00 00 00 29 00 00 00 00 00 00 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 31 00 00 00 00 00 00 32 00 00 00 00 00 00 The following table describes the labels in this menu Table 51 MAC Address Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Active M
136. DA RE update barca edd gla Hema eas 44 si Tig c gini NE EEUU UT 46 igure d Change Password al Logi usissossceseiaspt tec a pe Eia Ht SU d LAESA REC LH ER UL A SEO UH SR C x Rn 47 P ME 052 ee e eT 47 Figure 11 Web Configurator Main SGre sisssirisrisisisssniidiis niidina kinduni nate dats enter diri btt Ec tI dic 48 Figuie TSS OPE coi a deni d D uita as Ados p dL esi o pt og d o a bees 51 Foue Totes AW IF Tbe ee 53 Figure 14 Status WLAN ECCL 53 Figure 19 Status Bandwidih SERIA eee rbics er crt do x hne Eb tik ned EEN Pet i xa AEAEE EEREN RB E LER 54 Figure 10 Statis athe bla SNCS Wer 55 PE lt o a Selietal PET 56 Foue T5 SOIGOEB BOO aah cai chica dpa Mea a cop Es pde omy inka hah cv ls ds dao 57 Figure 19 Wizard ur rrr e M 58 Figure 20 Auto Detection No DSL COPDTIBOUOE isssscce ici appeke sb besea te YR RH SEVERI AERA E E pL AX RR A SAM reg 58 Foue LAVO Eie srl per T 59 Figure 22 EB eso 59 Figure 23 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters ssesssssssseee eene 60 Figure 24 Inigitist Conector Wilh PPPOE acuastebeboive eb ieniutebeteter epo rune oops estu totu ana bebe eR ER CHEN ERGO IRE 61 Figure 25 temet Connector with RFG TASS siisii p Aix EV RR MEA XESMREREH EM PEE RR 13 VR LES pg 61 Figure 26 Internet Connection with ENET ENGAEB iiis cemere tna kk tk kn riter nbn brian n 62
137. DNS 1 essent rie rn kc aca n t RR ri 309 Figure 207 UDUS NEWI meet austria teaniaiameeion 310 Figure 208 openSUSE 10 3 K Menu gt Computer Menu 145 other rnt d teat ever ioi nr eod rt bans dn 311 Figure 209 openSUSE 10 3 K Menu gt Computer Menu sse nnne 211 Figure 210 openSUSE 10 3 YaST Control CONG 22 eiieestatee ito br toe tappe tuni ioter peo te dou Eee pr taa pud 312 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 25 List of Figures Figure 211 openSUSE 10 3 Network Settings 55 possa ripae xi patadas rb ty aod E rk t dta ads aa 312 Figure 212 openSUSE 10 3 Network Gard Sell 1 2 5 a ccr etta hor e La EP UR XE E EP FERRE FH d A 93 CER PI dta ERR 313 Figure 213 openSUSE 10 3 Network SOLIDES sscccceisissesnsacsss cba rk cba tI Eh ta e urat li abd EXE bd dede E Eua 314 Figure 214 openSUSE 10 3 KNsebwork Mariage nnt erronee eth nen dna neta a pena aon 314 Figure 215 openSUSE Connection Status KNetwork Manager sse 315 Figure 216 Popup BIODNOI iiisiaiectezesaseiieesett ata iste eb epus Ped ER CEESERLIN S21 24 RUIT S ob GENTES SEE UMS ea aiaiaaeo 317 Figure 217 Interet Options PELVEGU ounce obit aod en ct tb REC OR a PIU da ASEEN ERATEN ua urs Kk 318 Figure 219 Iniemel Options Piva ansias eed ume d Em EP Li PEN EE DD UR E EINE HR MET EDI er tH Ete LAN 319 Figure 219 Pop up Blocker OBS Usacssci md iodccre omen ined D CU ti goo em at d e d tit nat 319 Figure 220 Internet Options Security 2 essen ceti ed
138. Denial of Service Thresholds One Minute Low so Sessions per Minute One Minute High fico Sessions per Minute Maximum Incomplete Low eo Sessions Maximum Incomplete High fico Sessions TCP Maximum Incomplete Ro Sessions Action taken when TCP Maximum Incomplete reached threshold Delete the Oldest Half Open Session when New Connection Request Comes C Deny New Connection Request for fio Minutes 1 255 Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 71 Firewall Threshold LABEL DESCRIPTION DEFAULT VALUES Denial of Service Thresholds One Minute Low This is the rate of new half open sessions 80 existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attempts drops below this number One Minute High This is the rate of new half open sessions 100 half open sessions per that causes the firewall to start deleting half minute The above numbers cause open sessions When the rate of new the ZyXEL Device to start deleting connection attempts rises above this number half open sessions when more the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions than 100 session establishment as required to accommodate new connection attempts have been detected in attempts the last minute and to stop deleting half open sessions when fewer tha
139. EI A388 ERGAB ES ME EPOR EN SN NRI NK da LESSE uide 229 Table 94 Remote Management ICMP uusicssuiesse rei Hi EE FERES EHE FEY ere e FID ada EE ME RE re PERI d eph EE M Ma Eae 230 Table 95 WmDS Leg me M 231 Table 9G COD NUT UPAP Lunae ean tier aa taal Eaa E a El Held ebd 234 Table 97 Sysiai steal DEDE sssstetedeusketlfin a en A Qo DP OtpxkH Dvd ete ei N 248 Tablo 99 System Te SOIN prends rop d D HERD CCIH EI ECL AR MOT UUSR oci S a ERA E a LR s dte 250 e Ue LG eeu TS 254 Table 100 Log SOUINGS e 255 Table TOT System Malntononte Loge nixus px ord eee ane anions 257 TOC EREI LOJE ett 258 Table 103 Access Control LOGS Am 258 TASTO EROS LOOT MR THER 259 Table 0S Packe Filler Looe ec 259 IE oi UO ICF LOTE EDU 260 TAS Ur CDR LOTE a rece t NE 260 TIE TOR PRP LOOS e M 260 Tablo TOS OPP LOGS 1iisssiztoscidisebebet abe R pco RE RUA RE HAE ISRMRRROSEME PRECES MAR UL ESM Ra EE REASONS Rd 261 Table TIO Conte Ferg DOOS qitictqssitiiemspeda Eau ertptN Qr ERA VPE EE PCVOH QE Ru Rd EET ER UDIN EET Ra ERAN 261 toble TII ico aro e 262 ToO lal bl Ud or TEE I I T T TI S T 262 Eu TS RE LOGS ecc m 263 TOE TAP LAIS e 266 Table 115 Certificate Path Verification Failure Reason Codes sese 2
140. EN 87 Figure 99 Wireless LAM SOUD S cennad ianua ieee pie eo aeRO 88 Figure 60 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete cc eccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeeeeens 88 Powe cI ocelo BOIS MM Tr 90 Figure B2 War VV SIC OI oirinn sten tau M erepM acr AM P IM EPPR I ate A aude cae UG ERU NT BERDREUE 91 Figure 63 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information seeeneeee 91 Figure 64 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration esseeeenn en 92 Figure 65 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete ecescceeseeeeee rennen tnn nan tenente nde 93 Figure 66 Example Of Palle Shaping sasirik dac os aao tig add M Ht ES adt a dfe 101 Figure 67 Imemet Connection PPPOE a iepeq seme blat per ki ebX Rei bp PS RE bUUEH Re ERU Pe e EE pP PERRO PH S EUH Pda dS 103 Figure 68 Advanced Internet Connection Setup uiuis csieaeei echan arta are ctbbb deat o Cha uua s bbb uai e cbe YR R bna 105 Fig re 69 More EOIN mete e M ET 107 Figurg TO More Connections EDI ssec sas FRE kinan eee ituevdtum tnt e tin Iv TEE PU EDI LE EIU M EE TIE SMS 108 Figure 71 More Connections Advanced Selup 1er oorr torri kerr iN nina E EXE Aa 110 Figura 72 Traffic Redirect Example secu edem peak ti eta REEL E t ER TERN ENNAN AE CANRAN ENEE CY ERRENA EU TE REF EID pa Ode 111 Figure 73 Trafic Redirect LAN SetuP uiscera ee paie Ira eredi hc n E ei e piv UR Eo red 112 Figure 74 WAN Backup SUM Luise dee baee a t perdo ages peau i od
141. Ed WXEL Prestige BB R u1 Internet Sharing Gateway Manufacturer ZyXEL Model Name ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Model Number Prestige BB R u1 Description ZyXEL Prestige BB R u1 Internet Sharing Gateway Device Address http 192 168 1 1 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 18 Universal Plug and Play UPnP P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide PART VI Maintenance System 247 Logs 253 Tools 271 Diagnostic 277 System Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time and date settings 19 1 General Setup 19 1 1 General Setup and System Name General Setup contains administrative and system related information System Name is for identification purposes However because some ISPs check this name you should enter your computer s Computer Name In Windows 95 98 click Start Settings Control Panel Network Click the Identification tab note the entry for the Computer Name field and enter it as the System Name n Windows 2000 click Start Settings Control Panel and then double click System Click the Network Identification tab and then the Properties button Note the entry for the Computer name field and enter it as the System Name In Windows XP click start My Computer View system information and then click the Computer Name tab Note the entry in the Full computer name field and enter it as the ZyXEL Device System Name 19 1 2 General Setup
142. Guide List of Tables Table 29 LAIN IP 121 TONE OCICS LAN SetuP TET 121 Ur i PISIS Meere 123 Table 42 LAN CIE LISE ossa o OS b i ere t t LV a ria o d Lt OR a 124 y SEE rc qe M 126 Table 44 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication ssssssssssese 129 He i e EI MM m T MM 130 Toeg Vre No Se akan EE 132 Table 47 Wireless Siatie WEF EHCFyBUDE sesasi taeda dese ode pa te po ri do d dat 133 Table 48 Wireless WPA PSK WPA2 PSK sssssssssssessesseeenee nemen ennt nn nnn in nenne reme sn sites ennnen nnna 134 Table 49 Wireless WPANWPAZ A 136 Tabe S0 Wirolpss LAN Advanced sansene 137 Table c1 MAC Address Fior 1 3 EP aoin AAEE 138 Table 52 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS uduaescsnienesta eri br d D ebd cd dut bak Ee pUe onide sian LU heben FREE REG 145 Table 53 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS Station sess enne 146 Table 54 NAT TNO cceleteisus EEE peret o bees Lobo Dpeed en eRe 147 Tabte 55 NAT Mapping TYPOS 2 pert tE piis IIS REDE REHARE EE HERI FA E e LEES EHE PE EE ENNA 149 TOE OG NAT ONET gw T TET 151 Table oF Services and Port NUmbGES duci ee boi ties touteserasaiinemicatine taal Pes tu IN CER ER REO LEER IE d FEN GREG 152 Table 2o NAT Fon FOBESEHIBIE 21 ipe Ebr srt lec y eoi e dd oaa odd dde
143. HCP Setup screen The ZyXEL Device acts as a DNS proxy when the Primary and Secondary DNS Server fields are left as 0 0 0 0 in the DHCP Setup screen 8 2 LAN TCP IP The ZyXEL Device has built in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability 8 2 1 IP Address and Subnet Mask Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name so too do computers on a LAN share one common network number Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 and you must enable the Network Address Translation NAT feature of the ZyXEL Device The Internet Assigned Number Authority IANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise Let s say you select 192 168 1 0 as the network number which covers 254 individual addresses from 192 168 1 1 to 192 168 1 254 zero and 255 are reserved In other words the first three nu
144. ITIP ANGS m 171 Figure 112 Firowall General RT RTT SR 176 gsrcmgedg lE ee 178 as mari IIl EGI FUG qm 180 Figure 115 Firewall Customized SERCO uuecaesssxcnn kenne rad kai cts i LR dk Ra Cu RAE CR ERR Dn 182 Figure 116 Firewall Configure Customized Services eescseeeesceeeen reinen nnnani te s aaa uaa 183 Figure TI Firewall Example Rules qusc pedo 0g Lo dtd c eti qai tdg t dt 184 Figure TIS Edit C stom Parc Example 22 sco ktetuddc en coute tl at e tote vem ebbe apu bu as Frob ves tau E ER bua 184 Figure 119 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address eeseeeeeesseeeeeeeee 185 Figure 120 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services ssessessssss 186 Figure 121 Firewall Example Rules MySearvite auuusscamitiqnrivn ep er opor teer Errn Epp Ote EL T E IMe PERI TEQERRHBA 187 Figure T22 Firewalls ZR PODNO 15 6 mdb ex tet o ete daditen Macs eto duo doas oi ep uc E e e o 189 Figure 123 Firewall Threshold ca nce nda eios eode ken ppa dac Ro ac Edo eb euius oaa godes cb e pda 192 Figure 124 Coment Fiter T rrr e 196 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 23 List of Figures Figure T25 Comont Frer x INN os cts s sossrsaesasscanvessassucdaresasiannagst Hp at hi3 teas i d a d ga Rd 197 Figure 126 Comtent up EIL M 198 Figure 127 Example of State Routing Topology i
145. If you do not change the password at least once the following screen appears every time you log in with the admin password P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Figure 9 Change Password at Login Use this screen to change the password 7 Select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply to display the wizard main screen Otherwise select Go to Advanced setup and click Apply to display the Status screen Figure 10 Select a Mode ZyXEL Please select Wizard or Advanced mode BS The management session automatically times out when the time period set in the Administrator Inactivity Timer field expires default five minutes Simply log back into the ZyXEL Device if this happens to you P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 2 3 Resetting the ZyXEL Device If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator you will need to use the RESET button at the back of the ZyXEL Device to reload the factory default configuration file This means that you will lose all configurations that you had previously and the password will be reset to 1234 2 3 1 Using the Reset Button 1 Make sure the POWER LED is on not blinking 2 Press the RESET button for ten seconds or until the POWER LED begins to blink and then release it When the POWER LED begins to blink the defaults have been restored and the ZyXEL Device re
146. L Device and plugged in to an appropriate power source Make sure the power source is turned on 4 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 5 Ifthe problem continues contact the vendor r One of the LEDs does not behave as expected 1 Make sure you understand the normal behavior of the LED See Section 23 1 on page 281 2 Check the hardware connections See the Quick Start Guide and Section 23 1 on page 281 3 Inspect your cables for damage Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables 4 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 5 Ifthe problem continues contact the vendor P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 23 Troubleshooting 23 2 ZyXEL Device Access and Login e forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 1 The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 2 Ifyou changed the IP address and have forgotten it you might get the IP address of the ZyXEL Device by looking up the IP address of the default gateway for your computer To do this in most Windows computers click Start gt Run enter cmd and then enter ipconfig The IP address of the Default Gateway might be the IP address of the ZyXEL Device it depends on the network so enter this IP address in your Internet browser 3 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults See Section 23 1 on page 281 e forgot the password 1 The default admin password is 1234 and the default user password is user 2 Ifthis does
147. Logs Figure 162 View Log View Logs Display At Logs 7 Email Log Now Refresh Clear Log p ee WEB Login Successfully User admin 2 piod none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1197 ac EL 3 spre none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1196 Pare 4 EA none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1195 NA UN ae WEB Login Successfully User user The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 99 View Log LABEL DESCRIPTION Display The categories that you select in the Log Settings screen display in the drop down list box Select a category of logs to view select All Logs to view logs from all of the log categories that you selected in the Log Settings page Time This field displays the time the log was recorded Message This field states the reason for the log Source This field lists the source IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Destination This field lists the destination IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Notes This field displays additional information about the log entry Email Log Now Click Email Log Now to send the log screen to the e mail address specified in the Log Settings page make sure that you have first filled in the E mail Log Settings fields in Log Settings Refresh Click Refresh to renew the log screen Clear Log Click Clear Log to delete all the logs 20 3 Configuring Log Settings Use the Lo
148. Modify 1 v o 10 EP Gu Iv WWW High 2 iv E ou Telnet 0 Mid 10 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 84 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Rule Setup Direction Select the direction of traffic to which you want to apply bandwidth management Service Select a service for your rule or you can select User Defined to go to the screen where you can define your own Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Choose High Mid or Low Bandwidth kbps Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps The recommendation is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual rule Add Click this button to add a rule to the following table To X Interface This is the number of an individual bandwidth management rule Active This displays whether the rule is enabled Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply this bandwidth management rule Enable a bandwidth management rule to give traffic that matches the rule priority over traffic that does not match the rule Enabling a bandwidth management rule also allows you to control the maximum amounts of bandwidth that can be used by traffic that matches the rule Rule Name This is the name of the rule Destination Port This is the port number of the destination O means any destination port Priority This is the priority
149. NS Server Server 192 168 1 33 az 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cancel P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 41 DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION DHCP Setup DHCP If set to Server your ZyXEL Device can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to Windows 95 Windows NT and other systems that support the DHCP client If set to None the DHCP server will be disabled If set to Relay the ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients Enter the IP address of the actual remote DHCP server in the Remote DHCP Server field in this case When DHCP is used the following items need to be set IP Pool Starting This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool Address Pool Size This field specifies the size or count of the IP address pool Remote DHCP If Relay is selected in the DHCP field above then enter the IP address of the Server actual remote DHCP server here DNS Server DNS Servers The ZyXEL Device passes a DNS Domain Name System server IP address to Assigned by DHCP the DHCP clients Server Primary DNS Server This field is not available when you set DHCP to Relay Secondary DNS Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to the Server DHCP clients along w
150. P Control Panel 22usccre ties pttt eva a OA YER MEL EE EVA EE EDU RE ERO ARCH a Ed A 294 Figure 180 Windows XP Control Panel gt Network Connections gt Properties 294 Figure 181 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties eeeeseeeseesesssee eee enean 295 Figure 182 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties sssee 296 gs 199 Windows Yista Star IP T mm 297 Figure 184 Windows Vista Control Panel 12ussetetetin ettet REL ERR HER ER A EE EVER FETA ES UG L ES Lead 297 Figure 185 Windows Vista Network And Internet eese eese eee nnne thanh ni th nana kn 297 Figure 186 Windows Vista Network and Sharing Center eeeeeesceeeee cese neenon 298 Figure 187 Windows Vista Network and Sharing Center eese nnne 298 Figure 188 Windows Vista Local Area Connection Properties eeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeen nnne 299 Figure 189 Windows Vista Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties sssssesss 300 Figure 190 M t OS X TO d Apple IRSE tiia E pta te EP rev b dri S nia ERE e SLE rox RE Ii blc caudate 301 Figure 191 Mac OS X 10 4 System Preferences 1 itetiaserbepucisesekhsteqaskEPrtesdeek Eun dpt ooR I SUE AMO MESE REM DUR 301 Figure 192 Mac OS X 10 4 Network Preferences esses eterne tranne tra ned riae ta a pena d eda on 302 Figure 193 Mac OS X 10 4 Network
151. P 660HW Ix v3 802 11g Wireless ADSL 2 4 port Gateway User s Guide Version 3 40 11 2008 Edition 1 DEFAULT LOGIN IP Address http 192 168 1 1 User Password user Admin Password 1234 ZyXEL www zyxel com About This User s Guide About This User s Guide Intended Audience This manual is intended for people who want to configure the ZyXEL Device using the web configurator You should have at least a basic knowledge of TCP IP networking concepts and topology Related Documentation Quick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away It contains information on setting up your network and configuring for Internet access BS It is recommended you use the web configurator to configure the ZyXEL Device Supporting Disc Refer to the included CD for support documents ZyXEL Web Site Please refer to www zyxel com for additional support documentation and product certifications User s Guide Feedback Help us help you Send all User s Guide related comments questions or suggestions for improvement to the following address or use e mail instead Thank you The Technical Writing Team ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan E mail techwriters zyxel com tw Disclaimer Graphics in this book may differ slightly from the product due to differences in operating systems operating system vers
152. P screen The screen appears as shown Figure 78 Advanced LAN Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Both RIP Version RIP 1 Multicast IGMP v1 Any IP Setup M Active Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP IV Allow between LAN and WAN Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 40 Advanced LAN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 121 Chapter 8 LAN Setup Table 40 Advanced LAN Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Any IP Setup Select the Active check box to enable the Any IP feature This allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet When you disable the Any IP feature only computers with dynamic IP addresses or static IP addresses in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address can connect to the ZyXEL
153. P table is updated the computer is able to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device 5 When the ZyXEL Device receives packets from the computer it creates an entry in the IP routing table so it can properly forward packets intended for the computer After all the routing information is updated the computer can access the ZyXEL Device and the Internet as if it is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device 8 3 Configuring LAN IP Click Network gt LAN to open the IP screen See Section 8 1 on page 115 for background information Figure 77 LAN IP LAN TCP IP IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 39 LAN IP LABEL DESCRIPTION TCP IP IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 factory default IP Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask assigned to you by your ISP if given Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced LAN Setup screen and edit more details of your LAN setup 8 3 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Setup To edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced LAN settings click the Advanced Setup button in the LAN I
154. PA2 WEP is less secure than WPA or WPA2 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Encryption WPA improves data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP Message Integrity Check MIC and IEEE 802 1x WPA2 also uses TKIP when required for compatibility reasons but offers stronger encryption than TKIP with Advanced Encryption Standard AES in the Counter mode with Cipher block chaining Message authentication code Protocol CCMP TKIP uses 128 bit keys that are dynamically generated and distributed by the authentication server AES Advanced Encryption Standard is a block cipher that uses a 256 bit mathematical algorithm called Rijndael They both include a per packet key mixing function a Message Integrity Check MIC named Michael an extended initialization vector IV with sequencing rules and a re keying mechanism WPA and WPA2 regularly change and rotate the encryption keys so that the same encryption key 1s never used twice The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients This all happens in the background automatically The Message Integrity Check MIC is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data packets altering them and resending
155. Papae ed 143 Figure 94 WPS Example Network SIOP 2 iouuucsaspemi ris Vici EFE I Rte be pNPE ea ide akena 143 Figure 95 WP Example Network SIED 3 iiuddueieesiepusiseki ch ri aeta a ED S VER i Ren MR ERI UD sack wa LE MI vir iii 144 Figure 96 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS esee euasit anna rnt th a Rua xus IR AR Rau Xo S BA ARA EX ERRARE uda 145 Figure 97 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS Stalon 22i roti tret opp er Far reinii pe dete rtp tb app eA EE EUR 146 igure SS Jas Alio T M 148 Figure 99 NAT Application With I PMS iraisser aana EN pra PERLE ERR IU EE NP CcHPYRE PER ER Y APRES ANM REdA A 149 Figure 100 LiNC r M S S 150 Figure 101 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example ccccccceceeeeeeeeeseeeeenecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseneenaneaeess 153 eee 102 MAT EO LEGES dcuidatetiu nov asit etm tn tonbutsctttebotasti tob tns rere ree ubocue ti bnberesa C rete Corr ee 153 Figure 103 Port Forwarding Rule Setup aaiuoeeesiseiecceseseutieeust npucee obi dinaren inakaa pop dE EL E pM AM UE 154 MALE sr pS AO RES MR mE 161 Figure 109 Way iG SiG et T 162 Figuie TG OV IQS jst sistas adn oie eaten aa eee nan a dg ears 163 Foure 107 Sman AIEK TTL I UNUM ETT 163 Figure 108 Statetul IAS PSO e 165 1 210 eno tte ree 170 gs 2s ASpctuMils 0 CRT 171 x T
156. Port Number 1813 Shared Secret Channel 06 2437MHz V 3600 In Seconds Allow Association Apply Cancel Advanced Setup P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 49 Wireless WPA WPA2 LABEL DESCRIPTION WPA Compatible This check box is available only when you select WPA2 PSK or WPA2 in the Security Mode field Select the check box to have both WPA2 and WPA wireless clients be able to communicate with the ZyXEL Device even when the ZyXEL Device is using WPA2 PSK or WPA2 ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless clients have to resend usernames and passwords in Timer In Seconds order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless client authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout In Seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless client from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless client needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Group Key Update Timer In Seconds The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA PSK WPA2 PSK key management or RADIUS server
157. RADIUS Application Example sss 345 gri Pasce hii ris sicciesecciccssisecagorseneccniiyeumcaquersuneandueteueecaertuebasusaeongabseausnasuvesoees 346 Figure 238 Displaying Log Categories Example 1 rre e pe rn bt e issi dede ne 350 Figure 239 Displaying Log Parameters Example 2252 ot rir ptt ERR Ee EpcXdEEHH IIR PERE VII nain E CRM FERE CIV RRE NES 350 Figure 240 Routing Command Example iuecscscesseies seins ebucieesbadutus o apo epus kao vt donc i seb bd deaur ko epe epa e cota dod petas 351 Figure 241 Backup Gateway niss LI Er 353 gsrcposacd Belgie toc em m NE I UN I TT 354 Figure 243 Configuration Text File Format Column Descriptions ccccccccsseccccceeseecceeeensecceeneeees 357 Figure 244 Invalid Parameter Entered Command Line Example sssseee 358 Figure 245 Valid Parameter Entered Command Line Example sess 358 Figure 246 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example rrr trn rna deno 359 Figure 247 Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example 1er eR hh pnto Iun n ERPbFE SNR Ko taa EnEn En 359 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide List of Tables List of Tables TS 1 EVRA STUN IGORS che rre 5 MOH dE ol Mecum Tc 36 TOCS LEDS saririk 41 Table 4 Web Configurator Screens Summary ccsscsesssesssessssesas ass rnb I FERA ES PEIUS dE RA dE a FRE LA Io AKA 49 Table c SOT CNSR gasxuceuitioniemi ium AREE PEN dE rU ERIS Pa Dad cR eH i ee 51 Table S Status Any ET e
158. RE Ra PA AE MR ERR R A AME 90 Par E NeW OK T 95 Chapter 7 ME SOT A P E T E A O E E E E E E L E TA 97 RSS LESS S o ES o 70 o n ore 97 Fell C eI PERTULIT 97 PEE I II ee ETT WR 98 7 1 9 Encapsulation and Multiplexing Scenarios ccscasssissccssasrscessssaieddessasesporiearsanneacconstoranean 98 ge Ui its Ri a eer eer ee eee eee ze teu tap eres error ree ata d Eo a d echa Le Ea 99 7 LS IP Address Assignment ee T 99 7 16 Nailed Up Connection PPP f 99 wd NAF HH 100 ROC oe Tt 100 F SNICOUDOnre m 100 DNE S Fanie EARS E T I S T E 101 TA Z Coniiguration intemmet ACCESS 4e 102 ES QOL Ner Leg anaa A AA SEE A 102 7 5 1 Configuring Advanced Internet Connection Setup ccccccccceessecceeessseeeeeeeeneenees 104 7 6 Contiguring More Connections T 106 TOA Mone VES ESL 2a ii opi saad caes nails Media ede do Leo E ep Y a d e 107 7 6 2 Configuring More Connections Advanced Setup seeseeeesnennnns 110 Ta mane RedirEGi P Ere 111 TO LORIN WAN BackUp aessas saisaarssiie swaaostn sn baa deans Eoba pbi satis ENNE ENAT EEEE ANNEE NASE de 112 Chapter 8 LPNS ij 115 ol LAN Ee 115 8 1 1 LANS WANS andthe ZyXEL Devise irit art naan AE ESE E PE RR Fen a pc 115 BIL
159. Rules 2 Select WAN to LAN in the Packet Direction field P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Figure 117 Firewall Example Rules Anti Probing Threshold Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 3 ovi 100 Packet Direction wan to LAN 7 Create a new rule after rule number o s Add XE ES Fr eom mee en iem pnma Apply Cancel 3 Inthe Rules screen select the index number after that you want to add the rule For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 4 Click Add to display the firewall rule configuration screen 5 In the Edit Rule screen click the Edit Customized Services link to open the Customized Service screen 6 Click an index number to display the Customized Services Config screen and configure the screen as follows and click Apply Figure 118 Edit Custom Port Example Config Service Name MyService Service Type rcpiupe 7 Port Configuration Type single Port Range Port Number From 123 To 123 Cancel Delete 7 Select Any in the Destination Address box and then click Delete 8 Configure the destination address screen as follows and click Add P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Figure 119 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address Edit Rule 1 M Active Source Address Address Type Any
160. SDHOE NUE cssiceaoni sine QUU dti rR IS EE Mel em qEC HH Ce p Agua bna pube satin 116 B L3 DNS Server AOdIGSS iuisciepensessazitt iienaa EDA S ERR MIX i 116 8 1 4 DNS Server Address Assignment eese esee sedens ninth anna tata a 4a naa aa 116 Mae miel etsine eas aac bance ees cases ae ee 117 9351 IP Address and Subnet Mask 5 cisicasossccsassissersidadionsssinndasssisasassnensdenadennssaasdanneseasanenenea 117 GU Pa UD rs acces astra E N N I E UTE 118 WAE e 118 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 13 Table of Contents PG Tg ame 119 seppur QT 120 8 2 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Setup ssciscwissiecavivstaancceust venccnoitstsmnawiisteancenuivenccdunivenss 121 82 DAGP SU sten cim exrcitaion oo cR Re o o 122 SOLAN Clem CISL p HR 123 IP Bb a 124 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN e 127 9 1 Wireless Network Overview cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeceeeeeeee enne nene ntr sten tenen nnne nennen 127 9 2 Wireless Security OVANNOW A 128 D2 A SOND enai EES EA 128 922 MAC Addresa Filet 1 icu ER I DERE CREE UE ERE S PREEPIIS deme 128 SROUECABL s T scar e 128 c EE e MNT TOT ST 129 9 3 Deneral Wireless LAN SEV pecori aprp eda E ed e E ER p din S EE FERA bs TNAM ER annie 130 SEMEN IL aaie 131 ccm NEP ENCI ION et P 132 Ode WEP PEP OK RAL P OK EE 133
161. SL by doubling the number of downstream bits ITU T G 993 1 VDSL ITU standard that defines VDSL ITU T G 993 2 VDSL2 ITU standard that defines VDSL2 Microsoft PPTP MS PPTP Microsoft s implementation of Point to Point Tunneling Protocol MBM v2 Media Bandwidth Management v2 RFC 2383 ST2 over ATM Protocol Specification UNI 3 1 Version TR 069 TR 069 DSL Forum Standard for CPE Wan Management 1 363 5 Compliant AAL5 SAR Segmentation And Re assembly 24 2 Wall mounting Instructions 288 Complete the following steps to hang your ZyXEL Device on a wall 1 Select a position free of obstructions on a sturdy wall 2 Drill two holes for the screws Be careful to avoid damaging pipes or cables located inside the wall when drilling holes for the screws P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 24 Product Specifications 3 Do not insert the screws all the way into the wall Leave a small gap of about 0 5 cm between the heads of the screws and the wall 4 Make sure the screws are snugly fastened to the wall They need to hold the weight of the ZyXEL Device with the connection cables 5 Align the holes on the back of the ZyXEL Device with the screws on the wall Hang the ZyXEL Device on the screws Figure 176 Wall mounting Example HT Hi N MM Ili EJ E S 24 2 1 M4 Tap Screw and Masonry Plug The following are dimensions of an M4 tap screw and mason
162. Settings IP address Subnet mask Gateway address l NES In the Configuration list select Automatic Configuration DHCP if you have a dynamic IP address nthe Configuration list select Static IP address if you have a static IP address Fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Gateway address fields 6 Click OK to save the changes and close the Properties dialog box and return to the Network Settings screen 7 Ifyouknow your DNS server IP address es click the DNS tab in the Network Settings window and then enter the DNS server information in the fields provided Figure 206 Ubuntu 8 Network Settings DNS E Nevo settings o m Connections General DNS Hosts DNS Servers earch Domains 8 Click the Close button to apply the changes P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties by clicking System gt Administration gt Network Tools and then selecting the appropriate Network device from the Devices tab The Interface Statistics column shows data if your connection is working properly Figure 207 Ubuntu 8 Network Tools m Devices Network 100S ror Tool Edit Help Devices Ping Netstat Traceroute Port Scan Lookup Finger whois Network device XK Configure IP Information Protocol IP Address Netmask Pref
163. TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet SFTP TCP 115 Simple File Transfer Protocol SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers SSDP UDP 1900 Simole Service Discovery Protocol SSDP is a discovery service searching for Universal Plug and Play devices on your home network or upstream Internet gateways using DUDP port 1900 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Table 69 Predefined Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRMWORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs
164. TCP IP implementation Those that exploit weaknesses in the TCP IP specification Brute force attacks that flood a network with useless data IP Spoofing Ping of Death and Teardrop attacks exploit bugs in the TCP IP implementations of various computer and host systems a Ff WS KN Ping of Death uses a ping utility to create an IP packet that exceeds the maximum 65 536 bytes of data allowed by the IP specification The oversize packet 1s then sent to an unsuspecting system Systems may crash hang or reboot Teardrop attack exploits weaknesses in the re assembly of IP packet fragments As data is transmitted through a network IP packets are often broken up into smaller chunks Each fragment looks like the original IP packet except that it contains an offset field that says for instance This fragment is carrying bytes 200 through 400 of the original non fragmented IP packet The Teardrop program creates a series of IP fragments with overlapping offset fields When these fragments are reassembled at the destination some systems will crash hang or reboot 6 Weaknesses in the TCP IP specification leave it open to SYN Flood and LAND attacks These attacks are executed during the handshake that initiates a communication session between two applications Figure 105 Three Way Handshake Client Server ACK E pe Under normal circumstances the application that initiates a session sends a SYN synchronize pa
165. TTP to manage the ZyXEL Device Telnet Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Telnet to manage the ZyXEL Device FTP Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL Device SNMP Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for Simple Network Management Protocol management DNS Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device ICMP Use this screen to change your anti probing settings UPnP Use this screen to enable UPnP on the ZyXEL Device Maintenance System General This screen contains administrative and system related information and also allows you to change your password Time Setting Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s time and date Logs View Log Use this screen to view the logs for the categories that you selected Log Settings Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s log settings Tools Firmware Use this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device Configuration Use this screen to backup and restore the configuration or reset the factory defaults to your ZyXEL Device Restart This screen allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Diagnostic General These screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL Device general connection
166. Telnet session from within the LAN and responses to this request are allowed However other Telnet traffic initiated from the WAN is blocked 11 5 1 Stateful Inspection Process In this example the following sequence of events occurs when a TCP packet leaves the LAN network through the firewall s WAN interface The TCP packet is the first in a session and the packet s application layer protocol is configured for a firewall rule inspection 1 The packet travels from the firewall s LAN to the WAN 2 The packet is evaluated against the interface s existing outbound access list and the packet is permitted a denied packet would simply be dropped at this point 3 The packet is inspected by a firewall rule to determine and record information about the state of the packet s connection This information is recorded in a new state table entry created for the new connection If there is not a firewall rule for this packet and it is not an attack then the settings in the Firewall General screen determine the action for this packet 4 Based on the obtained state information a firewall rule creates a temporary access list entry that is inserted at the beginning of the WAN interface s inbound extended access list This temporary access list entry is designed to permit inbound packets of the same connection as the outbound packet just inspected 5 The outbound packet is forwarded out through the interface P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Fire
167. UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program IPSEC TRANSPORT TUNNEL AH 0 The IPSEC AH Authentication Header tunneling protocol uses this service IPSEC_TUNNEL ESP 0 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation Security Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol MULTICAST IGMP 0 Internet Group Management Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING ICMP 0 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel PPTP TUNNEL GRE 0 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD
168. W Tx v3 User s Guide 231 Chapter 17 Remote Management Configuration 232 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Universal Plug and Play UPnP This chapter introduces the UPnP feature in the web configurator 18 1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play Universal Plug and Play UPnP is a distributed open networking standard that uses TCP IP for simple peer to peer network connectivity between devices A UPnP device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address convey its capabilities and learn about other devices on the network In turn a device can leave a network smoothly and automatically when it is no longer in use See Section 18 2 1 on page 234 for configuration instructions 18 1 1 How do I know if I m using UPnP UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder Windows XP Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon Selecting the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of that device 18 1 2 NAT Traversal UPnP NAT traversal automates the process of allowing an application to operate through NAT UPnP network devices can automatically configure network addressing announce their presence in the network to other UPnP devices and enable exchange of simple product and service descriptions NAT traversal allows the following Dynamic port mapping Learning public IP addresses Assigning lease times to mappings
169. ZyXEL Device that has maximize bandwidth usage enabled on an interface The following table shows each bandwidth class s bandwidth budget The classes are set up based on subnets The interface is set to 10240 kbps Each subnet is allocated 2048 kbps The unbudgeted 2048 kbps allows traffic not defined in any of the bandwidth filters to go out when you do not select the maximize bandwidth option Table 78 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration 2048 kbps Sales 2048 kbps Marketing 2048 kbps Research 2048 kbps P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 207 Chapter 15 Bandwidth Management The ZyXEL Device divides up the unbudgeted 2048 kbps among the classes that require more bandwidth If the administration department only uses 1024 kbps of the budgeted 2048 kbps the ZyXEL Device also divides the remaining 1024 kbps among the classes that require more bandwidth Therefore the ZyXEL Device divides a total of 3072 kbps of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth among the classes that require more bandwidth 15 6 2 1 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth The following table shows the priorities of the bandwidth classes and the amount of bandwidth that each class gets Table 79 Priority based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES PRIORITIES AND ALLOTMENTS Root Class 10240 kbps Administration Priority 4 10
170. a ama eae rp c teda p cad 235 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Table of Contents 18 3 1 installing UPRP in Windows Me secissscrcasrtacscsvestinsuevedenenntsseslnnearzeshinsmusaesiusonsaeslnnads 235 18 3 2 Installing UPNP in Windows dmm 236 18 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP EXample eiecti rotto rro erret kt rtt e ke bri neces 237 18 4 1 Auto discover Your UPnP enabled Network Device seee 238 18 4 2 Web Configurator Easy ACCESS uten REP IH AREERHRI Y qn Ebr FUY E dAREB DPI AREE bekaY addo SEDEM CRaAER NEA 241 aid loo O E2OEO ST 9 O 245 Chapter 19 EE aci ko do adeb A T bl ME ep Ebo E n du boi bd pb Uh Pe Fn ibn RE BALD LOL ld CRM Uo E 247 191 General i mU MA 247 19 1 1 General Setup and System Name 11 terr ed nr hne o Eta te ba ed ee Een d ea Edda 247 191 2 Gonera SOND aoisssccuibl etn RR DENM no ET PEDEM qu ERR 247 19 2 eui 249 Chapter 20 Eso E E iaananbucesancaadatanadisadeuield is EAE E N A TA 253 A I Ch Ae OOE ean TETTE 253 20 11 Alers ond LOS ictesosctcacitcecstvestaqeiesmvadsectsasdajastecuns ioosadeand doviscauia debe a imitate 253 PG ts 1E e 253 20 0 Conima Log SGMINGS circa inser N nara 254 20 3 1 Example E mall LOQ icis nina a a tid daech sni dtd 256 204 Log Doesonplidfls uode oci Eoo oo E o aate o a a e wnat 257 Chapter 21 pO me
171. access this router AND you made changes to the Name SSID then you will need to make the same changes to your Wireless PC card AFTER you click the Apply Button Once the changes have been made to the Wireless PC card you will be able to connect back to the router and continue the configuration process 6 Use the read only summary table to check whether what you have configured is correct Click Finish to complete and save the wizard setup Figure 60 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete CONGRATULATIONS The Interne Setup configuration is complete Here are your current settings Mode Routing Encapsulation ENET ENCAP Multiplexing PI C Network Name SSID Channel Selection Security Disable w Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup Page 7 Launch your web browser and navigate to www zyxel com Internet access is just the beginning Refer to the rest of this guide for more detailed information on the complete range of ZyXEL Device features If you cannot access the Internet open the web configurator again to confirm that the Internet settings you configured in the wizard setup are correct P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Bandwidth Management Wizard This chapter shows you how to configure basic bandwidth management using the wizard screens 6 1 Introduction Bandwidth management allows you to control the a
172. ade to the latest versions you get the latest patches and fixes If you use chat rooms or IRC sessions be careful with any information you reveal to strangers If your system starts exhibiting odd behavior contact your ISP Some hackers will set off hacks that cause your system to slowly become unstable or unusable P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Always shred confidential information particularly about your computer before throwing it away Some hackers dig through the trash of companies or individuals for information that might help them in an attack 11 7 Packet Filtering Vs Firewall Below are some comparisons between the ZyXEL Device s filtering and firewall functions 11 7 1 Packet Filtering The router filters packets as they pass through the router s interface according to the filter rules you designed Packet filtering is a powerful tool yet can be complex to configure and maintain especially if you need a chain of rules to filter a service Packet filtering only checks the header portion of an IP packet 11 7 1 1 When To Use Filtering To block allow LAN packets by their MAC addresses To block allow special IP packets which are neither TCP nor UDP nor ICMP packets To block allow both inbound WAN to LAN and outbound LAN to WAN traffic between the specific inside host network A and outside host network B If the filter blocks the traffic from A to B it also blo
173. ailed to decode th The router received a corrupted CRL Certificate Revocation List from received CRL the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Failed to d received ARL code th The router received a corrupted ARL Authority Revocation List from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field Revd data lt size gt too large Max size allowed lt max size gt The router received directory data that was too large the size is listed from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source field The maximum size of directory data that the router allows is also recorded Cert trusted lt subject name gt The router has verified the path of the certificate with the listed subject name Due to lt reason codes gt cert not trusted lt subject name gt Due to the reasons listed the certificate with the listed subject name has not passed the path verification The recorded reason codes are only approximate reasons for not trusting the certificate Please see Table 115 on page 267 for the corresponding descriptions of the codes P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 115 Certificate Path Verification Failure Reason Codes CODE DESCRIPTION Algorithm mismatch between the certificate and the search constraints Key usage mismatch between the certificate and the search constraints
174. ales E mail info zyxel hu Telephone 36 1 3361649 Fax 36 1 3259100 Web www zyxel hu Regular Mail ZyXEL Hungary 48 Zoldlomb Str H 1025 Budapest Hungary Support E mail support zyxel in Sales E mail sales zyxel in Telephone 91 11 30888144 to 91 11 30888153 Fax 91 11 30888149 91 11 26810715 Web http www zyxel in Regular Mail India ZyXEL Technology India Pvt Ltd II Floor F2 9 Okhla Phase 1 New Delhi 110020 India Support E mail support zyxel co jp Sales E mail zyp zyxel co jp Telephone 81 3 6847 3700 Fax 81 3 6847 3705 Web www zyxel co jp Regular Mail ZyXEL Japan 3F Office T amp U 1 10 10 Higashi Gotanda Shinagawa ku Tokyo 141 0022 Japan Kazakhstan Support http zyxel kz support Sales E mail sales zyxel kz Telephone 7 3272 590 698 Fax 7 3272 590 689 Web www zyxel kz Regular Mail ZyXEL Kazakhstan 43 Dostyk Ave Office 414 Dostyk Business Centre 050010 Almaty Republic of Kazakhstan P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 379 Appendix Customer Support Malaysia Support E mail support zyxel com my Sales E mail sales zyxel com my Telephone 603 8076 9933 Fax 603 8076 9833 Web http www zyxel com my Regular Mail ZyXEL Malaysia Sdn Bhd 1 02 amp 1 03 Jalan Kenari 17F Bandar Puchong Jaya 47100 Puchong Selangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia North America Support E mail support zyxel com Support Telephone 1 800 978 7222 Sales E mail sale
175. alli Rename Properties there were automatically created 3 Inthe Internet Connection Properties window click Settings to see the port mappings P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 18 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 152 Internet Connection Properties E H Internet Connection Properties General Connect to the Internet using amp J Intemet Connection This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Settings Show icon in notification area when connected 4 You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings Figure 153 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Mdvancec Settings I Services Selec Ihe ssvicer running on pour melwok that Intemel user can aas Seraces mernege 192 168 1 88 3853 27111 UDP msraso 192 166 1 91 7281 26097 UDP V mesg 192 1681 97 7810 21711 TCP P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 18 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 154 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add Service Settings Description of service Test Name or IP address for example 192 158 0 12 of the computer hosting this service on your network 192 168 1 11 External Port number for this service 143 TCP UDP Internal Port number for this service 144 Cancel BES When the UPnP enabled
176. are described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice Your use of the ZyXEL Device is subject to the terms and conditions of any related service providers Trademarks ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Inc Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners Certifications Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement The device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions This device may not cause harmful interference This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operations P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 373 Appendix H Legal Information 374 This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This device generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communi
177. are not specified here or in the remote management setup Click Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding to open the following screen See Table 57 on page 152 for port numbers commonly used for particular services Figure 102 NAT Port Forwarding Port Forwarding Default Server Setup Default Server 0 0 0 0 Port Forwarding Service Name Ww Server IP Address 0 0 0 0 Add Active Service Name Start Port End Port Server IP Address Modify 1 Iv WWW 80 80 172 23 15 23 g Apply Cancel P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 58 NAT Port Forwarding LABEL DESCRIPTION Default Server Setup Default Server In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Port Forwarding Service Name Select a service from the drop down list box Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the server for the specified service Add Click this button to add a rule to the table below This is the rule index number read only Active Click this check box to enable the rule S
178. arked with this symbol which is known as the WEEE mark WEEE stands for Waste Electronics and Electrical Equipment It means that used electrical and electronic products should not be mixed with general waste Used electrical and electronic equipment should be treated separately P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Safety Warnings P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Safety Warnings P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Contents Overview Contents Overview DENTIN e a a 31 Hisp ihe Cy AL DOVE D M 33 introducing the Web Configurator eer 45 Wizard Setup tor Intermet ACCESS D 57 Bandwidth Management Wizard Lui orit dde aeter iia e Aa a AA 69 icr ae a A Oai aa a EE EE a EK E aai 75 Wizard Setup for Israel ACCESS Lu ertt Page Sete Eti er eL EE ee PER Ee Pape AS Led 77 Bandwidth Menagment Wizard 5 cscscissasesndwineicdaciniedeconccionecnataamaaca EERE EE EE 89 e a A E ica ii E A T IRAE EE N AT A E A EE E EAT 95 WAN SOUD Me 97 AN SOIT EATE 115 poi o3 M Yun 127 Network Address Translation NAT 2 12 ossis isizesd emite data bend daa zd dii dd 147 lon mem 157 Firewalls m 159 az c EMO M M 173 svp amxui eec C E 195 ACA BEL iati T ERNIREIR NUMERI BARAENRNKDI MEI QUAM E E AE E FIERET E
179. assemble this device Please contact your vendor for further information Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device Connect it to the right supply voltage for example 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is damaged as it might cause electrocution If the power adaptor or cord is damaged remove it from the device and the power source Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord Contact your local vendor to order a new one Do not use the device outside and make sure all the connections are indoors There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device Use only No 26 AWG American Wire Gauge or larger telecommunication line cord Antenna Warning This device meets ETSI and FCC certification requirements when using the included antenna s Only use the included antenna s If you wall mount your device make sure that no electrical lines gas or water pipes will be damaged Your product is m
180. at someone is trying to make a connection from the LAN to the Internet Assuming that this is an acceptable part of the security policy as is the case with the default policy the connection will be allowed A cache entry is added which includes connection information such as IP addresses TCP ports sequence numbers etc When the ZyXEL Device receives any subsequent packet from the Internet or from the LAN its connection information is extracted and checked against the cache A packet is only allowed to pass through if it corresponds to a valid connection that is if it is a response to a connection which originated on the LAN 11 5 4 UDP ICMP Security UDP and ICMP do not themselves contain any connection information such as sequence numbers However at the very minimum they contain an IP address pair source and destination UDP also contains port pairs and ICMP has type and code information All of this data can be analyzed in order to build virtual connections in the cache For instance any UDP packet that originates on the LAN will create a cache entry Its IP address and port pairs will be stored For a short period of time UDP packets from the WAN that have matching IP and UDP information will be allowed back in through the firewall A similar situation exists for ICMP except that the ZyXEL Device is even more restrictive Specifically only outgoing echoes will allow incoming echo replies outgoing address mask requests
181. ation against its database and grants or denies network access accordingly 3 A 256 bit Pairwise Master Key PMK is derived from the authentication process by the RADIUS server and the client 4 The RADIUS server distributes the PMK to the AP The AP then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys The keys are used to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients Figure 236 WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example NEL a Ne Internet D m x m Es e Aa HI WPA 2 PSK Application Example A WPA 2 PSK application looks as follows 1 First enter identical passwords into the AP and all wireless clients The Pre Shared Key PSK must consist of between 8 and 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal characters including spaces and symbols 2 The AP checks each wireless client s password and allows it to join the network only if the password matches P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs 3 The AP and wireless clients generate a common PMK Pairwise Master Key The key itself is not sent over the network but is derived from the PSK and the SSID 4 The AP and wireless clients use the TKIP or AES encryption process the PMK and information exchanged in a handshake to create temporal encryption keys They use these keys to encrypt data exchanged between them Figure 237 WPA 2 PSK Au
182. ation of a subnet and an application The following example table shows bandwidth allocations for application specific traffic from separate LAN subnets Table 77 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example TRAFFIC TYPE FROM SUBNET A FROM SUBNET B VolP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Web 64 Kbps 64 Kbps FTP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps E mail 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Video 64 Kbps 64 Kbps 15 5 Scheduler The scheduler divides up an interface s bandwidth among the bandwidth classes The ZyXEL Device has two types of scheduler fairness based and priority based 15 5 1 Priority based Scheduler With the priority based scheduler the ZyXEL Device forwards traffic from bandwidth classes according to the priorities that you assign to the bandwidth classes The larger a bandwidth class s priority number is the higher the priority Assign real time applications like those using audio or video a higher priority number to provide smoother operation P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 15 Bandwidth Management 15 5 2 Fairness based Scheduler The ZyXEL Device divides bandwidth equally among bandwidth classes when using the fairness based scheduler thus preventing one bandwidth class from using all of the interface s bandwidth 15 6 Maximize Bandwidth Usage The maximize bandwidth usage option see Figure 131 on page 210 allows the ZyXEL Device to divide up any available bandwidth on the interface including unallocat
183. authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by evaluating the network traffic s Source IP address Destination IP address IP protocol type and comparing these to rules set by the administrator The ability to define firewall rules is a very powerful tool Using custom rules it is possible to disable all firewall protection or block all access to the Internet Use extreme caution when creating or deleting firewall rules Test changes after creating them to make sure they work correctly Below is a brief technical description of how these connections are tracked Connections may either be defined by the upper protocols for instance TCP or by the ZyXEL Device itself as with the virtual connections created for UDP and ICMP 11 5 3 TCP Security The ZyXEL Device uses state information embedded in TCP packets The first packet of any new connection has its SYN flag set and its ACK flag cleared these are initiation packets All packets that do not have this flag structure are called subsequent packets since they represent data that occurs later in the TCP stream If an initiation packet originates on the WAN this means that someone is trying to make a connection from the Internet into the LAN Except in a few special cases see Upper Layer Protocols shown next these packets are dropped and logged P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls If an initiation packet originates on the LAN this means th
184. ays what percent of the ZyXEL Device s heap memory is in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached Interface Status Interface This displays the ZyXEL Device port types Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation For the WLAN port it displays Active when WLAN is enabled or Inactive when WLAN is disabled Rate For the LAN ports this displays the port speed and duplex setting Ethernet port connections can be in half duplex or full duplex mode Full duplex refers to a device s ability to send and receive simultaneously while half duplex indicates that traffic can flow in only one direction at a time The Ethernet port must use the same speed or duplex mode setting as the peer Ethernet port in order to connect For the WAN port it displays the downstream and upstream transmission rate For the WLAN port it displays the transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled Summary Any IP Table Use this screen to view a list of IP addresses and MAC addresses of computers which are not in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device WLAN Status This screen displays the MAC address es of the wireless stations
185. be supported on a case by case basis You can use the web configurator s Custom Ports feature to do this P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls 11 6 Guidelines for Enhancing Security with Your Firewall Change the default password via CLI Command Line Interpreter or web configurator Limit who can telnet into your router Don t enable any local service such as SNMP or NTP that you don t use Any enabled service could present a potential security risk A determined hacker might be able to find creative ways to misuse the enabled services to access the firewall or the network For local services that are enabled protect against misuse Protect by configuring the services to communicate only with specific peers and protect by configuring rules to block packets for the services at specific interfaces Protect against IP spoofing by making sure the firewall is active Keep the firewall in a secured locked room 11 6 1 Security In General You can never be too careful Factors outside your firewall filtering or NAT can cause security breaches Below are some generalizations about what you can do to minimize them Encourage your company or organization to develop a comprehensive security plan Good network administration takes into account what hackers can do and prepares against attacks The best defense against hackers and crackers is information Educate all employees about the importance of security and how to min
186. because of an incorrect user password Local User Database does not A user was not authenticated by the local user database find user s credential because the user is not listed in the local user database RADIUS accepts user A user was authenticated by the RADIUS Server P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 267 Chapter 20 Logs Table 116 802 1X Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION RADIUS rejects user Pls check RADIUS Server A user was not authenticated by the RADIUS Server Please check the RADIUS Server Local User Database does not support authentication method The local user database only supports the EAP MD5 method A user tried to use another authentication method and was not authenticated User logout because of session timeout expired The router logged out a user whose session expired User logout because of user deassociation The router logged out a user who ended the session User logout because of no authentication response from user The router logged out a user from which there was no authentication response User logout because of idle timeout expired The router logged out a user whose idle timeout period expired User logout because of user request A user logged out Local User Database does not support authentication method A user tried to use an authentication method that the local user database does not supp
187. begin configuring this screen afresh 17 9 TR 069 TR 069 is a DSL Forum standard that defines how CPE Customer Premise Equipment for example your ZyXEL Device can be managed over the WAN by an Auto Configuration Server ACS such as ZyXEL s CNM Access TR 069 is based on sending RPCs Remote Procedure Call between an ACS and a client device RPCs are sent in XML Extensible Markup Language format over HTTP or HTTPS An administrator can use CNM Access to remotely set up the ZyXEL device modify settings perform firmware upgrades as well as monitor and diagnose the ZyXEL device All you have to do 1s enable the device to be managed by CNM Access and specify the CNM Access IP address or domain name and username and password P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 17 Remote Management Configuration Follow the procedure below to configure your ZyXEL Device to be managed by CNM Access See the Command Interpreter appendix for information on the command structure and how to access the CLI Command Line Interface on the ZyXEL Device LES In this example a b c d is the IP address of CNM Access You must change this value to reflect your actual management server IP address or domain name See Table 95 on page 231 for detailed descriptions of the commands Figure 144 Enabling TR 069 ras gt wan tr069 load ras gt wan tr069 acsUrl a b c d Auto Configuration Server URL http a b c d ras wan tr069 periodicEnable 1
188. blic TrapCommunity public TrapDestination 0 0 0 0 Q Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Cancel P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 227 Chapter 17 Remote Management Configuration The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 92 Remote Management SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION SNMP Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service SNMP Configuration Get Community Enter the Get Community which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Set Community Enter the Set community which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Trap Community Type the trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager The
189. btain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses 6 Select Obtain an IP address automatically if your network administrator or ISP assigns your IP address dynamically Select Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields if you have a static IP address that was assigned to you by your network administrator or ISP You may also have to enter a Preferred DNS server and an Alternate DNS server if that information was provided 7 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 8 Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window Verifying Settings 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt 2 Inthe Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also go to Start gt Control Panel gt Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab to view your IP address and connection information Windows Vista This section shows screens from Windows Vista Professional P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 1 Click Start gt Control Panel Figure 183 Windows Vista Start Menu Dr eye 7 0 Professional Connect To g Media Player Classic gt Control Panel Default Pro Help and Support All Programs mimm mina a Umm s M JM a AE 2 Inthe Co
190. by your ISP See the advanced menu chapters for background information on these fields 5 2 Internet Access Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the admin password to access the web We ue select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon the web configurator to display the wizard main screen Figure 42 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you peed Ske basic configuration Eu ul i Apply exit P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide in the top right corner of Chapter 5 Wizard Setup for Internet Access 2 Click INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP to configure the system for Internet access and wireless connection Figure 43 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP E 7 D rd through tl n nfiguration tio rd ha n broken down in te h has t ana n o bandwidth based o E catio E an prioritize unused ba th y for E E th medium and high 3 The wizard attempts to detect which WAN connection type you are using If the wizard detects your connection type and your ISP uses PPPoE or PPPoA go to Section 5 2 1 on page 79 The screen varies depending on the connection type you use If the wizard does not detect a connection type and the following screen appears
191. c These read only screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL Device 22 1 General Diagnostic Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic to open the screen shown next Figure 174 Diagnostic General General TCP IP Address Ping Resolving 192 168 1 34 192 168 1 34 Reply from 192 168 1 34 Reply from 192 168 1 34 Reply from 192 168 1 34 Ping Host Successful The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 123 Diagnostic General LABEL DESCRIPTION TCP IP Address Type the IP address of a computer that you want to ping in order to test a connection Ping Click this button to ping the IP address that you entered P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 277 Chapter 22 Diagnostic 22 2 DSL Line Diagnostic Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line to open the screen shown next Figure 175 Diagnostic DSL Line DSL Line o RIXUN Start to reset ADSL Loading ADSL modem F W Reset ADSL Line Successfully ATM Status ATM Loopback Test DSL Line Status Reset ADSL Line Capture All Logs The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 124 Diagnostic DSL Line LABEL DESCRIPTION ATM Status Click this button to view ATM status ATM Loopback Click this button to start the ATM loopback test Make sure you have configured at Test least one PVC with proper VPIs VCI
192. cations However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this device does cause harmful interference to radio television reception which can be determined by turning the device off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures 1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver 3 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected 4 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help fa FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter e IEEE 802 11b or 802 11g operation of this product in the U S A is firmware limited to channels 1 through 11 To comply with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements a separation distance of at least 20 cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons X IKTR ESTAS FBC E ER SE BR RAS RR gt AERERIHI ZR ARKE Bia ote A BS ES gt ADRK tse T REPE CURE py R RSS BZ FH eR ERT a o REEL IFES H METRES WUE ETE T EEISES ee HU GZS TRAE SUE ESR ZR RS RR RS SASS BCLS BER Re ee ie FA RN TE a sc RIT E e AS BSR EA FER Gi ES SOR RF NIE AE e 4
193. ccess and WAN IP DNS SETUP Server MAC address assignment BANDWIDTH Use these screens to limit bandwidth usage by application or MANAGEMENT packet type SETUP Logout LJ Click this icon to exit the web configurator Status This screen shows the ZyXEL Device s general device system and interface status information Use this screen to access the summary statistics tables Network WAN Internet This screen allows you to configure ISP parameters WAN IP Connection address assignment DNS servers and other advanced properties More Connections Use this screen to view and configure other connections for placing calls to another remote gateway WAN Backup Use this screen to configure your traffic redirect properties and Setup WAN backup settings LAN IP Use this screen to configure LAN TCP IP settings enable Any IP and other advanced properties DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure LAN DHCP settings Client List Use this screen to view current DHCP client information and to always assign an IP address to a MAC address and host name IP Alias Use this screen to partition your LAN interface into subnets Wireless LAN General Use this screen to configure the wireless LAN settings and WLAN authentication security settings WPS Use this screen to configure WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup settings WPS Station Use this screen to set up a WPS wireless network NAT General Use this screen to enable NAT Port Forwarding Use this screen to
194. ces Services not specified in bandwidth management are allocated bandwidth after all specified services receive their bandwidth requirements If the rules set up in this wizard are changed in Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup then the service priority radio button will be set to User Configured The Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup screen allows you to edit these rule configurations Auto classifier rest bandwidth Select Auto classifier rest bandwidth to automatically allocate unbudgeted or unused bandwidth to services based on the packet type Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 5 Follow the on screen instructions and click Finish to complete the wizard setup and save your configuration P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 6 Bandwidth Management Wizard Figure 65 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete CONGRATULATIONS Finish button to Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup page P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 6 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide PART II Network WAN Setup 97 LAN Setup 115 Wireless LAN 127 Network Address Translation NAT 147
195. ch a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 17 5 Configuring FTP You can upload and download the ZyXEL Device s firmware and configuration files using FTP please see the chapter on firmware and configuration file maintenance for details To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client To change your ZyXEL Device s FTP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt FTP tab The screen appears as shown P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 17 Remote Management Configuration Figure 139 Remote Management FTP FTP FTP Port Access Status q Note Secured Client IP all C Selected 0 0 0 0 You may also need to create a Firewallrule EL WAN N Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 90 Remote Management FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however
196. ch larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space 8 2 2 RIP Setup RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets When set to Both the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically and incorporate the RIP information that it receives In Only the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets but will accept all RIP packets received Out Only the ZyXEL Device will send out RIP packets but will not accept any RIP packets received None the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received The Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting
197. ck Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Table 86 Services and Port Numbers SERVICES PORT NUMBER ECHO 7 FTP File Transfer Protocol 21 SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 25 DNS Domain Name System 53 Finger 79 HTTP Hyper Text Transfer protocol or WWW Web 80 POP3 Post Office Protocol 110 NNTP Network News Transport Protocol 119 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol 161 SNMP trap 162 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Protocol 1723 15 10 Bandwidth Monitor To view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Monitor The screen appears as shown Select an interface from the drop down list box to view the bandwidth usage of its bandwidth rules The gray section of the bar represents the percentage of unused bandwidth and the blue color represents the percentage of bandwidth in use P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 15 Bandwidth Management Figure 134 Bandwidth Management Monitor Summary Rule Setup Monitor Monitor Lan x To LAN Interface WAA FTP E Mail Telnet NetMeeting H 323 VoIP SIP VoIP H 323 TFTP P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 15 Bandwidth Management P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Dynamic DNS Setup This chapter discusses how to configure your ZyXEL Device to use Dynamic DNS 16
198. cket to the receiving server The receiver sends back an ACK acknowledgment packet and its own SYN and then the initiator responds with an ACK acknowledgment After this handshake a connection is established SYN Attack floods a targeted system with a series of SYN packets Each packet causes the targeted system to issue a SYN ACK response While the targeted system waits for the ACK that follows the SYN ACK it queues up all outstanding SYN ACK responses on what is known as a backlog queue SYN ACKs are moved off the queue only when an ACK comes back or when an internal timer which is set at relatively long intervals terminates the three way handshake Once the queue is full the system will ignore all incoming SYN requests making the system unavailable for legitimate users P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Figure 106 SYN Flood Client Server SYN SYN SYN SYN SYN ACK SYN ACK SYN ACK SYN ACK Ina LAND Attack hackers flood SYN packets into the network with a spoofed source IP address of the targeted system This makes it appear as if the host computer sent the packets to itself making the system unavailable while the target system tries to respond to Itself 7 Abrute force attack such as a Smurf attack targets a feature in the IP specification known as directed or subnet broadcasting to quickly flood the target network with useless data A Smurf hacker floods a router with Internet Co
199. cks the traffic from B to A Filters can not distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address To block allow IP trace route 11 7 2 Firewall The firewall inspects packet contents as well as their source and destination addresses Firewalls of this type employ an inspection module applicable to all protocols that understands data in the packet is intended for other layers from the network layer IP headers up to the application layer The firewall performs stateful inspection It takes into account the state of connections it handles so that for example a legitimate incoming packet can be matched with the outbound request for that packet and allowed in Conversely an incoming packet masquerading as a response to a nonexistent outbound request can be blocked The firewall uses session filtering i e smart rules that enhance the filtering process and control the network session rather than control individual packets in a session The firewall provides e mail service to notify you of routine reports and when alerts occur 11 7 2 1 When To Use The Firewall To prevent DoS attacks and prevent hackers cracking your network Arange of source and destination IP addresses as well as port numbers can be specified within one firewall rule making the firewall a better choice when complex rules are required P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls To selectively block allow inb
200. continue the configuration process 6 Use the read only summary table to check whether what you have configured is correct Click Finish to complete and save the wizard setup Figure 36 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete CONGRATULATIONS The Interne Setup configuration is complete Here are your current settings Mode Routing Encapsulation ENET ENCAP Multiplexing PI C Network Name SSID Channel Selection Security Disable w Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup Page 7 Launch your web browser and navigate to www zyxel com Internet access is just the beginning Refer to the rest of this guide for more detailed information on the complete range of ZyXEL Device features If you cannot access the Internet open the web configurator again to confirm that the Internet settings you configured in the wizard setup are correct P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Bandwidth Management Wizard This chapter shows you how to configure basic bandwidth management using the wizard screens 4 1 Introduction Bandwidth management allows you to control the amount of bandwidth going out through the ZyXEL Device s WAN port and prioritize the distribution of the bandwidth according to service bandwidth requirements This helps keep one service from using all of the available bandwidth and shutting out other users 4 2 Pr
201. cribes the labels in this screen Table 38 WAN Backup Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Backup Type Select the method that the ZyXEL Device uses to check the DSL connection Select DSL Link to have the ZyXEL Device check if the connection to the DSLAM is up Select ICMP to have the ZyXEL Device periodically ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address fields Check WAN IP Configure this field to test your ZyXEL Device s WAN accessibility Type the IP Address1 3 address of a reliable nearby computer for example your ISP s DNS server address Note If you activate either traffic redirect or dial backup you must configure at least one IP address here When using a WAN backup connection the ZyXEL Device periodically pings the addresses configured here and uses the other WAN backup connection if configured if there is no response Fail Tolerance Type the number of times 2 recommended that your ZyXEL Device may ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address field without getting a response before switching to a WAN backup connection or a different WAN backup connection Recovery Interval When the ZyXEL Device is using a lower priority connection usually a WAN backup connection it periodically checks to whether or not it can use a higher priority connection Type the number of seconds 30 recommended for the ZyXEL Device to wait between checks Allow more time if your destination IP address han
202. cusses some popular authentication types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP and LEAP Your wireless LAN device may not support all authentication types EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol is an authentication protocol that runs on top of the IEEE 802 1x transport mechanism in order to support multiple types of user authentication By using EAP to interact with an EAP compatible RADIUS server an access point helps a wireless station and a RADIUS server perform authentication The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server and an intermediary AP s that supports IEEE 802 1x P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs For EAP TLS authentication type you must first have a wired connection to the network and obtain the certificate s from a certificate authority CA A certificate also called digital IDs can be used to authenticate users and a CA issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner EAP MD5 Message Digest Algorithm 5 MDS authentication is the simplest one way authentication method The authentication server sends a challenge to the wireless client The wireless client proves that it knows the password by encrypting the password with the challenge and sends back the information Password is not sent in plain text However MD authentication has some weaknesses Since the authentication server needs to get the plaintext passwords the passwords must be sto
203. custom port or edit an existing one This action displays the following screen Refer to Section 11 1 on page 159 for more information P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Figure 116 Firewall Configure Customized Services Config Service Name o Service Type TCPUDP Port Configuration Type single O Port Range Port Number From 0 To 0 The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 68 Firewall Configure Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION Config Service Name Type a unique name for your custom port the drop down list box Service Type Choose the IP port TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized port from Port Configuration your customized service Type Click Single to specify one port only or Range to specify a span of ports that define Port Number Type a single port number or the range of port numbers that define your customized service Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Delete Click Delete to delete the current rule and return to the previous screen 12 7 Example Firewall Rule The following Internet firewall rule example allows a hypothetical MyService connection from the Internet 1 Click Security gt Firewall gt
204. d Play Description Allows your computer to discover and control Universal Plug and Play devices Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 8 MB 6 Click OK to go back to the Windows Optional Networking Component Wizard window and click Next 18 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP You must already have UPnP installed in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the ZyXEL Device P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 237 Chapter 18 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Make sure the computer is connected to a LAN port of the ZyXEL Device Turn on your computer and the ZyXEL Device 18 4 1 Auto discover Your UPnP enabled Network Device 1 Click start and Control Panel Double click Network Connections An icon displays under Internet Gateway 2 Right click the icon and select Properties Figure 151 Network Connections Network Connections File Q Bak gt d 2 Search lE Folders Ez Address e Network Connections Edit view Favorites Tools Advanced Help gt Internet Gateway Network Tasks Internet Connection s Create a new connection Set up a home or small office network Disable this network device m Rename this connection View status of this connection Change settings of this Internet Connection Disable LAN or H Status Create Shortcut E
205. d the default admin password is 1234 The field is case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on Disconnect and re connect the power adaptor or cord to the ZyXEL Device 4 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults See Section 23 1 on page 281 C N e cannot use FTP to upload download the configuration file cannot use FTP to upload new firmware See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser 23 3 Internet Access e cannot access the Internet 1 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 23 1 on page 281 2 Make sure you entered your ISP account information correctly in the wizard These fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on 3 If you are trying to access the Internet wirelessly make sure the wireless settings in the wireless client are the same as the settings in the AP 4 Disconnect all the cables from your ZyXEL Device and follow the directions in the Quick Start Guide again 5 Ifthe problem continues contact your ISP e cannot access the Internet anymore had access to the Internet with the ZyXEL Device but my Internet connection is not available anymore 1 Check the hardware connections and make su
206. ded and the local IP address of the desired server The port number identifies a service for example web service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21 In some cases such as for unknown services or where one server can support more than one service for example both FTP and web service it might be better to specify a range of port numbers You can allocate a server IP address that corresponds to a port or a range of ports Many residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you to run any server processes such as a Web or FTP server from your location Your ISP may periodically check for servers and may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location If you are unsure refer to your ISP P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 151 Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT 10 4 1 Default Server IP Address In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server IP address A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen BES If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup 10 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers Use the Port Forwarding screen to forward incoming service requests to the server s on your local network The most often used port numbers are shown in the following table Please refer to RFC 1700 for f
207. device is disconnected from your computer all port mappings will be deleted automatically 5 Select Show icon in notification area when connected option and click OK An icon displays in the system tray Figure 155 System Tray Icon i Internet Connection is now connected Click here For more information 6 Double click on the icon to display your current Internet connection status P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 18 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 156 Internet Connection Status Y Internet Connection Status fM M General Internet Gateway Status Duration Speed Activity Internet Internet Gateway x amp Packets Sent 8 Received 5 943 Connected 00 00 56 100 0 Mbps My Computer 98 18 4 2 Web Configurator Easy Access With UPnP you can access the web based configurator on the ZyXEL Device without finding out the IP address of the ZyXEL Device first This comes helpful if you do not know the IP address of the ZyXEL Device Follow the steps below to access the web configurator 1 Click Start and then Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Select My Network Places under Other Places P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 18 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 157 Network Connections s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q sak 27 yo Search Folders Ea Address Network Connections
208. device that is within range Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving The wireless stations and ZyXEL Device must use the same SSID channel ID and WEP encryption key if WEP is enabled WPA PSK if WPA PSK is enabled for wireless communication 4 This screen varies depending on the security mode you selected in the previous screen Fill in the field 1f available and click Next 3 3 1 Manually assign a WPA PSK key Choose Manually assign a WPA PSK key in the Wireless LAN setup screen to set up a Pre Shared Key Figure 33 Manually assign a WPA PSK key fa Wireless LAN Pre Shared Key 12345678 The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 16 Manually assign a WPA key LABEL DESCRIPTION Pre Shared Type from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters You can set up the most secure Key wireless connection by configuring WPA in the wireless LAN screens You need to configure an authentication server to do this Back Click Back to display the previous screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Table 16 Manually assign a WPA key LABEL DESCRIPTION Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 3 3 2 Manually assign a WEP
209. dles lots of traffic Timeout Type the number of seconds 3 recommended for your ZyXEL Device to wait for a ping response from one of the IP addresses in the Check WAN IP Address field before timing out the request The WAN connection is considered down after the ZyXEL Device times out the number of times specified in the Fail Tolerance field Use a higher value in this field if your network is busy or congested Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet Active Traffic Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device use traffic redirect if the normal Redirect WAN connection goes down Note If you activate traffic redirect you must configure at least one Check WAN IP Address Metric This field sets this route s priority among the routes the ZyXEL Device uses The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost Backup Gateway Type the IP address of your backup gateway in dotted decimal notation The ZyXEL Device automatically forwards traffic to this IP address if the ZyXEL Device s Internet connection termi
210. do not have a RADIUS server you cannot set up user names and passwords for your users Unauthorized devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network even if they cannot use the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless users to get a valid user name and password Then they can use that user name and password to use the wireless network Local user databases also have an additional limitation that is explained in the next section 9 2 4 Encryption Wireless networks can use encryption to protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Encryption is like a secret code If you do not know the secret code you cannot understand the message The types of encryption you can choose depend on the type of user authentication See Section 9 2 3 on page 128 for information about this Table 44 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication NO AUTHENTICATION RADIUS SERVER Weakest No Security WPA Static WEP t WPA PSK Strongest WPA2 PSK WPA2 For example if the wireless network has a RADIUS server you can choose WPA or WPA2 If users do not log in to the wireless network you can choose no encryption Static WEP WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK Usually you should set up the strongest encryption that every wireless client in the wireless network supports For example suppose the AP does not have a local user database and you do not have a RADIUS ser
211. e k for kilo may denote 1000 or 1024 M for mega may denote 1000000 or 1048576 and so on e g is a Shorthand for for instance and 1 e means that is or in other words Icons Used in Figures Figures in this User s Guide may use the following generic icons The ZyXEL Device icon is not an exact representation of your ZyXEL Device P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Document Conventions Table 1 Common Icons ZyXEL Device Computer Notebook SSE Server DSLAM Firewall a i ES S el Nam um amm am M Sas on La ce Seal Switch Router Internet Cloud lt e Wireless Signal Telephone 4 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide a Safety Warnings Safety Warnings O For your safety be sure to read and follow all warning notices and instructions e e e e e e Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or corrosive liquids Do NOT store things on the device Do NOT install use or service this device during a thunderstorm There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device Do NOT open the device or unit Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks ONLY qualified service personnel should service or dis
212. e and knows the category type oo S Trusted Web site The web site is in a trusted domain oo S When the content filter is not on according to the time schedule or you didn t select the Block Matched Web Site check box the system forwards the web content Waiting content filter server timeout The external content filtering server did not respond within the timeout period DNS resolving failed The ZyXEL Device cannot get the IP address of the external content filtering via DNS query Creating socket failed The ZyXEL Device cannot issue a query because TCP IP socket creation failed port port number Connecting to content filter server fail The connection to the external content filtering server failed License key is invalid The external content filtering license key is invalid P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 111 Attack Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION attack TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF attack attack ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP attack For type and code details see Table 118 on page 268 land TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF U The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF land attack land ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP land attack For type and code details see Table 118 o
213. e greater than the PCR Maximum Burst Size MBS is the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the PCR After MBS is reached cell rates fall below SCR until cell rate averages to the SCR again At this time more cells up to the MBS can be sent at the PCR again If the PCR SCR or MBS is set to the default of 0 the system will assign a maximum value that correlates to your upstream line rate The following figure illustrates the relationship between PCR SCR and MBS Figure 66 Example of Traffic Shaping Cell Rate PC SCR R lt gt Time 7 3 1 ATM Traffic Classes These are the basic ATM traffic classes defined by the ATM Forum Traffic Management 4 0 Specification 7 3 1 1 Constant Bit Rate CBR Constant Bit Rate CBR provides fixed bandwidth that is always available even if no data is being sent CBR traffic is generally time sensitive doesn t tolerate delay CBR is used for connections that continuously require a specific amount of bandwidth A PCR is specified and if traffic exceeds this rate cells may be dropped Examples of connections that need CBR would be high resolution video and voice 7 3 1 2 Variable Bit Rate VBR The Variable Bit Rate VBR ATM traffic class is used with bursty connections Connections that use the Variable Bit Rate VBR traffic class can be grouped into real time VBR RT or non real time VBR nRT connections The VBR RT real time Variable Bit Rate type i
214. e PIN either on the outside of the device or by checking the device s settings Note You must also activate WPS on that device within two minutes to have it present its PIN to the ZyXEL Device P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Network Address Translation NAT This chapter discusses how to configure NAT on the ZyXEL Device 10 1 NAT Overview NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 10 1 1 NAT Definitions Inside outside denotes where a host is located relative to the ZyXEL Device for example the computers of your subscribers are the inside hosts while the web servers on the Internet are the outside hosts Global local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router for example the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local network while the global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is traveling in the WAN side Note that inside outside refers to the location of a host while global local refers to the IP address of a host used in a packet Thus an inside local address ILA is the IP address of an inside host in a packet when the packet is still in the local network while an inside global address IGA is the IP addr
215. e Poll Interval s field is configurable Not all fields are available on all models P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Figure 16 Status Packet Statistics CPU Usage Link Status System Monitor System up Time Current Date Time Memory Usage WAN Port Statistics WAN IP Address Upstream Speed Downstream Speed 7 00 25 01 01 2000 07 01 19 6 59 26 Down 0 0 0 0 0 kbps 0 kbps ode nk totes ar erasers EET oy lue Ti 1 ENET N A 0 00 00 LAN Port Statistics a a aa conn Interface Wireless 100M Full Duplex 54M 7334 1469 6939 47 0 Poll Interval s m Set Interval Stop The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 8 Status Packet Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION System Monitor System up Time This is the elapsed time the system has been up Current Date Time This field displays your ZyXEL Device s present date and time CPU Usage This field specifies the percentage of CPU utilization Memory Usage This field specifies the percentage of memory utilization LAN or WAN Port Statistics This is the WAN or LAN port Link Status This is the status of your WAN link Upstream Speed This is the upstream speed of your ZyXEL Device Downstream Speed This is the downstream speed of your ZyXEL Device Node Link Th
216. e ZyXEL Device provides the TCP IP configuration for the clients If you turn DHCP service off you must have another DHCP server on your LAN or else the computer must be manually configured 8 1 2 1 IP Pool Setup The ZyXEL Device is pre configured with a pool of IP addresses for the DHCP clients DHCP Pool See the product specifications in the appendices Do not assign static IP addresses from the DHCP pool to your LAN computers 8 1 3 DNS Server Address DNS Domain Name System is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a machine before you can access it The DNS server addresses that you enter in the DHCP setup are passed to the client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses The first is for an ISP to tell a customer the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when s he signs up If your ISP gives you the DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in DHCP Setup otherwise leave them blank Some ISP s choose to pass the DNS servers using the DNS server extensions of PPP IPCP IP Control Protocol after the connection is up If your ISP did not give you explicit DNS servers chances are the DNS servers are conveyed through IPCP negotiation The ZyXEL Device supports the IPCP DNS server
217. e ZyXEL Device firewall is a stateful inspection firewall and is designed to protect against Denial of Service attacks when activated The ZyXEL Device s purpose is to allow a private Local Area Network LAN to be securely connected to the Internet The ZyXEL Device can be used to prevent theft destruction and modification of data as well as log events which may be important to the security of your network The ZyXEL Device also has packet filtering capabilities The ZyXEL Device is installed between the LAN and the Internet This allows it to act as a secure gateway for all data passing between the Internet and the LAN The ZyXEL Device has one DSL ISDN port and one Ethernet LAN port which physically separate the network into two areas The DSL ISDN port connects to the Internet The LAN Local Area Network port attaches to a network of computers which needs security from the outside world These computers will have access to Internet services such as e mail FTP and the World Wide Web However inbound access will not be allowed unless you configure remote management or create a firewall rule to allow a remote host to use a specific service P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls 11 3 1 Denial of Service Attacks Figure 104 Firewall Application f LAN X Nes cum ri WAN 4 N PE D 4M i N 11 4 Denial of Service Denials of Service DoS attacks are aimed at devices and network
218. e and password is required or the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the ISP you will be redirected to web screen s for information input or troubleshooting Zero configuration for Internet access is disable when the ZyXEL Device is in bridge mode you set the ZyXEL Device to use a static fixed WAN IP address 7 5 Internet Connection To change your ZyXEL Device s WAN Internet access settings click Network gt WAN The screen differs by the encapsulation See Section 7 1 on page 97 for more information P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Figure 67 Internet Connection PPPoE Internet Connection General Name MyISP Mode Routing Encapsulation PPPOE User Name ae dl Password e Service Name E Multiplexing c Virtual Circuit ID VPI e VCI as IP Address Obtain an IP Address Automatically C static IP Address IP Address o 0 1 Connection C Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand Max Idle Timeout o sec Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 33 Internet Connection LABEL DESCRIPTION General Name Enter the name of your Internet Service Provider e g MyISP This information is for identification purposes only Mode Select Routing default from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Encapsula
219. e listed rule s IKE phase 1 key length with the AES encryption algorithm did not match between the router and the peer phase 1 mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 did not match between the router and the peer phase 2 mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 2 did not match between the router and the peer Rule d mismatch Rule d Rule d Rule d mismatch Phase 2 key length The listed rule s IKE phase 2 key lengths with the AES encryption algorithm did not match between the router and the peer P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 114 PKI Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Enrollment successful The SCEP online certificate enrollment was successful The Destination field records the certification authority server IP address and port Enrollment failed The SCEP online certificate enrollment failed The Destination field records the certification authority server s IP address and port Failed to resolve lt SCEP CA server url gt The SCEP online certificate enrollment failed because the certification authority server s address cannot be resolved Enrollment successful The CMP online certificate enrollment was successful The Destination field records the certification authority server s IP address and port Enrollment failed The CMP online certificate enrollment failed The Destination field records the
220. e o dde 182 12 7 Example Frowa Rule cts Senda cers iaaa aaa gu ee a e ose ad oaa lia 183 DIESE r MT M 187 jen Foral e X X X 189 1210 DS TESNE RR S S emm 190 1210 1 Threshold Values m 190 T2 10 2 HANS SS SOM siiani isa ai d aaa ada el pna dk i iA epa pei edt 191 12 10 3 Configuring Firewall Thresholds cuoi q ka ko Id REB PENNA EEEE Ced eua ERE Lug qoa bebe c ed aa EPI 0H 191 Chapter 13 Content Fiera RT E m t mmm 195 sies p dr IR 11 acrem 195 13 2 Canhigunno Keyword Blocking o iemesint coebaieste obo eoi tana tnt Debo uci tubus atu ca Ci ttp n MEE EUUS 195 13 3 Configuring Te Schedule fee 196 13 4 Configuring Trusted Computers 1c narro eiie in dk eine rat nent Lena rt 197 do EH Lg oom 199 Chapter 14 ridere e REN 201 TA rcu Mam ET 201 ipeaessismbsis dinc ge 201 jc mE ed icr diet T Tre UNIS 202 Chapter 15 Bandwidth MAM AQ IGOR usus er ar in vr re NE ESNYNS Ede NP NS e NN qa Ny raUnS oen UO Sta bsE devindeatndectesgaauaeravessocuee 205 15 1 Bandwidth Management Overview uctus rre v aee ba atta aep 4 sopesa seas dXvkN EE EE LL Poo P aeaaee 205 15 2 Application based Bandwidth Management eese nnne 205 15 3 Subnet based Bandwidth Management 5 reniceierke rti cnark kr beta erbe tinea da RR p eaa ER MuR ER RERRRDUE 205 15 4 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management
221. e router s LAN port Figure 231 Conflicting Computer and Router IP Addresses Example pum um um um um Um Um EZ a g 192 168 1 1 LAN WAN i a n 192 168 1 1 Internet u mmm mm m um 9 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Wireless LANs Wireless LAN Topologies This section discusses ad hoc and infrastructure wireless LAN topologies Ad hoc Wireless LAN Configuration The simplest WLAN configuration is an independent Ad hoc WLAN that connects a set of computers with wireless adapters A B C Any time two or more wireless adapters are within range of each other they can set up an independent network which is commonly referred to as an ad hoc network or Independent Basic Service Set IBSS The following diagram shows an example of notebook computers using wireless adapters to form an ad hoc wireless LAN Figure 232 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network _ _ A s L I i BSS A Basic Service Set BSS exists when all communications between wireless clients or between a wireless client and a wired network client go through one access point AP Intra BSS traffic is traffic between wireless clients in the BSS When Intra BSS is enabled wireless client A and B can access the wired network and communicate with each other When Intra BSS is disabled wireless client A and B can still access the wired network but cannot communicate with each other P 660HW
222. e to communicate with the ZyXEL Device even when the ZyXEL Device is using WPA2 PSK or WPA2 Pre Shared Key The encryption mechanisms used for WPA WPA2 and WPA PSK WPA2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA PSK WPA2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials Type a pre shared key from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless clients have to resend usernames and passwords in Timer In order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The Seconds default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless client authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Table 48 Wireless WPA PSK WPA2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION Idle Timeout In Seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wireless network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to send the username and password again before it can use the wireless network again Some wireless clients may prompt users for a username and password other clients may use saved login credentials In either case there is usually a short delay while the wireless client logs in to the wireless network again This value is usual
223. ea Connection nabled Standard PCI Fast Ethernet Adapte Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Shortcut Rename P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 4 On the General tab select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties Figure 181 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties Local Area Connection Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using E Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter This connection uses the following items E Client for Microsoft Networks v amp File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks KS Instal ninst Description Transmission Control Protocol Intemet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected 5 The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window opens P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 295 Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 182 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration Y ou can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address O
224. eachable Protocol unreachable Port unreachable Blow N Fr A packet that needed fragmentation was dropped because it was set to Don t Fragment DF Source route failed Source Quench A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to the destination network Redirect Redirect datagrams for the Network Redirect datagrams for the Host Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Network WI N 2 O Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host Echo Echo message 11 Time Exceeded Time to live exceeded in transit Fragment reassembly time exceeded Parameter Problem Pointer indicates the error Timestamp Timestamp request message Timestamp Reply Timestamp reply message Information Request Information request message Information Reply Information reply message P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 119 Syslog Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION lt Facility 8 Severity Mon dd This message is sent by the system RAS displays as hr mm ss hostname the system name if you haven t configured one when the src lt srcelP srcPort gt router generates a syslog The facility is defined in the web MAIN MENU gt LOGS gt Log Settings page The severity i
225. eck box to have the ZyXEL Device apply this bandwidth management rule Enable a bandwidth management rule to give traffic that matches the rule priority over traffic that does not match the rule Enabling a bandwidth management rule also allows you to control the maximum amounts of bandwidth that can be used by traffic that matches the rule Rule Name Use the auto generated name or enter a descriptive name of up to 20 alphanumeric characters including spaces P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 15 Bandwidth Management Table 85 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration continued LABEL DESCRIPTION BW Budget Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps The recommendation is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual rule Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Choose High Mid or Low Use All Managed Bandwidth Select this option to allow a rule to borrow unused bandwidth on the interface Bandwidth borrowing is governed by the priority of the rules That is a rule with the highest priority is the first to borrow bandwidth Do not select this if you want to leave bandwidth available for other traffic types or if you want to restrict the amount of bandwidth that can be used for the traffic that matches this rule Filter Configuration Service This field simplifies bandwidth class configuration by allowing you to select a predefined applica
226. ed Static Route 201 Bandwidth Management 205 Dynamic DNS Setup 217 Remote Management Configuration 221 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 233 Static Route This chapter shows you how to configure static routes for your ZyXEL Device 14 1 Static Route Each remote node specifies only the network to which the gateway is directly connected and the ZyXEL Device has no knowledge of the networks beyond For instance the ZyXEL Device knows about network N2 in the following figure through remote node Router 1 However the ZyXEL Device is unable to route a packet to network N3 because it doesn t know that there is a route through the same remote node Router via gateway Router 2 The static routes are for you to tell the ZyXEL Device about the networks beyond the remote nodes Figure 127 Example of Static Routing Topology N1 T 4 E VA T PA ii 14 2 Configuring Static Route Click Advanced gt Static Route to open the Static Route screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 14 Static Route Figure 128 Static Route Static Route e wow co Nana WN M M mM m m nak WN Static Route Rules BUCCONET NTC NIENTE 770 CT 73 test 10 10 1 2 192 168 1 3 255 0 0 0 RRR Gd HQ UU G4 GG UR CQ CQ UD UA UA Eb E E E E B E E B E B E E E B BD Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels i
227. ed bandwidth and any allocated bandwidth that a class is not using among the bandwidth classes that require more bandwidth When you enable maximize bandwidth usage the ZyXEL Device first makes sure that each bandwidth class gets up to its bandwidth allotment Next the ZyXEL Device divides up an interface s available bandwidth bandwidth that is unbudgeted or unused by the classes depending on how many bandwidth classes require more bandwidth and on their priority levels When only one class requires more bandwidth the ZyXEL Device gives extra bandwidth to that class When multiple classes require more bandwidth the ZyXEL Device gives the highest priority classes the available bandwidth first as much as they require if there is enough available bandwidth and then to lower priority classes if there is still bandwidth available The ZyXEL Device distributes the available bandwidth equally among classes with the same priority level 15 6 1 Reserving Bandwidth for Non Bandwidth Class Traffic Do the following three steps to configure the ZyXEL Device to allow bandwidth for traffic that is not defined in a bandwidth filter 1 Leave some of the interface s bandwidth unbudgeted 2 Do not enable the interface s Maximize Bandwidth Usage option 3 Do not enable bandwidth borrowing on the child classes that have the root class as their parent see Section 15 9 on page 211 15 6 2 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example Here is an example of a
228. ed in square brackets The symbol means or For example sys filter netbios config type lt on off gt means that you must specify the type of netbios filter and whether to turn it on or off Command Usage A list of valid commands can be found by typing help or at the command prompt Always type the full command Type exit to close the session when finished Command Examples This section provides some examples of commands you can use on the ZyXEL Device This list is intended as a general reference of examples The commands available in your ZyXEL Device may differ from the examples given here See the other appendices for more examples P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix E Command Interpreter Configuring What You Want the ZyXEL Device to Log 1 Use the sys logs load command to load the log setting buffer that allows you to configure which logs the ZyXEL Device is to record 2 Use sys logs category to view a list of the log categories Figure 238 Displaying Log Categories Example ras gt sys logs category 8021x access attack display error icmp ike ipsec javablocked mten packetfilter ppp cdr pki tls remote tcpreset traffic upnp urlblocked urlforward wireless 3 Use sys logs category followed by a log category to display the parameters that are available for the category Figure 239 Displaying Log Parameters Example ras gt sys logs category access Usage 0 none 1 10g 2 alert 3 bot
229. edefined Media Bandwidth Management Services The following is a description of the services that you can select and to which you can apply media bandwidth management using the wizard screens Table 18 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION E Mail Electronic mail consists of messages sent through a computer network to specific groups or individuals Here are some default ports for e mail POP3 port 110 IMAP port 143 SMTP port 25 HTTP port 80 FTP File Transfer Protocol enables fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail FTP uses port number 21 NetMeeting H 323 A multimedia communications product from Microsoft that enables groups to teleconference and videoconference over the Internet NetMeeting supports VoIP text chat sessions a whiteboard file transfers and application sharing NetMeeting uses H 323 H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and video conferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does not provide a guaranteed quality of service H 323 is transported primarily over TCP using the default port number 1720 VoIP H 323 Sending voice signals over the Internet is called Voice over IP or VoIP H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and video co
230. emote Address This information conflicted with static rule d thus the connection is not allowed Cannot resolve Secure Gateway Addr for rule d The router couldn t resolve the IP address from the domain name that was used for the secure gateway address Peer ID peer id My remote type My local type The displayed ID information did not match between the two ends of the connection vs My Remot My remote My remote The displayed ID information did not match between the two ends of the connection vs My Local My local My local The displayed ID information did not match between the two ends of the connection Send packet A packet was sent P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 113 IKE Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Recv packet IKE uses ISAKMP to transmit data Each ISAKMP packet contains many different types of payloads All of them show in the LOG Refer to RFC2408 ISAKMP for a list of all ISAKMP payload types Recv Mode Main or Aggressive request from IP The router received an IKE negotiation request from the peer address specified Send Mode Main or Aggressive request to IP The router started negotiation with the peer Invalid IP Peer local Peer local The peer s Local IP Address is invalid Remot IP Remot IP Remote
231. emove BGP TCP 178 zl Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply iv Everyday IV sun IV Mon V Tue V wed IV Thu IV Fri V sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format IV All day Staro hour minute End o hour minute Log Log Packet Detail Information Alert I Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel On completing the configuration procedure for this Internet firewall rule the Rules screen should look like the following Rule 1 allows a MyService connection from the WAN to IP addresses 10 0 0 10 through 10 0 0 15 on the LAN P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Figure 121 Firewall Example Rules MyService o aM Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 395 os i 100 Packet Direction waNto LAN Create a new rule after rule number IE 7 Add pci corinne service pconcesl often 1 WV any 1000110 100 015 MyService TCPJUDP 123 7 Permit No No g fi bN Apply Cancel 12 8 Predefined Services The Available Services list box in the Edit Rule screen see Section 12 6 1 on page 179 displays all predefined services that the ZyXEL Device already supports Next to the name of the service two fields appear in brackets The first field indicates the IP protocol type TCP UDP or ICMP The second field indicates the IP port number that defines the service Note that there may be more than
232. endix G Internal SPTGEN BS DO NOT alter or delete any field except parameters in the Input column This appendix introduces Internal SPTGEN All menus shown in this appendix are example menus meant to show SPTGEN usage Actual menus for your product may differ Internal SPTGEN File Modification Important Points to Remember Each parameter you enter must be preceded by one sign and one space Some parameters are dependent on others For example if you disable the Configured field in menu 1 see Figure 243 on page 357 then you disable every field in this menu If you enter a parameter that is invalid in the Input column the ZyXEL Device will not save the configuration and the command line will display the Field Identification Number Figure 244 on page 358 shown next is an example of what the ZyXEL Device displays if you enter a value other than 0 or 1 in the Input column of Field Identification Number 1000000 refer to Figure 243 on page 357 Figure 244 Invalid Parameter Entered Command Line Example field value is not legal error 1 ROM t is not saved error Line ID 10000000 reboot to get the original configuration Bootbase Version V2 02 2 22 2001 13 33 11 RAM Size 8192 Kbytes FLASH Intel 8M 2 The ZyXEL Device will display the following if you enter parameter s that are valid Figure 245 Valid Parameter Entered Command Line Example Please wait for the system t
233. ends the network name SSID and security key through an secure connection to the enrollee If you need to make sure that WPS worked check the list of associated wireless clients in the AP s configuration utility If you see the wireless client in the list WPS was successful 9 4 2 PIN Configuration Each WPS enabled device has its own PIN Personal Identification Number This may either be static 1t cannot be changed or dynamic in some devices you can generate a new PIN by clicking on a button in the configuration interface P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Use the PIN method instead of the push button configuration PBC method if you want to ensure that the connection is established between the devices you specify not just the first two devices to activate WPS in range of each other However you need to log into the configuration interfaces of both devices to use the PIN method When you use the PIN method you must enter the PIN from one device usually the wireless client into the second device usually the Access Point or wireless router Then when WPS is activated on the first device it presents its PIN to the second device If the PIN matches one device sends the network and security information to the other allowing it to join the network Take the following steps to set up a WPS connection between an access point or wireless router referred to here as the AP and a client device using the PIN
234. enerally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also By default RIP direction is set to Both and the Version set to RIP 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Wireless LAN This chapter discusses how to configure the wireless network settings in your ZyXEL Device See the appendices for more detailed information about wireless networks 9 1 Wireless Network Overview The following figure provides an example of a wireless network Figure 83 Example of a Wireless Network ua The wireless network is the part in the blue circle In this wireless network devices A and B are called wireless clients The wireless clients use the access point AP to interact with other devices such as the printer or with the Internet Your ZyXEL Device is the AP Every wireless network must follow these basic guidelines Every wireless client in the same wireless network must use the same SSID The SSID is the name of the wireless network It stands for Service Set IDentity Iftwo wireless networks overlap they should use different channels Like radio stations or television channels each wireless network uses a specific channel o
235. ent ICMP 1 isceseeii kiere etr brtnuaei vro titer b tk kr btt ke a 230 Figue TRENDIN TRO uooed iixeasc boe tete od ticos tion o Ga Fes Da Rt d anodes 231 gd MEME p Teh a site Jr deem Tc em 234 Figure 146 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication euseeseses 235 Figure 147 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components 236 Figure 149 Neiwoik Como rio rm 236 Figure 149 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard sssseeeee 237 Figure 150 Nelworking Sonics a sits stew aie nd adi apnea Een di e pda a Leben Ek Ed i Kd 237 Figure 151 Network CONMGCUONS Me 238 Figure 152 temet Connection PIODBIELBE lt ccisssssuxssisssssnsaessaseancetnasoiendeeinsard FERRO IRAE EE RE LA S t La dd 239 Figure 153 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings ccccccceseecccceeseeeraneeeseencaeneneees 239 Figure 154 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add eee eee eee e eee eee 240 Figure 195 System Tray ICON sc cera dh V T UT UM 240 Figur T99 Internet Connection SAIS 2iceosccaaaiseeratua ts Frbncves t chelnteci R N 241 Es Bn ONS CURIS He 0 242 Figure 158 Network Connections My Network Places eseesesssseeessse enne nnne nnn nnn nta 243 Figure 159 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example s
236. entication 2 Required 1 No Access Allowed 2 No Authentication Required 230400002 ReAuthentication Timer in second 555 370 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Table 152 Menu 23 System Menus continued 230400003 Idle Timeout in second 999 230400004 Authentication Databases lt 0 Local User 1 Database Only 1 RADIUS Only 2 Local RADIUS 3 RADIUS Local gt 230400005 Key Management Protocol 0 8021x 1 WPA 0 2 WPAPSK gt 230400006 Dynamic WEP Key Exchange lt 0 Disable 1 64 0 bit WEP 2 128 bit WEP gt 230400007 PSK 230400008 WPA Mixed Mode lt 0 Disable 0 1 Enable gt 230400009 Data Privacy for Broadcast lt 0 TKIP 1 WEP gt 0 Multicast packets 230400010 WPA Broadcast Multicast Key Update 0 Timer Table 153 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control Menu 24 11 Remot anagement Control FIN F PVA INPUT 241100001 TELNET Server Port 23 241100002 TELNET Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 0 Lan 3 Wan gt 241100003 TELNET Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100004 FTP Server Port 21 241100005 FTP Server Access lt 0 all 1 none 2 0 Lan 3 Wan gt 241100006 FTP Server Secured IP address 0 0 0 0 241100007
237. er 3 Port End 0 150000011 SUA Server 3 Local IP address 0 150000012 SUA Server 4 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 150000013 SUA Server 4 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000014 SUA Server 4 Port Start 0 150000015 SUA Server 4 Port End 0 150000016 SUA Server 4 Local IP address 0 150000017 SUA Server 5 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000018 SUA Server 5 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000019 SUA Server 5 Port Start 0 150000020 SUA Server 5 Port End 0 150000021 SUA Server 5 Local IP address 0 150000022 SUA Server 6 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 0 150000023 SUA Server 6 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000024 SUA Server 6 Port Start 0 150000025 SUA Server 6 Port End 0 150000026 SUA Server 6 Local IP address 0 150000027 SUA Server 7 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000028 SUA Server 7 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000029 SUA Server 7 Port Start 0 150000030 SUA Server 7 Port End 0 150000031 SUA Server 7 Local IP address 0 150000032 SUA Server 8 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000033 SUA Server 48 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000034 SUA Server 8 Port Start 0 150000035 SUA Server 8 Port End 0 150000036 SUA Server 8 Local IP address 0 150000037 SUA Server 9 Active O No 1 Yes gt 0 150000038 SUA Server 9 Protocol lt 0 A11 6 TCP 17 U 0 DP gt 150000039 SUA Server
238. er For this reason it is recommended that you configure your firewall using the web configurator CLI Command Line Interpreter commands provide limited configuration options and are only recommended for advanced users 12 2 Firewall Policies Overview Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply LAN to LAN Router WAN to LAN LAN to WAN WAN to WAN Router BES The LAN includes both the LAN port and the WLAN By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection allows packets traveling in the following directions LAN to LAN Router This allows computers on the LAN to manage the ZyXEL Device and communicate between networks or subnets connected to the LAN interface LAN to WAN By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection drops packets traveling in the following directions WAN to LAN e WAN to WAN Router This prevents computers on the WAN from using the ZyXEL Device as a gateway to communicate with other computers on the WAN and or managing the ZyXEL Device P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration You may define additional rules and sets or modify existing ones but please exercise extreme caution in doing so BS If you configure firewall rules without a good understanding of how they work you might inadvertently introduce security risks to the firewall and to the protected network Make sure you test your ru
239. er destination host Exceed TCP MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of TCP incomplete connections exceeded the user configured threshold the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Note Refer to TCP Maximum Incomplete in the Firewall Attack Alerts screen Peer TCP state out of order sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a TCP connection state was out of order Note The firewall refers to RFC793 Figure 6 to check the TCP state Firewall session time out sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a dynamic firewall session timed out The default timeout values are as follows ICMP idle timeout 3 minutes UDP idle timeout 3 minutes TCP connection three way handshaking timeout 270 seconds TCP FIN wait timeout 2 MSL Maximum Segment Lifetime set in the TCP header TCP idle established timeout s 150 minutes TCP reset timeout 10 seconds Exceed MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of incomplete connections TCP and UDP exceeded the user configured threshold Incomplete count is for all TCP and UDP connections through the firewall Note When the number of incomplete connections TCP UDP gt Maximum Incomplete High the router sends TCP RST packets for TCP connections and destroys TOS firewall dynamic sessions until incomplete connections Maximum Incompl
240. ers 197 firewalls 159 160 169 action 175 177 activation 177 alerts 176 181 anti probing 189 application level 160 customized services 182 DoS 161 guidelines 168 half open sessions 191 ICMP 164 189 ICMP security 167 IP spoofing 164 LAN attacks 162 LAND attacks 163 logs 181 packet direction 177 packet filtering 159 169 Ping of Death 162 predefined services 187 rules 173 179 schedule 181 Smurf attacks 163 stateful inspection 160 164 SYN attacks 162 TCP maximum incomplete 191 TCP security 166 Teardrop 162 thresholds 191 traceroute 164 triangle route 177 types 159 UDP security 167 WLAN 128 Service Set IDentity see SSID services bandwidth control 213 set community 228 setup bandwidth control 211 DHCP 122 firewall thresholds 191 Internet access 102 IP alias 126 LAN 121 logs 254 NAT 150 port forwarding 153 SNMP 228 static route 203 system 247 time date 249 UPnP Windows Me 235 Windows XP 236 WAN 102 wizard 49 57 77 Internet access 58 78 wireless connection 64 84 WPS PIN configuration 140 WPS push button 139 Simple Network Management Protocol see SNMP Single User Account see SUA SIP ALG 151 SIP Application Layer Gateway see SIP ALG Smurf attacks 163 SNMP 225 community get 228 set 228 trap 228 setup 228 traps 227 spoofing IP 162 164 SPTGEN 33 SSID 127 128 131 stateful inspection 164 example 165 stateful inspection firewalls 160 static route 201 activation 202 setup 203 status 50 A
241. ervice Name This is a service s name Start Port This is the first port number that identifies a service End Port This is the last port number that identifies a service Server IP Address This is the server s IP address Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the port forwarding Cice the delete icon to delete an existing port forwarding rule Note that subsequent rules move up by one when you take this action Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous configuration 10 5 1 Port Forwarding Rule Edit To edit a port forwarding rule click the rule s edit icon in the Port Forwarding screen to display the screen shown next Figure 103 Port Forwarding Rule Setup Rule Setup M Active Service Name Start Port End Port Server IP Address WWW Cram T io1012 Back Apply Cancel P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 59 Port Forwarding Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name Enter a name to identify this port forwarding rule Start Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the End Port field To forward a series of ports enter the sta
242. es a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC By prior agreement a protocol is assigned a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 will carry IP If you select VC specify separate VPI and VCI numbers for each protocol For LLC based multiplexing or PPP encapsulation one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header In this case only one set of VPI and VCI numbers need be specified for all protocols VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you IP Address This option is available if you select Routing in the Mode field A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet If you use the encapsulation type except RFC 1483 select Obtain an IP Address Automatically when you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Static IP Address and type your ISP assigned IP address in the
243. es directly to the computer on the LAN without going through the switch As a result the switch resets the connection as the connection has not been acknowledged P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls Figure 110 Triangle Route Problem LAN WAN EN Li l 12 ISP2 Internet 3 D A ISP 1 11 8 2 The Triangle Route Solutions IP alias allows you to partition your network into logical sections over the same Ethernet interface Your switch supports up to three logical LAN interfaces with the switch being the gateway for each logical network By putting your LAN and Gateway B in different subnets all returning network traffic must pass through the switch to your LAN The following steps describe such a scenario 1 A computer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN 2 The switch reroutes the packet to Gateway A which is in Subnet 2 3 The reply from WAN goes through the switch to the computer on the LAN in Subnet 1 Figure 111 IP Alias LAN Subnet 1 WAN Internet Subnet 2 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Firewall Configuration This chapter shows you how to enable and configure the ZyXEL Device firewall 12 1 Access Methods The web configurator is by far the most comprehensive firewall configuration tool your ZyXEL Device has to off
244. es on a street share a common street name the hosts on a network share a common network number Similarly as each house has its own house number each host on the network has its own unique identifying number the host ID Routers use the network number to send packets to the correct network while the host ID determines to which host on the network the packets are delivered Structure An IP address is made up of four parts written in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 Each of these four parts is known as an octet An octet is an eight digit binary number for example 11000000 which is 192 in decimal notation Therefore each octet has a possible range of 00000000 to 11111111 in binary or 0 to 255 in decimal The following figure shows an example IP address in which the first three octets 192 168 1 are the network number and the fourth octet 16 is the host ID P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Figure 226 Network Number and Host ID 192 168 1 16 mt i at i i i M mmmh i I L L L I L I i I L I L I L 7 n mm m m m m m um m 9 How much of the IP address is the network number and how much is the host ID varies according to the subnet mask Subnet Masks A subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number and which bits are part of the host ID using a logical AND operation The term s
245. ess Fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Hostname fields 7 Click Next to save the changes and close the Network Card Setup window 8 Ifyou know your DNS server IP address es click the Hostname DNS tab in Network Settings and then enter the DNS server information in the fields provided P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 213 openSUSE 10 3 Network Settings B YaST 2 linux h2o0z Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to Optionally enter the name server list and domain search list Note that the hostname is global it applies to all interfaces not just this one The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server If you are using DHCP to get an IP address check whether to get a hostname via DHCP The hostname of your host which can be Network Settings Global Options Overview Hostname DNS J Routing m Hostname and Domain Name Hostname Domain Name linux h2oz m site _ Change Hostname via DHCP _ Write Hostname to etc hosts X Change etc resolv conf manually Name Servers and Domain Search List Name Server 1 Domain Search 10 0 2 3 Name Server 2 Name Server 3 C Update DNS data via DHCP seen by issuing the hostname command will be set automatically by the DHCP client You may want
246. ess n moe advanced festurey fet included in Wizard mode P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 6 Bandwidth Management Wizard 2 Click BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT SETUP to configure the system for Internet access and wireless connection Figure 62 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup NTERNET WIRELESS SETU on wizard will roug non configuration e each of which may 3 Activate bandwidth management and select to allocate bandwidth to packets based on the service requirements Figure 63 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information fa General Information ct the check box to apply bandwidth man nent to traffic going through the device Enter mount of bandwidth that you want to all M Active lt Back Next gt exit The following fields describe the label in this screen Table 31 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the Active check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply bandwidth management to traffic going out through the ZyXEL Device s port s Select Services Setup to allocate bandwidth based on the service requirements Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 4 Use the second wizard screen to select the services that you want to apply bandwidth management and select the priori
247. ess of the same inside host when the packet is on the WAN side The following table summarizes this information Table 54 NAT Definitions ITEM DESCRIPTION Inside This refers to the host on the LAN Outside This refers to the host on the WAN Local This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the LAN Global This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the WAN NAT never changes the IP address either local or global of an outside host P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT 10 1 2 What NAT Does In the simplest form NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber the inside local address to another the inside global address before forwarding the packet to the WAN side When the response comes back NAT translates the destination address the inside global address back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host Note that the IP address either local or global of an outside host is never changed The global IP addresses for the inside hosts can be either static or dynamically assigned by the ISP In addition you can designate servers for example a web server and a telnet server on your local network and make them accessible to the outside world If you do not define any servers for Many to One and Many to
248. ete Low Access block sent TCP RST The router sends a TCP RST packet and generates this log if you turn on the firewall TCP reset mechanism via Cl command sys firewall tcprst Table 105 Packet Filter Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION TCP UDP ICMP IGMP Generic packet filter matched set d rule d Attempted access matched a configured filter rule denoted by its set and rule number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 106 ICMP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Firewall default policy ICMP ICMP access matched the default policy and was lt Packet Direction gt lt type d gt blocked or forwarded according to the user s setting For code d type and code details see Table 118 on page 268 Firewall rule NOT match ICMP ICMP access matched or didn t match a firewall rule Packet Direction lt rule d gt denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded lt type d gt lt code d gt according to the rule For type and code details see Table 118 on page 268 Triangle route packet forwarded The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass ICMP through Packet without a NAT table entry The router blocked a packet that didn t have a blocked ICMP corresponding NAT table entry Unsupported out of order ICMP The firewall does not support this kind of ICMP packet
249. eter in support of a network security policy It should never be the only mechanism or method employed For a firewall to guard effectively you must design and deploy it appropriately This requires integrating the firewall into a broad information security policy In addition specific policies must be implemented within the firewall itself Refer to Section 12 5 on page 176 to configure default firewall settings Refer to Section 12 6 on page 177 to view firewall rules Refer to Section 12 6 1 on page 179 to configure firewall rules Refer to Section 12 6 2 on page 182 to configure a custom service Refer to Section 12 10 3 on page 191 to configure firewall thresholds 11 2 Types of Firewalls There are three main types of firewalls Packet Filtering Firewalls Application level Firewalls Stateful Inspection Firewalls 11 2 1 Packet Filtering Firewalls Packet filtering firewalls restrict access based on the source destination computer network address of a packet and the type of application P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls 11 2 2 Application level Firewalls Application level firewalls restrict access by serving as proxies for external servers Since they use programs written for specific Internet services such as HTTP FTP and telnet they can evaluate network packets for valid application specific data Application level gateways have a number of general advantages over the default mode of permitting
250. evice becomes unstable or even crashes If you forget your password you will have to reset the ZyXEL Device to its factory default settings If you backed up an earlier configuration file you would not have to totally re configure the ZyXEL Device You could simply restore your last configuration 1 5 Features High Speed Internet Access BS The ZyXEL Device is compatible with the ADSL ADSL2 ADSL2 standards Maximum data rates attainable for each standard are shown in the next table Table 2 ADSL Standards DATARATESTANDARD UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM ADSL 832 kbps 8Mbps ADSL2 3 5Mbps 12Mbps ADSL2 3 5Mbps 24Mbps If your ZyXEL Device does not support Annex M the maximum ADSL2 2 upstream data rate is 1 2 Mbps ZyXEL Devices which work over ISDN do not support Annex M The standard your ISP supports determines the maximum upstream and downstream speeds attainable Actual speeds attained also depend on the distance from your ISP line quality etc Triple Play Service The ZyXEL Device is a Triple Play Gateway capable of simultaneously transferring data voice and video over the Internet The Gateway possesses advanced Quality of Service QoS features to provide a high standard of Triple Play delivery Zero Configuration Internet Access Once you connect and turn on the ZyXEL Device it automatically detects the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation me
251. f the Y Connector to the ZyXEL Device 4 Connect the phone side of the microfilter to your telephone as shown in the following figure Figure 6 Connecting a Microfilter and Y Connector Y Connector Microfilter Phone Side ZyXEL Device With ISDN This section relates to people who use their ZyXEL Device with ADSL over ISDN digital telephone service only The following is an example installation for the ZyXEL Device with ISDN P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Figure 7 ZyXEL Device with ISDN Splitter P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Introducing the Web Configurator This chapter describes how to access and navigate the web configurator 2 1 Web Configurator Overview The web configurator is an HTML based management interface that allows easy ZyXEL Device setup and management via Internet browser Use Internet Explorer 6 0 and later or Netscape Navigator 7 0 and later versions The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device Web pop up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default See the chapter on troubleshooting if you need to make sure these functions are allowed in Internet Explorer 2 2 Accessing the Web Configurator BS Even t
252. fer to the label on the bottom of your device Click Maintenance gt Tools to open the Firmware screen Follow the instructions in this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device Figure 165 Firmware Upgrade Firmware Upgrade To upgrade the internal device firmware browse to the location of the binary BIN upgrade file and click Upload Upgrade files can be downloaded from website If the upgrade file is compressed ZIP file you must first extract the binary BIN file In some cases you may need to reconfigure Current Firmware Version v3 40 BJH 0 b2 10 14 2008 File Path A The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 121 Firmware Upgrade LABEL DESCRIPTION Current This is the present Firmware version and the date created Firmware Version File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 271 Chapter 21 Tools 272 Table 121 Firmware Upgrade continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Browse Click Browse to find the bin file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed zip files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process This process may take up to two minutes Do NOT turn off the ZyXEL Device while firmware upload is in progress After you see the Firmware Upload in Progress sc
253. first define it See Section 12 8 on page 187 for more information on predefined services 12 3 3 3 Source Address What is the connection s source address is it on the LAN or WAN Is it a single IP a range of IPs or a subnet 12 3 3 4 Destination Address What is the connection s destination address is it on the LAN or WAN Is it a single IP a range of IPs or a subnet 12 4 Connection Direction This section describes examples for firewall rules for connections going from LAN to WAN and from WAN to LAN LAN to LAN Router and WAN to WAN Router rules apply to packets coming in on the associated interface LAN or WAN respectively LAN to LAN Router means policies for LAN to ZyXEL Device the policies for managing the ZyXEL Device through the LAN interface and policies for LAN to LAN the policies that control routing between two subnets on the LAN Similarly WAN to WAN Router polices apply in the same way to the WAN port P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration 12 4 1 LAN to WAN Rules The default rule for LAN to WAN traffic is that all users on the LAN are allowed non restricted access to the WAN When you configure a LAN to WAN rule you in essence want to limit some or all users from accessing certain services on the WAN WAN to LAN Rules The default rule for WAN to LAN traffic blocks all incoming connections WAN to LAN If you wish to allow certain WAN users to have access to your LAN
254. fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet If you use the encapsulation type except RFC 1483 select Obtain an IP Address Automatically when you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Static IP Address and type your ISP assigned IP address in the IP Address field below If you use RFC 1483 enter the IP address given by your ISP in the IP Address field Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation ENET ENCAP encapsulation only Refer to the appendices to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP address ENET ENCAP encapsulation only You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you select ENET ENCAP in the Encapsulation field Connection PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Nailed Up Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time Connection The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time Demand and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout Apply Click Apply to save the changes
255. for subnet planning on a network with a 24 bit network number Table 137 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning NO BORROWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER NET HOST BITS SUB 1 255 255 255 128 25 126 2 255 255 255 192 26 62 3 255 255 255 224 27 30 4 255 255 255 240 28 16 14 5 255 255 255 248 29 32 6 6 255 255 255 252 30 64 2 7 255 255 255 254 31 128 1 The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 16 bit network number Table 138 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning Nostre SOWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER 1 255 255 128 0 17 32766 2 255 255 192 0 18 16382 3 255 255 224 0 19 8190 4 255 255 240 0 20 16 4094 5 255 255 248 0 21 32 2046 6 255 255 252 0 22 64 1022 7 255 255 254 0 23 128 510 8 255 255 255 0 24 256 254 9 255 255 255 128 25 512 126 10 255 255 255 192 26 1024 62 11 255 255 255 224 27 2048 30 12 255 255 255 240 28 4096 14 13 255 255 255 248 29 8192 6 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 138 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning continued NO BORROWED NO HOSTS PER HOST BITS SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS SUBNET 14 255 255 255 252 30 16384 2 15 255 255 255 254 31 32768 1 Configuring IP Addresses Whe
256. g Settings screen to configure to where the ZyXEL Device is to send logs the schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to send the logs and which logs and or immediate alerts the ZyXEL Device is to record See Section 20 1 on page 253 for more information To change your ZyXEL Device s log settings click Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings The screen appears as shown Alerts are e mailed as soon as they happen Logs may be e mailed as soon as the log is full Selecting many alert and or log categories especially Access Control may result in many e mails being sent P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Figure 163 Log Settings Log Settings E mail Log Settings Mail Server Mail Subject Outgoing SMTP Server Name or IP Address Send Log to Send Alerts to J Log Schedule None Day for Sending Log Time for Sending Log hour C clear log after sending mail Syslog Logging C Active Syslog Server IP Address 0 0 0 0 Log Facility Local1 v Active Log and Alert Log L1 System Maintenance F System Errors Cl Access Control uPnP E Mail Address E Mail Address minute Server Name or IP Address Send Immediate Alert E System Errors Cl access Control Cl Blocked Web Sites attacks Forward Web Sites Blocked Web Sites Attacks Any IP 802 1x TRO69 a 93 98 99 8 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 100 Log Settings
257. genus 42 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator sLeeeLeeeeeeeeeLeLeLeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nennen nnn 45 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide LE Table of Contents ERES Ness LER UI sas sccssedaseavavesdsseniszavasseasdendassavstaneaseasscaevuasnasesaluauaesaunemnsarsaneaiie 45 2 2 Accessing the Web Configurator eT 45 4 9 Reset ng the Ly AEL DOvViCE ici ect crie ear eir a pda ke pL cried 48 ACUM me RESA sop 48 24 Navigating the Web Confniguralof ica bero rrt tior vata kin an sa obl v an e PR aman 48 248 1 UL M 48 V bsc vir c TN AE A AA E mm 50 2A SUS File IP WARIS me E 53 ZAM ECOL M RS US aaa A 53 24 5 Status Bandwidth SIetHs 1c panes eani seit ada patr held BR gli D p UR d 54 24 6 Status Packet SIGUSTICR Me 54 24 7 Changho Login FASS WEN iunii tectis EET HR A AER ERA HR ARRA ARR RON 56 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access uuuueeueeueeeseeseeeseeeeeeeeeen nennen nnne nennen nnn nn nnne nnn nnn 57 LA Duet i RTT UTE 57 3 2 SMELL Access Wizard Seb 22 4 2 od d tette saad rd PRSE ERE FEL EUER a i dita sad da 57 SPART one oe ae MENOR m T sorcery 59 3 2 2 MANUEL ere Uri vn 59 249 Wireless Conneciom Wizard Selub 15 eiie coop oet Pb Dion Eesti opc bon oto Lose E sats 64 29 1 Manually assign a WPA PSK KOy uucecoiutetelviett epi b bebe READ PA UB A NANa A 66 3 3 2 Manually assign a WEP KEY e
258. ges to your configuration unless you first enter your admin password Figure 202 Ubuntu 8 Network Settings gt Connections Location ES 1 Connections General DNS Hosts E Point to point connec This network interface is not c P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 307 Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 3 Inthe Authenticate window enter your admin account name and password then click the Authenticate button Figure 203 Ubuntu 8 Administrator Account Authentication Q Authenticate x System policy prevents NA modifying the configuration An application is attempting to perform an action that requires privileges Authentication as one of the users below is required to perform this action amp CJ chris rs gt Details cancel 4 Authenticate gt 4 Inthe Network Settings window select the connection that you want to configure then click Properties Figure 204 Ubuntu 8 Network Settings gt Connections t5 Network Settings Location lt Connections General DNS Hosts s Properties m Point to point connec This network interface is not c 5 The Properties dialog box opens P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 205 Ubuntu 8 Network Settings gt Properties Ea etho Properties x Connection
259. gure 50 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP STEP 1 STEP2 ff Internet Configuration Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address Subnet Mask First DNS Server Second DNS Server Gateway IP address yyaiex 1722123 168 95 1 1 0 0 0 0 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 24 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP Automatically LABEL DESCRIPTION Obtain an IP A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not Address fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Select Obtain an IP Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address Static IP Select Static IP Address if your ISP gives you a fixed IP address Address IP Address Enter your ISP assigned IP address Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendices to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you use ENET address ENCAP in the Encapsulation field in the previous screen First DNS Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to the DHCP Server clients along with the IP address and the subnet mask Second DNS As above Server Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your change
260. h 0 don t show debug type 1 show debug type 4 Usesys logs category followed by a log category and a parameter to decide what to record Use 0 to not record logs for that category 1 to record only logs for that category 2 to record only alerts for that category and 3 to record both logs and alerts for that category Not every parameter 1s available with every category 5 Usethesys logs save command to store the settings in the ZyXEL Device you must do this in order to record logs Displaying Logs Use the sys logs display command to show all of the logs in the ZyXEL Device s log Usethesys logs category display command to show the log settings for all of the log categories Usethesys logs display log category command to show the logs in an individual ZyXEL Device log category Use the sys logs clear command to erase all of the ZyXEL Device s logs P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix E Command Interpreter Log Command Example This example shows how to set the ZyXEL Device to record the access logs and alerts and then view the results ras gt sys logs load ras gt sys logs category access 3 ras gt sys logs save ras gt sys logs display access time source destination notes message 0 06 08 2004 05 58 21 172 21 4 154 224 0 1 24 ACCESS BLOCK Firewall default policy IGMP W to W ZW 1 06 08 2004 05 58 20 172 21 3 56 239 2554 255 250 ACCESS BLO
261. h device s documentation to make sure Depending on the devices you have you can either press a button on the device itself or in its configuration utility or enter a PIN a unique Personal Identification Number that allows one device to authenticate the other in each of the two devices When WPS is activated on a device it has two minutes to find another device that also has WPS activated Then the two devices connect and set up a secure network by themselves 9 4 1 Push Button Configuration WPS Push Button Configuration PBC is initiated by pressing a button on each WPS enabled device and allowing them to connect automatically You do not need to enter any information Not every WPS enabled device has a physical WPS button Some may have a WPS PBC button in their configuration utilities instead of or in addition to the physical button Take the following steps to set up WPS using the button 1 Ensure that the two devices you want to set up are within wireless range of one another 2 Look for a WPS button on each device If the device does not have one log into its configuration utility and locate the button see the device s User s Guide for how to do this for the ZyXEL Device see Section 9 6 on page 146 3 Press the button on one of the devices it doesn t matter which For the ZyXEL Device you must press the WPS button for more than three seconds 4 Within two minutes press the button on the other device The registrar s
262. hapter 12 Firewall Configuration 12 10 2 Half Open Sessions An unusually high number of half open sessions either an absolute number or measured as the arrival rate could indicate that a Denial of Service attack is occurring For TCP half open means that the session has not reached the established state the TCP three way handshake has not yet been completed see Figure 105 on page 162 For UDP half open means that the firewall has detected no return traffic The ZyXEL Device measures both the total number of existing half open sessions and the rate of session establishment attempts Both TCP and UDP half open sessions are counted in the total number and rate measurements Measurements are made once a minute When the number of existing half open sessions rises above a threshold max incomplete high the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below another threshold max incomplete low When the rate of new connection attempts rises above a threshold one minute high the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attempts drops below another threshold one minute low The rate is the number
263. he Configure IPv4 list select Manually n the IP Address field type your IP address P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address n the Subnet Mask field type your subnet mask nthe Router field type the IP address of your device Figure 194 Mac OS X 10 4 Network Preferences gt Ethernet ead Network Show All Q Location Automatic HJ Show Built in Ethernet HJ f TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet Configure IPv4 IP Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Router 0 0 0 0 DNS Servers Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address TTA Configure IPv6 Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now 6 Click Apply Now and close the window Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties by clicking Applications gt Utilities gt Network Utilities and then selecting the appropriate Network Interface from the Info tab Figure 195 Mac OS X 10 4 Network Utility eoe Network Utility Netstat AppleTalk Ping Lookup Traceroute Whois Finger PortScan Please gterface for information Network Interface en0 my Transfer Statistics Hardware Address 00 16 cb 8b 50 2e Sent Packets 20607 IP Address es 118 169 44 203 Send Errors 0 Link Speed 100 Mb Recv Packets 22626 Link Status Active Recv Errors 0 Vendor Marvell Collisions 0 Model Yukon Gigabit
264. hernet RFC 2516 RFC 1483 encapsulation over ATM MAC encapsulated routing ENET encapsulation VC based and LLC based multiplexing Up to 8 PVCs Permanent Virtual Circuits 1 610 F4 F5 OAM TR 067 TR 100 Other Protocol Support PPP Point to Point Protocol link layer protocol Transparent bridging for unsupported network layer protocols DHCP Server Client Relay RIP I RIP Il ICMP ATM QoS SNMP v1 and v2c with MIB Il support RFC 1213 IP Multicasting IGMP v1 and v2 IGMP Proxy UPnP Management Embedded Web Configurator CLI Command Line Interpreter Remote Management via Telnet FTP or Web SNMP manageable FTP TFTP for firmware downloading configuration backup and restoration Syslog Built in Diagnostic Tools for FLASH memory ADSL circuitry RAM and LAN port TR 069 Wireless IEEE 802 11g compliance Frequency Range 2 4 GHz Advanced Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM Data Rates 54Mbps and Auto Fallback Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP Data Encryption 64 128 bit WPA 2 WPA 2 PSK Up to 32 MAC address filters WPS button P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 24 Product Specifications Table 126 Firmware Specifications FEATURE DESCRIPTION Firewall DoS Stateful Packet Inspection Protocol and generic filters Up to 20 Access Control List ACL rules between LAN and WAN Real time E mail alerts Reports and logs NAT SUA Port Forwardi
265. his procedure to add other keywords Up to 64 keywords are allowed When you try to access a web page containing a keyword you will get a message telling you that the content filter is blocking this request Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 13 3 Configuring the Schedule To set the days and times for the ZyXEL Device to perform content filtering click Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule The screen appears as shown P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 13 Content Filtering Figure 125 Content Filter Schedule o REIN Schedule Active Everyday to Block IV Edit Daily to Block a a a Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Iv 8 hio min 17 hr 30 min Iv 0 do min 0 ndo min v o ho min o ho min Iv o ho min o ndo min a o ho min o ho min r o hrf min o ho min a 0 do min 0 hrf min Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 73 Content Filter Schedule LABEL DESCRIPTION Schedule Select Active Everyday to Block to make the content filtering active everyday Otherwise select Edit Daily to Block and configure which days of the week or everyday and which time of the day you want the content filtering to be active Active Select the check box to have the content filtering active on the selected day
266. hough you can connect to the ZyXEL Device wirelessly it is recommended that you connect your computer to a LAN port for initial configuration 1 Make sure your ZyXEL Device hardware is properly connected refer to the Quick Start Guide 2 Prepare your computer computer network to connect to the ZyXEL Device refer to the Quick Start Guide 3 Launch your web browser P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 4 Type 192 168 1 1 as the URL 5 A window displays as shown Enter the default admin password 1234 to configure the wizards and the advanced features or enter the default user password user to view the status only Click Login to proceed to a screen asking you to change your password or click Cancel to revert to the default password Figure 8 Password Screen P 660HW T1 v3 Welcome to your router Configuration Interface q Password TID mu Enter your password and press enter or click Login Tn 6 Ifyou entered the user password skip the next two steps and refer to Section 2 4 2 on page 50 for more information about the Statu S Screen If you entered the admin password it is highly recommended you change the default admin password Enter a new password betwe en and 30 characters retype it to confirm and click Apply Alternatively click Ignore to proceed to the main menu if you do not want to change the password now
267. hrough the ZyXEL Device If your network has a small number of clients using peer to peer applications you can raise this number to ensure that their performance is not degraded by the number of NAT sessions they can establish If your network has a large number of users using peer to peer applications you can lower this number to ensure no single client is using all of the available NAT sessions Enable SIP ALG Select this to make sure SIP VoIP works correctly with port forwarding and address mapping rules Some NAT routers may include a SIP Application Layer Gateway ALG A SIP ALG allows SIP calls to pass through NAT by examining and translating IP addresses embedded in the data stream When the ZyXEL Device registers with the SIP register server the SIP ALG translates the ZyXEL Device s private IP address inside the SIP data stream to a public IP address You do not need to use STUN or an outbound proxy if your ZyXEL Device is behind a SIP ALG Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 10 4 Port Forwarding A port forwarding set is a list of inside behind NAT on the LAN servers for example web or FTP that you can make visible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole inside network appear as a single computer to the outside world You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwar
268. ialized by NTP The router got the time and date from the NTP server server Connect to Daytime server The router was not able to connect to the Daytime server fail Connect to Time server fail The router was not able to connect to the Time server Connect to NTP server fail The router was not able to connect to the NTP server Too large ICMP packet has The router dropped an ICMP packet that was too large been dropped Configuration Change PC The router is saving configuration changes Ox x Task ID Ox x Successful SSH login Someone has logged on to the router s SSH server SSH login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s SSH server Successful HTTPS login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol HTTPS login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol Table 102 System Error Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s exceeds the max This attempt to create a NAT session exceeds the maximum number of session per number of NAT session table entries allowed to be created per host host setNetBIOSFilter calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter error settings readNetBIOSFilter calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter error settings WAN connection is down A WAN connection is down You cannot access the network
269. ice provider to easily create and offer new IP services for individuals Operationally PPPoE saves significant effort for both you and the ISP or carrier as it requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyXEL Device rather than individual computers the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed since the ZyXEL Device does that part of the task Furthermore with NAT all of the LANs computers will have access P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup 7 1 1 3 PPPoA PPPoA stands for Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AALS A PPPoA connection functions like a dial up Internet connection The ZyXEL Device encapsulates the PPP session based on RFC1483 and sends it through an ATM PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit to the Internet Service Provider s ISP DSLAM digital access multiplexer Please refer to RFC 2364 for more information on PPPoA Refer to RFC 1661 for more information on PPP 7 1 1 4 RFC 1483 RFC 1483 describes two methods for Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AALS The first method allows multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM virtual circuit LLC based multiplexing and the second method assumes that each protocol is carried over a separate ATM virtual circuit VC based multiplexing Please refer to the RFC for more detailed information 7 1 2 Multiplexing
270. if your account is activated or click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to verify your Internet access settings P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 83 Chapter 5 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 53 Connection Test Failed 2 ffi Internet Configuration Intern zard are Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Q Yes No 5 3 Wireless Connection Wizard Setup After you configure the Internet access information use the following screens to set up your wireless LAN 1 Select Yes and click Next to configure wireless settings Otherwise select No and skip to Step 6 Figure 54 Connection Test Successful F Et STEP ffi Internet Configuration nternet now nfiguration is complete Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes 9 No 2 Use this screen to activate the wireless LAN and OTIST Click Next to continue P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 5 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 55 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 STEPE STEP 2 fa Wireless LAN active Uncheck this option if you like do deactivate your wire network lt Back JI Next gt J Exit The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 26 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to turn on the wireless LAN Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Ex
271. ifferent logical networks over the same Ethernet interface The ZyXEL Device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup When you use IP alias you can also configure firewall rules to control access between the LAN s logical networks subnets BES Make sure that the subnets of the logical networks do not overlap The following figure shows a LAN divided into subnets A B and C Figure 81 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks A 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 Ethemet Ree B 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 24 Interface X ia C 192168 3 1 192 168 3 24 To change your ZyXEL Device s IP alias settings click Network gt LAN gt IP Alias The screen appears as shown Figure 82 LAN IP Alias IP Alias 1 IP Alias 1 IP Address 0 2 0 6 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction None 7 RIP Version NA IP Alias 2 IP Alias 2 IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction None z RIP Version nis z Cancel P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 125 Chapter 8 LAN Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 43 LAN IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Alias 1 2 Select the check box to configure another LAN network for the ZyXEL Device IP Address Enter
272. ight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Second Sunday March and 2 00 Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday March The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 End Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select First Sunday November and 2 00 Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday October The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the Z
273. imize risk Produce lists like this one DSL or cable modem connections are always on connections and are particularly vulnerable because they provide more opportunities for hackers to crack your system Turn your computer off when not in use Never give out a password or any sensitive information to an unsolicited telephone call or e mail Never e mail sensitive information such as passwords credit card information etc without encrypting the information first Never submit sensitive information via a web page unless the web site uses secure connections You can identify a secure connection by looking for a small key icon on the bottom of your browser Internet Explorer 3 02 or better or Netscape 3 0 or better If a web site uses a secure connection it is safe to submit information Secure web transactions are quite difficult to crack Never reveal your IP address or other system networking information to people outside your company Be careful of files e mailed to you from strangers One common way of getting BackOrifice on a system is to include it as a Trojan horse with other files Change your passwords regularly Also use passwords that are not easy to figure out The most difficult passwords to crack are those with upper and lower case letters numbers and a symbol such as 96 or Upgrade your software regularly Many older versions of software especially web browsers have well known security deficiencies When you upgr
274. implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups 3 Click Apply to save this setting Enable Pop up Blockers with Exceptions Alternatively if you only want to allow pop up windows from your device see the following steps 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options and then the Privacy tab 2 Select Settings to open the Pop up Blocker Settings screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Figure 218 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options PR Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet MER zone Medium privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable tj information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing v Block pop ups 3 Type the IP address of your device the web page that you do not want to have blocked with the prefix http For example http 192 168 167 1 4 Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites Figure 219 Pop up Blocker Settings Pop up Blocker Sett
275. in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name Type the name of your PPPoE service here Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 25 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 STEP 1 STEP ffi Internet Configuration IP Address d The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 11 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address This field is available if you select Routing in the Mode field Type your ISP assigned IP address in this field Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide et Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Table 11 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 26 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP STEP 1 STEP 2 ff Internet Configuration Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address Subnet Mask First DNS Server Second DNS Server Gateway IP address yyaie
276. inate LORD AIME DUE UG DrbatbeiidE DH aH d RET 11 E fad fT cc 21 IEEE ELSE ETE TOT SEIT S UEE aunts 27 Part l Introduction MR T 31 Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL DEVICE seiorn enisinia oaan 0h cr kKa cm INR Kao RE Aanes 33 LENT TII EU TT HET 32 1 2 Ways to Manage The ZyXEL Devices Eo uda Y EON ETE RETOURNER ERI D Hane eam MR RR E A EAA 33 1 3 Configuring Your ZyXEL Device s Security Features eese 34 1 31 Control Access to Your DOVIBB usuceup rae cd aaatiica a iii a i GR uda t 34 adu cce c rjcme E 34 Me AD ec UU s 35 KOANT rr 35 Tod d De NUON Lsctasud uiu otecd tauro a S Up oxieE GM init Sol nfnite du dn rec texite ct indeMce AEE 35 aee a ETE T AMONT RR NER RR 35 14 Maintaining Your ZYXEL Devise ec 35 TOFINO aia TT T A er atin dt ae aed ated ahd gale 36 1 90 Wireless PEU EEUS ces tease bad a a Feeds ccd nade atate daa odd 38 TO pplicauone forthe ZyXEL DEVICE gciiaissussschsstanineriienciseudiaguuerereacaurqneiasqueeastaaneemtaaasertereace 39 1 6 1 Protected Mmtemet ACCC ETT 40 gees to CLAN 26 3 tts der RU 40 Te Ne LS cm 41 19 Spinners and MIOHESINESES 12a Lee teri prati re phai ek Horde neta onc d pu pk mace nen d op uad 41 15 4 Connecong a POTS SIE cucina vistos nie aeb n denne Feud ie SR wd aae PO utin br Peut MERE 41 1 8 2 Telephone MICROUIIGER iiec eret SERERE FER Ha FELIS DEP ELIO A a eed e
277. ing in the ZyXEL Device s ARP table could cause the ZyXEL Device to send packets to the wrong device Commands for Using or Ignoring Gratuitous ARP Requests A host can send an ARP request to resolve its own IP address This is called a gratuitous ARP request The packet uses the host s own IP address as the source and destination IP address The packet uses the Ethernet broadcast address FF FF FF FF FF FF as the destination MAC address This is used to determine if any other hosts on the network are using the same IP address as the sending host The other hosts in the network can also update their ARP table IP address to MAC address mappings with this host s MAC address The ip arp ackGratuitous commands set how the ZyXEL Device handles gratuitous ARP requests e Use ip arp ackGratuitous active no to have the ZyXEL Device ignore gratuitous ARP requests e Use ip arp ackGratuitous active yes to have the ZyXEL Device respond to gratuitous ARP requests For example say the regular gateway goes down and a backup gateway sends a gratuitous ARP request If the request is for an IP address that is not already in the ZyXEL Device s ARP table the ZyXEL Device sends an ARP request to ask which host is using the IP address After the ZyXEL Device receives a reply from the backup gateway it adds an ARP table entry If the ZyXEL Device s ARP table already has an entry for the IP address the ZyXEL Device s response depends on how you configu
278. ings Exceptions Pop ups are currently blocked You can allow pop ups from specific Web sites by adding the site to the list below Address of Web site to allow http 4 192 168 1 1 Add Allowed sites Notifications and Filter Level Play a sound when a pop up is blocked Show Information Bar when a pop up is blocked Filter Level Medium Block most automatic pop ups Pop up Blocker FAQ Close P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 5 Click Close to return to the Privacy screen 6 Click Apply to save this setting JavaScripts If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer check that JavaScripts are allowed 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Figure 220 Internet Options Security General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings e Z o e Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet A This zone contains all Web sites you Gites haven t placed in other zones m Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone E Medium Safe browsing and still functional a Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned Activex controls will not be downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites C Cust
279. io button will be set to User Configured The Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup screen allows you to edit these rule configurations Auto classifier rest bandwidth Select Auto classifier rest bandwidth to automatically allocate unbudgeted or unused bandwidth to services based on the packet type Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 5 Follow the on screen instructions and click Finish to complete the wizard setup and save your configuration P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard Figure 41 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete CONGRATULATIONS Finish button to Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup page P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 73 Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide PART I Wizard Wizard Setup for Internet Access 77 Bandwidth Management Wizard 89 Wizard Setup for Internet Access This chapter provides information on the Wizard Setup screens for Internet access in the web configurator 5 1 Introduction BS Use the wizard setup screens to configure your system for Internet access with the information given to you
280. ions or if you installed updated firmware software for your device Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 3 Document Conventions Document Conventions Warnings and Notes These are how warnings and notes are shown in this User s Guide Oy Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or your ZyXEL Device BS Notes tell you other important information for example other things you may need to configure or helpful tips or recommendations Syntax Conventions The P 660HW Tx v3 may be referred to as the ZyXEL Device the device the system or the product in this User s Guide Product labels screen names field labels and field choices are all in bold font A key stroke 1s denoted by square brackets and uppercase text for example ENTER means the enter or return key on your keyboard Enter means for you to type one or more characters and then press the ENTER key Select or choose means for you to use one of the predefined choices A right angle bracket gt within a screen name denotes a mouse click For example Maintenance gt Log gt Log Setting means you first click Maintenance in the navigation panel then the Log sub menu and finally the Log Setting tab to get to that screen Units of measurement may denote the metric value or the scientific value For exampl
281. ique SSID Default Secure Unique SSID with Hide SSID Enabled MAC Address Filtering WEP Encryption IEEE802 1x EAP with RADIUS Server Authentication Wi Fi Protected Access WPA Most Secure WPA2 You must enable the same wireless security settings on the ZyXEL Device and on all wireless clients that you want to associate with it IEEE 802 1x In June 2001 the IEEE 802 1x standard was designed to extend the features of IEEE 802 11 to support extended authentication as well as providing additional accounting and control features It is supported by Windows XP and a number of network devices Some advantages of IEEE 802 1x are User based identification that allows for roaming Support for RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RFC 2138 2139 for centralized user profile and accounting management on a network RADIUS server e Support for EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol RFC 2486 that allows additional authentication methods to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless clients RADIUS RADIUS is based on a client server model that supports authentication authorization and accounting The access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server The RADIUS server handles the following tasks Authentication Determines the identity of the users Authorization P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Determines the network
282. is field displays the remote node index number and link type Link types are PPPoA ENET RFC 1483 and PPPoE Interface This field displays the type of port Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation For the WLAN port it displays the transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this port RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this port Errors This field displays the number of error packets on this port P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Ea Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 8 Status Packet Statistics continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Tx B s This field displays the number of bytes transmitted in the last second Rx B s This field displays the number of bytes received in the last second Up Time This field displays the elapsed time this port has been up Collisions This is the number of collisions on this port Poll Interval s Type the time interval for the browser to refresh system statistics Set Interval Click this button to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Poll Interval field above Stop Click this butto
283. is option to update the IP address of the host name s to the WAN IP Address address P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 16 Dynamic DNS Setup Table 87 Dynamic DNS continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Select this option only when there are one or more NAT routers between the ZyXEL server auto Device and the DDNS server This feature has the DDNS server automatically detect IP detect and use the IP address of the NAT router that has a public IP address Address Note The DDNS server may not be able to detect the proper IP address if there is an HTTP proxy server between the ZyXEL Device and the DDNS server Use specified IP Type the IP address of the host name s Use this if you have a static IP address Address Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 16 Dynamic DNS Setup P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Remote Management Configuration This chapter provides information on configuring remote management 17 1 Remote Management Overview Remote management allows you to determine which services protocols can access which ZyXEL Device interface if any from which computers BS When you configure remote management to allow management from the WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access You may manage your ZyXEL Device f
284. isted Dialing Dial up Preferences Network Identification Bridge Connections Advanced Settings rking Components a ate A n T 4 The Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard window displays Select Networking Service in the Components selection box and click Details P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 18 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 149 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP To add or remove a component click the checkbox A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components 2 Management and Monitoring Tools Networking Services ad Other Network File and Print Services Description Contains a variety of specialized network related services and protocols Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 9 MB 5 Inthe Networking Services window select the Universal Plug and Play check box Figure 150 Networking Services Networking Services To add or remove a component click the check box amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Subcomponents of Networking Services O AIP Listener 0 0 MB il Simple TCP IP Services 0 0 MB g sal Plug an
285. isting entry Setting the Key Length for Phase 2 IPSec AES Encryption Syntax ipsec ipsecConfig encryKeyLen 0 128 1 192 2 256 By default the ZyXEL Device uses a 128 bit AES encryption key for phase 2 IPSec tunnels Use this command to edit an existing VPN rule to use a longer AES encryption key See the following example Say you have a VPN rule one that uses AES for the phase 2 encryption and you want it to use 192 bit encryption Use the first line to start editing the VPN rule The second line sets VPN rule one to use 192 bit AES for the phase 2 encryption The third line displays the results P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 353 Appendix E Command Interpreter Figure 242 Routing Command Example ras gt ipsec ipsecEdit 1 ras ipsec ipsecConfig encryKeyLen 1 ras ipsec ipsecDisplay a IPSec Setup 2 Index 1 Active No Multi Pro No Protocol 0 Global SW O0xA Bound IKE 9999 NailUp No Netbios No Name test ControlPing No LogControlPing No Control ping address 0 0 0 0 Local Addr Type SINGLE Port Start 0 End N A IP Addr Start 0 0 0 0 Mask N A Remote Addr Type SINGLE Port Start 0 End N A IP Addr Start 0 0 0 0 Mask N A Enable Replay Detection No Key Management IKE Phase 2 Active Protocol ESP Encryption Algorithm AES Authentication Algorithm SHA1 Encryption Key Length 192 SA Life Time Seconds 28800 Encapsulation T
286. it Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 3 Configure your wireless settings in this screen Click Next Figure 56 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 f Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL G your network a name You will search for this name from your w Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Y use one annels You should use the default channel unless other nearby use the same channel Manually assign a WPA PSK key Y vould prefer to create your own key WPA is stronger than WEP but not all with WPA lt Back next gt exit The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 27 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Network Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless Name SSID LAN If you change this field on the ZyXEL Device make sure all wireless stations use the same SSID in order to access the network Channel The range of radio frequencies used by IEEE 802 11b g wireless devices is called a Selection channel Select a channel ID that is not already in use by a neighboring device P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 85 Chapter 5 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Table 27 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Select Manually assign a WPA PSK key to configure a pre shared key WPA PSK Choose this option only if your wireless clients support WPA See Section 5 3 1 on page 86 for mo
287. ith the IP address and the subnet mask If the fields are left as 0 0 0 0 the ZyXEL Device acts as a DNS proxy and forwards the DHCP client s DNS query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 8 5 LAN Client List This table allows you to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers based on their MAC Addresses Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 To change your ZyXEL Device s static DHCP settings click Network gt LAN gt Client List The screen appears as shown P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 123 Chapter 8 LAN Setup Figure 80 LAN Client List Client List DHCP Client Table E IP Address 0 0 0 0 URS ECT NEGET EIER EE tw11947 192 168 1 33 00 00 E8 7C 14 80 192 168 1 35 00 AC 10 01 23 45 iv 192 168 1 64 00 A0 C5 01 23 46 Iv EP Apply Cancel Refresh MAC Address 00 00 00 00 00 00 Add The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 42 LAN Client List LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on you
288. ive products or components without charge for either parts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty 1s the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or implied including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser To obtain the services of this warranty contact your vendor You may also refer to the warranty policy for the region in which you bought the device at http www zyxel com web support warranty info php Registration Register your product online to receive e mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www zyxel com P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 375 Appendix H Legal Information 376 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Customer Support In the event of problems that cannot be solved by using this manual you should contact your vendor If you cannot contact yo
289. ive the Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature Allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP Callow UPnP to pass through Firewall q Note For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 96 Configuring UPnP LABEL DESCRIPTION Active the Universal Plug Select this check box to activate UPnP Be aware that anyone could and Play UPnP Feature use a UPnP application to open the web configurator s login screen without entering the ZyXEL Device s IP address although you must still enter the password to access the web configurator Allow users to make Select this check box to allow UPnP enabled applications to configuration changes automatically configure the ZyXEL Device so that they can through UPnP communicate through the ZyXEL Device for example by using NAT traversal UPnP applications automatically reserve a NAT forwarding port in order to communicate with another UPnP enabled device this eliminates the need to manually configure port forwarding for the UPnP enabled application P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 18 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Table 96 Configuring UPnP LABEL DESCRIPTION Allow UPnP to pass through Select this check box to allow traffic from UPnP enabled applications to Firewall bypass the firewall Clear this check box to have the firewall bloc
290. ix Broadcast Scope IPv4 10 0 2 15 255 255 255 0 10 0 2 255 IPv6 fe80 a00 27ff fe30 el6c 64 Link Interface Information Interface Statistics Hardware address 08 00 27 30 e1 6c seeeytes 684 6 KiB Multicast Enabled Transmitted packets 1425 MTU 1500 Transmission errors 0 Link speed not available Received bytes 219 5 KiB State Active Received packets 1426 Reception errors 0 Collisions 0 inei itid Linux openSUSE 10 3 KDE This section shows you how to configure your computer s TCP IP settings in the K Desktop Environment KDE using the openSUSE 10 3 Linux distribution The procedure screens and file locations may vary depending on your specific distribution release version and individual configuration The following screens use the default openSUSE 10 3 installation P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address LES Make sure you are logged in as the root administrator Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address in the KDE 1 Click K Menu gt Computer gt Administrator Settings YaST Figure 208 openSUSE 10 3 K Menu gt Computer Menu searen C rR Applications a Administrator Settings Install Software a System Information System Folders Home Folder My Documents rv Network Folders me 2 46 Media 2 0 GB available Favorites Applications Computer History User zyxel o
291. k all UPnP application packets for example MSN packets Apply Click Apply to save the setting to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 18 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example This section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP 18 3 1 Installing UPnP in Windows Me Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows Me 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Add Remove Programs 2 Click on the Windows Setup tab and select Communication in the Components selection box Click Details Figure 146 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Add Remove Programs Props 2 x Install Uninstall Windows Setup Startup Disk To add of remove a component select or clear the check box If the check box is shaded only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components V Gey Address Book 17MB 4 Communications 5 6 MB FR Desktop Themes 0 0 MB ii w i Games 10 1 MB E Multilanguage Support 0 0 MB x Space used by installed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 866 3 MB Description Includes accessories to help you connect to other computers and online services 5 of 10 components selected Details Have Disk OK Cancel Apply 3 Inthe Communications window select the Universal Plug
292. ket for a blocked TCP packet or an ICMP port unreachable packet for a blocked UDP packets or just drop the packets without sending a response packet Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 12 10 DoS Thresholds 12 10 1 For DoS attacks the ZyXEL Device uses thresholds to determine when to drop sessions that do not become fully established These thresholds apply globally to all sessions You can use the default threshold values or you can change them to values more suitable to your security requirements Refer to Section 12 10 3 on page 191 to configure thresholds Threshold Values Tune these parameters when something is not working and after you have checked the firewall counters These default values should work fine for most small offices Factors influencing choices for threshold values are The maximum number of opened sessions The minimum capacity of server backlog in your LAN network The CPU power of servers in your LAN network Network bandwidth Type of traffic for certain servers If your network is slower than average for any of these factors especially if you have servers that are slow or handle many tasks and are often busy then the default values should be reduced You should make any changes to the threshold values before you continue configuring firewall rules P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide C
293. l Table 62 Legal NetBIOS Commands MESSAGE REQUEST POSITIVE VE RETARGET KEEPALIVE All SMTP commands are illegal except for those displayed in the following tables Table 63 Legal SMTP Commands AUTH DATA EHLO ETRN EXPN HELO HELP MAIL NOOP QUIT RCPT RSET SAML SEND SOML TURN VRFY 11 4 2 3 Traceroute Traceroute is a utility used to determine the path a packet takes between two endpoints Sometimes when a packet filter firewall is configured incorrectly an attacker can traceroute the firewall gaining knowledge of the network topology inside the firewall Often many DoS attacks also employ a technique known as IP Spoofing as part of their attack IP Spoofing may be used to break into systems to hide the hacker s identity or to magnify the effect of the DoS attack IP Spoofing is a technique used to gain unauthorized access to computers by tricking a router or firewall into thinking that the communications are coming from within the trusted network To engage in IP spoofing a hacker must modify the packet headers so that it appears that the packets originate from a trusted host and should be allowed through the router or firewall The ZyXEL Device blocks all IP Spoofing attempts 11 5 Stateful Inspection With stateful inspection fields of the packets are compared to packets that are already known to be trusted For example if you access some outside service
294. le you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space 332 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting IP Address Conflicts Each device on a network must have a unique IP address Devices with duplicate IP addresses on the same network will not be able to access the Internet or other resources The devices may also be unreachable through the network Conflicting Computer IP Addresses Example More than one device can not use the same IP address In the following example c
295. les after you configure them For example you may create rules to Block certain types of traffic such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet Allow certain types of traffic such as Lotus Notes database synchronization from specific hosts on the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow everyone except your competitors to access a Web server Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by comparing the Source IP address Destination IP address and IP protocol type of network traffic to rules set by the administrator Your customized rules take precedence and override the ZyXEL Device s default rules 12 3 Rule Logic Overview BS Study these points carefully before configuring rules 12 3 1 Rule Checklist State the intent of the rule For example This restricts all IRC access from the LAN to the Internet Or This allows a remote Lotus Notes server to synchronize over the Internet to an inside Notes server 1 Is the intent of the rule to forward or block traffic 2 What direction of traffic does the rule apply to 3 What IP services will be affected 4 What computers on the LAN are to be affected if any 5 What computers on the Internet will be affected The more specific the better For example if traffic is being allowed from the Internet to the LAN it is better to allow only certain machines on the Interne
296. llee and cannot differentiate between your enrollee and a rogue device This is a possible way for a hacker to gain access to a network P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN You can easily check to see if this has happened WPS works between only two devices simultaneously so if another device has enrolled your device will be unable to enroll and will not have access to the network If this happens open the access point s configuration interface and look at the list of associated clients usually displayed by MAC address It does not matter if the access point is the WPS registrar the enrollee or was not involved in the WPS handshake a rogue device must still associate with the access point to gain access to the network Check the MAC addresses of your wireless clients usually printed on a label on the bottom of the device If there is an unknown MAC address you can remove it or reset the AP 9 5 The WPS Screen Use this screen to configure WiFi Protected Setup WPS on your ZyXEL Device WPS allows you to quickly set up a wireless network with strong security without having to configure security settings manually Set up each WPS connection between two devices Both devices must support WPS Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS The following screen displays Figure 96 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS ee rs WPS Setup C Enable wes PIN Number 23014848 WPS Status Status Unconfigured
297. ls shown in the Status screen Table 5 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Refresh Interval Select a number of seconds or None from the drop down list box to refresh all screen statistics automatically at the end of every time interval or to not refresh the screen statistics Apply Click this button to refresh the status screen statistics Device Information Host Name This is the System Name you enter in the Maintenance gt System gt General screen It is for identification purposes Model Number This is your ZyXEL Device s model name MAC Address This is the MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address unique to your ZyXEL Device ZyNOS Firmware This is the ZyNOS Firmware version and the date created ZyNOS is ZyXEL s Version proprietary Network Operating System design DSL Firmware This field displays the current version of the device s DSL modem code Version WAN Information DSL Mode This is the standard that your ZyXEL Device is using IP Address This is the WAN port IP address IP Subnet Mask This is the WAN port IP subnet mask Default Gateway This is the IP address of the default gateway if applicable VPI VCI This is the Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier that you entered in the wizard or WAN screen LAN Information IP Address This is the LAN port IP address P 660HW Tx v3 User s G
298. lt Era ak cin e RA EN n LR BR a n 320 Figure 221 Security Settings Java Scriptilig 2 ceicescseni ier rtatu eite rr ttt root tue pert d peo pe dada E pcd E EU OE 321 Figure 222 SOcurmb SELDRIOSE Javi ausseccexivostetee siis pnct eS aL EROR BUR OE ESI AL BN KE RI SU RR 321 i Wo as hrs IE eos pEmeee rere cer tertr eC rete enrt rire ree wne ne rere ent freer reer tet rer tre A 322 Figure 224 Mozilla Firefox Tools gt ODBONS ccccisssuvcadsscsseiesniessescctusssswasenscniasd deus arre ie e pert ek riot peas 323 Figure 225 Mozilla Firefox Content Security iii cemere nona htt dn rk c pk Kn hg e xa 323 Figure 225 Network Number and Host ID ogsustenisn copbo cae ii be ety ore vox crpP d i ue be ed b bere vvp bb Erp Pea Eia Ue 326 Figure 227 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting eese 328 Figure 228 Subnetting Example After Subnetting eeeeeeeeeaseeeeeee enne rnnt nn tnn annua ntn 329 Figure 229 Conflicting Computer IP Addresses Example eeeeeesceeenne eene nni 33d Figure 230 Conflicting Computer IP Addresses Example cccccccccceessecccccesseccaceesnseeacenenseceeeenteees 333 Figure 231 Conflicting Computer and Router IP Addresses Example cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeaees 334 Figure 232 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network seeeee 335 Figure 232 Basie RT VRE Me T Nx e m 336 gr Pe Meee i eit ica WLAN sormeen Emm 337 iui RT E mr mr 338 Figure 236 WPA 2 with
299. lts 275 restore 274 Constant Bit Rate see CBR contact information 377 content filtering 37 195 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Index activation 196 keywords 195 schedule 196 trusted computers 197 copyright 373 CTS Clear to Send 338 customer support 377 customized services firewalls 182 D date setup 249 default server NAT 154 Denials of Service see DoS DHCP 38 116 setup 122 diagnostic 277 ATM status 278 DSL line 278 disclaimer 373 DNS 116 remote management 228 Domain Name System see DNS domain name system 247 248 DoS 161 half open sessions 191 IP spoofing 162 LAND attacks 162 163 Ping of Death 162 Smurf attacks 163 SYN attacks 162 Teardrop 162 thresholds 190 types 162 DSL line 278 DSL link 113 dynamic DNS 38 217 activation 218 DYNDNS wildcard 217 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol see DHCP dynamic WEP key exchange 343 DYNDNS wildcard 217 E EAP Authentication 341 e mail logs 255 example 256 eMule 70 90 encapsulation 97 103 ENET ENCAP 97 example 98 PPPoA 98 PPPoE 97 RFC 1483 98 encryption 129 344 WEP 132 WPA 2 135 WPA 2 PSK 133 ENET ENCAP 97 ESS 336 Extended Service Set See ESS 336 F factory defaults 275 fairness based scheduler 207 210 FCC interference statement 373 firewalls 37 159 160 169 action 175 177 activation 177 alerts 176 181 anti probing 189 customized services 182 DoS 161 half open sessions 191 IP spoofing 162
300. ly smaller when the wireless network is keeping track of how much time each wireless station is connected to the wireless network for example using an authentication server If the wireless network is not keeping track of this information you can usually set this value higher to reduce the number of delays caused by logging in again Group Key Update Timer In Seconds The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA PSK WPA2 PSK key management or RADIUS server if using WPA 2 key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA 2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations ina WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA PSK WPA2 PSK mode The default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes 9 3 4 WPA WPA2 In order to configure and enable WPA WPA2 click the Wireless LAN link under Network to display the General screen Select WPA or WPA2 from the Security Mode list Figure 88 Wireless WPA WPA2 Wireless Setup Idle Timeout MAC Filter V Active Wireless LAN Channel Selection Security Network Name SSID ZyXEL Cl Hide ssID Security Mode WPA2 v C wpa Compatible ReAuthentication Timer 1800 In Seconds Group Key Update Timer 1800 In Seconds Authentication Server IP Address 0 0 0 0 Port Number 1812 Shared Secret Accounting Server optional IP Address 0 0 0 0
301. mbers specify the network number while the last number identifies an individual computer on that network Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 for your ZyXEL Device but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise 8 2 1 1 Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet for example only between your two branch offices you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a mu
302. mount of bandwidth going out through the ZyXEL Device s WAN port and prioritize the distribution of the bandwidth according to service bandwidth requirements This helps keep one service from using all of the available bandwidth and shutting out other users 6 2 Predefined Media Bandwidth Management Services The following is a description of the services that you can select and to which you can apply media bandwidth management using the wizard screens Table 30 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services SERVICE DESCRIPTION E Mail Electronic mail consists of messages sent through a computer network to specific groups or individuals Here are some default ports for e mail POP3 port 110 IMAP port 143 SMTP port 25 HTTP port 80 FTP File Transfer Protocol enables fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail FTP uses port number 21 NetMeeting H 323 A multimedia communications product from Microsoft that enables groups to teleconference and videoconference over the Internet NetMeeting supports VoIP text chat sessions a whiteboard file transfers and application sharing NetMeeting uses H 323 H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and video conferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does not provide a guaranteed quality of service
303. mpany network before subnetting Figure 227 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting a a Y Internet il a i p i a i I y 192 168 1 0 24 4 4 L umumum m m m m m m m m m You can borrow one of the host ID bits to divide the network 192 168 1 0 into two separate sub networks The subnet mask is now 25 bits 255 255 255 128 or 25 The borrowed host ID bit can have a value of either 0 or 1 allowing two subnets 192 168 1 0 25 and 192 168 1 128 25 The following figure shows the company network after subnetting There are now two sub networks A and B P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Figure 228 Subnetting Example After Subnetting HB LY LU LU jl et D s C 2 D et il cu Nm LE 1192 168 1 0 25 4 V192 168 1 128 251 ammumumumum um um um PP mm m m m um Dp n VA In a 25 bit subnet the host ID has 7 bits so each sub network has a maximum of 27 2 or 126 possible hosts a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet s address itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 is subnet A itself and 192 168 1 127 with mask 255 255 255 128 is its broadcast address Therefore the lowest IP address that can be assigned to an actual host for subnet A is 192 168 1 1 and the highest is 192 168 1 12
304. n 80 session establishment attempts have been detected in the last minute Maximum This is the number of existing half open 80 existing half open sessions Incomplete Low sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below this number 192 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Table 71 Firewall Threshold continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DEFAULT VALUES Maximum Incomplete High This is the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the number of existing half open sessions rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests Do not set Maximum Incomplete High to lower than the current Maximum Incomplete Low number 100 existing half open sessions The above values causes the ZyXEL Device to start deleting half open sessions when the number of existing half open sessions rises above 100 and to stop deleting half open sessions with the number of existing half open sessions drops below 80 TCP Maximum Incomplete This is the number of existing half open TCP sessions with the same destination host IP address that causes the firewall to start dropping half open sessions to that same desti
305. n Infrastructure networks only where an AP and a wireless client communicate It does not work in Ad Hoc networks where there is no AP When you use WPS it works between two devices only You cannot enroll multiple devices simultaneously you must enroll one after the other For instance if you have two enrollees and one registrar you must set up the first enrollee by pressing the WPS button on the registrar and the first enrollee for example then check that it successfully enrolled then set up the second device in the same way WPS works only with other WPS enabled devices However you can still add non WPS devices to a network you already set up using WPS WPS works by automatically issuing a randomly generated WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK pre shared key from the registrar device to the enrollee devices Whether the network uses WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK depends on the device You can check the configuration interface of the registrar device to discover the key the network is using if the device supports this feature Then you can enter the key into the non WPS device and join the network as normal the non WPS device must also support WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK When you use the PBC method there is a short period from the moment you press the button on one device to the moment you press the button on the other device when any WPS enabled device could join the network This is because the registrar has no way of identifying the correct enro
306. n linux h20z openSUSE 2 When the Run as Root KDE su dialog opens enter the admin password and click OK Figure 209 openSUSE 10 3 K Menu Computer Menu Run as root KDE su Please enter the Administrator root password to continue Command sbin yast2 Ignore X cancel 9 Ea 3 When the YaST Control Center window opens select Network Devices and then click the Network Card icon P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 311 Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 210 openSUSE 10 3 YaST Control Center YaST Control Center linux h20z File Edit Help D Software al Network Services 49 Novell AppArmor 9 Y Security and Users uy Miscellaneous Le Network Card 4 When the Network Settings window opens click the Overview tab select the appropriate connection Name from the list and then click the Configure button Figure 211 openSUSE 10 3 Network Settings vasrT2Glinux h2oz Network Card Overview Obtain an overview of installed network cards Additionally edit their configuration Adding a Network Card Press Add to configure a new network card manually Configuring or Deleting Choose a network card to change or remove Then press Configure or Delete as desired a Network Settings Global Options Overview Hostname DNS Routing d IP Address Name AMD PCnet Fast 79C971 DHCP
307. n page 268 ip spoofing WAN TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected an IP spoofing attack on the WAN port ip spoofing WAN ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP IP spoofing attack on the WAN port For type and code details see Table 118 on page 268 icmp echo ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP echo attack For type and code details see Table 118 on page 268 syn flood TCP The firewall detected a TCP syn flood attack ports scan TCP The firewall detected a TCP port scan attack teardrop TCP The firewall detected a TCP teardrop attack teardrop UDP The firewall detected an UDP teardrop attack teardrop ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP teardrop attack For type and code details see Table 118 on page 268 illegal command TCP The firewall detected a TCP illegal command attack NetBIOS TCP The firewall detected a TCP NetBIOS attack ip spoofing no routing entry TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall classified a packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack ip spoofing no routing entry ICMP type d code d The firewall classified an ICMP packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack vulnerability ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP vulnerability attack For type and code details see
308. n this screen Table 75 Static Route LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the number of an individual static route Active Select the check box to activate this static route Otherwise clear the check box Name This is the name that describes or identifies this route Destination This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number Gateway This is the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Subnet Mask This is the IP subnet mask Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can set up a static route on the ZyXEL Device Click the Delete icon to remove a static route from the ZyXEL Device A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the route 14 2 1 Static Route Edit Select a static route index number and click Edit The screen shown next appears Use this screen to configure the required information for a static route P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 14 Static Route Figure 129 Static Route Edit Active Route Name Static Route Setup Destination IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Apply Back Cancel The following table describes the labels in thi
309. n to halt the refreshing of the system statistics 2 4 7 Changing Login Password It is highly recommended that you periodically change the password for accessing the ZyXEL Device If you didn t change the default one after you logged in or you want to change to a new password again then click Maintenance gt System to display the screen shown next See Table 97 on page 248 for detailed field descriptions Figure 17 System General System Setup System Name Domain Name Password User Password New Password Retype to confirm Admin Password Old Password New Password Retype to confirm A Caution Administrator Inactivity Timer 60 minutes 0 means no timeout m m Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password Apply Cancel P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Wizard Setup for Internet Access This chapter provides information on the Wizard Setup screens for Internet access in the web configurator 3 1 Introduction BS Use the wizard setup screens to configure your system for Internet access with the information given to you by your ISP See the advanced menu chapters for background information on these fields 3 2 Internet Access Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the admin password to access the web We ue select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon
310. nates Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 113 Chapter 7 WAN Setup P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide LAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure LAN settings 8 1 LAN Overview A Local Area Network LAN is a shared communication system to which many computers are attached A LAN is a computer network limited to the immediate area usually the same building or floor of a building The LAN screens can help you configure a LAN DHCP server and manage IP addresses See Section 8 3 on page 120 to configure the LAN screens 8 1 1 LANs WANs and the ZyXEL Device The actual physical connection determines whether the ZyXEL Device ports are LAN or WAN ports There are two separate IP networks one inside the LAN network and the other outside the WAN network as shown next Figure 75 LAN and WAN IP Addresses The interface to f the LAN is Ethernet i d N WAN N F Internet EMEN Theinterfaceto the Internetora E remote node is MemUEUH TEM d the DSL port P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 115 Chapter 8 LAN Setup 8 1 2 DHCP Setup DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2131 and RFC 2132 allows individual clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a server You can configure the ZyXEL Device as a DHCP server or disable it When configured as a server th
311. nation host IP address Enter a number between 1 and 256 As a general rule you should choose a smaller number for a smaller network a slower system or limited bandwidth 10 existing half open TCP sessions Action taken when TCP Maximum Incomplete threshold is reached Delete the Oldest Half Open Session when New Connection Request Comes Select this radio button to clear the oldest half open session when a new connection request comes Deny New Connection Request for Select this radio button and specify for how long the ZyXEL Device should block new connection requests when TCP Maximum Incomplete is reached Enter the length of blocking time in minutes between 1 and 255 Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Content Filtering This chapter covers how to configure content filtering 13 1 Content Filtering Overview Internet content filtering allows you to create and enforce Internet access policies tailored to your needs Content filtering gives you the ability to block web sites that contain key words that you specify in the URL You can set a schedule for when the ZyXEL Device performs content filtering You can also specify trusted IP addresses on the LAN for which the ZyXEL Device will
312. ndows JavaScripts and Java Permissions JAVA Sun 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Advanced tab 2 Make sure that Use Java 2 for applet under Java Sun is selected 3 Click OK to close the window Figure 223 Java Sun General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings O Use inline AutoComplete O Use Passive FTP for firewall and DSL modem compatibility Use smooth scrolling E HTTP 1 1 settings Use HTTP 1 1 O Use HTTP 1 1 through proxy connections amp Java Sun C v Use Java 2 v1 4 1 07 for applet requires restart 3 Microsoft v O Java console enabled requires restart O Java logging enabled JIT compiler for virtual machine enabled requires restart Multimedia O Always show Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Radio toolbar O Don t display online media content in the media bar Enable Automatic Image Resizing xf gt Restore Defaults Mozilla Firefox Mozilla Firefox 2 0 screens are used here Screens for other versions may vary You can enable Java Javascripts and pop ups in one screen Click Tools then click Options in the screen that appears P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Figure 224 Mozilla Firefox Tools gt Options ieee Help Web Search Ctrl K Downloads Ctrl J Add ons Web Developer Error Console Adblock Plus Ctri Shift A Page
313. nections 1 2 Ways to Manage the ZyXEL Device Use any of the following methods to manage the ZyXEL Device Web Configurator This is recommended for everyday management of the ZyXEL Device using a supported web browser See Chapter 2 on page 45 FTP Use File Transfer Protocol for firmware upgrades and configuration backup restore SPTGEN SPTGEN is a text configuration file that you can edit and upload to the ZyXEL Device This is especially convenient if you need to configure many ZyXEL Devices of the same type See Appendix G on page 357 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 33 Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device TR 069 This is a standard that defines how your ZyXEL Device can be managed by a management server 1 3 Configuring Your ZyXEL Device s Security Features Your ZyXEL Device comes with a variety of security features This section summarizes these features and provides links to sections in the User s Guide to configure security settings on your ZyXEL Device Follow the suggestions below to improve security on your ZyXEL Device and network 1 3 1 Control Access to Your Device Ensure only people with permission can access your ZyXEL Device Control physical access by locating devices in secure areas such as locked rooms Most ZyXEL Devices have a reset button If an unauthorized person has access to the reset button they can then reset the device s password to its default password log in and reconfig
314. nferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does H 323 is transported primarily over TCP using the default port number 1720 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide not provide a guaranteed quality of service Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard Table 18 Media Bandwidth Management Setup Services continued SERVICE DESCRIPTION VoIP SIP Sending voice signals over the Internet is called Voice over IP or VoIP Session Initiated Protocol SIP is an internationally recognized standard for implementing VoIP SIP is an application layer control signaling protocol that handles the setting up altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the Internet SIP is transported primarily over UDP but can also be transported over TCP using the default port number 5060 Telnet Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems Telnet uses TCP port 23 TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol WWW The World Wide Web WWW is an Internet system to distribute graphical hyper linked information based on Hyper Tex
315. nfo Netstat AppleTalk Ping Lookup Traceroute Whois Finger PortScan aterface for information Transfer Statistics Hardware Address 00 30 65 25 6a b3 Sent Packets 1230 IP Address es 10 0 2 2 Send Errors 0 Link Speed 11 Mbit s Recv Packets 1197 Link Status Active Recv Errors 0 Vendor Apple Collisions 0 Model Wireless Network Adapter 802 11 A P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Linux Ubuntu 8 GNOME This section shows you how to configure your computer s TCP IP settings in the GNU Object Model Environment GNOME using the Ubuntu 8 Linux distribution The procedure screens and file locations may vary depending on your specific distribution release version and individual configuration The following screens use the default Ubuntu 8 installation ES Make sure you are logged in as the root administrator Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address in GNOME 1 Click System gt Administration gt Network Fi gure 201 Ubuntu 8 System gt Administration Menu XK Preferences E Hardware Drivers o Help and Support bout GNOME G About Ubuntu Hardware Testing i Language Support EF Login Window Quit C E Network Tools 2 When the Network Settings window opens click Unlock to open the Authenticate window By default the Unlock button is greyed out until clicked You cannot make chan
316. ng 2048 NAT sessions Multimedia applications PPTP under NAT SUA SIP ALG passthrough VPN passthrough Content Filtering Web page blocking by URL keyword Static Routes 16 IP static routes Other Features Any IP Zero Configuration VC auto hunting Traffic Redirect Dynamic DNS IP Alias MBM Multimedia Bandwidth Management QoS Quality of Service The following list which is not exhaustive illustrates the standards supported in the ZyXEL Device Table 127 Standards Supported STANDARD DESCRIPTION RFC 867 Daytime Protocol RFC 868 Time Protocol RFC 1058 RIP 1 Routing Information Protocol RFC 1112 IGMP v1 RFC 1157 SNMPv1 Simple Network Management Protocol version 1 RFC 1305 Network Time Protocol NTP version 3 RFC 1441 SNMPv2 Simple Network Management Protocol version 2 RFC 1483 Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 RFC 1631 IP Network Address Translator NAT RFC 1661 The Point to Point Protocol PPP RFC 1723 RIP 2 Routing Information Protocol RFC 1901 SNMPv2c Simple Network Management Protocol version 2c RFC 2236 Internet Group Management Protocol Version 2 RFC 2364 PPP over AAL5 PPP over ATM over ADSL RFC 2408 Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol ISAKMP RFC 2516 A Method for Transmitting PPP Over Ethernet PPPoE RFC 2684 Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer
317. nnect the side labeled Line to the telephone wall jack 1 8 2 Telephone Microfilters Telephone voice transmissions take place in the lower frequency range 0 4K Hz while ADSL transmissions take place in the higher bandwidth range above 4K Hz A microfilter acts as a low pass filter for your telephone to ensure that ADSL transmissions do not interfere with your telephone voice transmissions The use of a telephone microfilter is optional 1 Locate and disconnect each telephone 2 Connect a cable from the wall jack to the wall side of the microfilter 3 Connect the phone side of the microfilter to your telephone as shown in the following figure 4 After you are done make sure that your telephone works If your telephone does not work disconnect the microfilter and contact either your local telephone company or the provider of the microfilter P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Figure 5 Connecting a Microfilter Wall Jack Microfilter Wall Side Phone Side You can also use a Y Connector with a microfilter in order to connect both your modem and a telephone to the same wall jack without using a POTS splitter 1 Connect a phone cable from the wall jack to the single jack end of the Y Connector 2 Connect a cable from the double jack end of the Y Connector to the wall side of the microfilter 3 Connect another cable from the double jack end o
318. nnections on the ZyXEL Device Apply Click this to save your changes Refresh Click this to update the screen 9 6 The WPS Station Screen Use this screen to set up a WPS wireless network using either Push Button Configuration PBC or PIN Configuration Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS Station The following screen displays Figure 97 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS Station seconds WPS Station Add Station by WPS Click the below Push Button to add WPS stations to wireless network Or input station s PIN number start Note 1 The Push Button Configuration requires pressing a button on both the station and AP within 120 2 You may find the PIN number in the station s utility The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 53 Network Wireless LAN WPS Station LABEL DESCRIPTION Push Button Click this to add another WPS enabled wireless device within wireless range of the ZyXEL Device to your wireless network This button may either be a physical button on the outside of device or a menu button similar to the Push Button on this screen Note You must press the other wireless device s WPS button within two minutes of pressing this button Or input station s PIN number Enter the PIN of the device that you are setting up a WPS connection with and click Start to authenticate and add the wireless device to your wireless network You can find th
319. nterference and degrading performance Adjacent channels partially overlap however To avoid interference due to overlap your AP should be on a channel at least five channels away from a channel that an adjacent AP is using For example if your region has 11 channels and an adjacent AP is using channel 1 then you need to select a channel between 6 or 11 RTS CTS A hidden node occurs when two stations are within range of the same access point but are not within range of each other The following figure illustrates a hidden node Both stations STA are within range of the access point AP or wireless gateway but out of range of each other so they cannot hear each other that is they do not know if the channel is currently being used Therefore they are considered hidden from each other P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 337 Appendix D Wireless LANs BS Figure 235 RTS CTS pron CTS Range it ath O nn M Se AR RO AR T a e a a n ma aene P mra Station AP E oss iia j A Data E Mr Pi Ce r m DC Ke EH NR Stations A and B do not FN 7 pee Station A D hear each other They f Station B m t m can hear the AP When station A sends data to the AP it might not know that the station B is already using the channel If these two stations send data at the same time collisions may occur when both sets of data arrive at the AP at the same time resulting in a loss of mes
320. nti Probing Anti Probing Respond to PING on LAN amp WAN 7 I Do Not Respond to Requests for Unauthorized Services Apply Cancel P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 70 Firewall Anti Probing LABEL DESCRIPTION Respond to PING The ZyXEL Device does not respond to any incoming Ping requests when on Disable is selected Select LAN to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests Select WAN to reply to incoming WAN Ping requests Otherwise select LAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests Do Not Respond Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyXEL Device by probing for to Requests for unused ports If you select this option the ZyXEL Device will not respond to port Unauthorized request s for unused ports thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyXEL Device Services unseen By default this option is not selected and the ZyXEL Device will reply with an ICMP Port Unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP Reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports Note that the probing packets must first traverse the ZyXEL Device s firewall mechanism before reaching this anti probing mechanism Therefore if the firewall mechanism blocks a probing packet the ZyXEL Device reacts based on the corresponding firewall policy to send a TCP reset pac
321. ntrol Message Protocol ICMP echo request packets pings Since the destination IP address of each packet is the broadcast address of the network the router will broadcast the ICMP echo request packet to all hosts on the network If there are numerous hosts this will create a large amount of ICMP echo request and response traffic If a hacker chooses to spoof the source IP address of the ICMP echo request packet the resulting ICMP traffic will not only clog up the intermediary network but will also congest the network of the spoofed source IP address known as the victim network This flood of broadcast traffic consumes all available bandwidth making communications impossible Figure 107 Smurf Attack Ping Responses Attacker broadcasts ping Every host on the packets with a spoofed source intermediary network address to every host on responds by sending the intermediary network responses to every host on the victim network P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls 11 4 2 1 ICMP Vulnerability ICMP is an error reporting protocol that works in concert with IP The following ICMP types trigger an alert Table 61 ICMP Commands That Trigger Alerts 5 REDIRECT 13 TIMESTAMP_REQUEST 14 TIMESTAMP_REPLY 17 ADDRESS_MASK_REQUEST 18 ADDRESS_MASK_REPLY 11 4 2 2 Illegal Commands NetBIOS and SMTP The only legal NetBIOS commands are the following all others are illega
322. ntrol Panel click the Network and Internet icon Figure 184 Windows Vista Control Panel GOo Control Panel p Edit View Tools Help Control Panel Home System and Maintenance Get started with Windows Back up your computer Classic View Security Check for updates 8 e Allow a program through Windows Firewall etwork and Internet Connect to the Internet View network status and tasks Set up file sharing User Accounts e Change account type Appearance and Personalization Change desktop background Change the color scheme Adjust screen resolution Clock Language and Region Change keyboards or other input methods Change display language 3 Click the Network and Sharing Center icon Figure 185 Windows Vista Network And Internet QU GP p Control Panel p Network and Internet File Edit View Tools Help Control Panel Home System and Maintenance Security Network and Internet View network computers and devices Internet Options Connect to the Internet Change your homepage Delete browsing history and cookies Hardware and Sound Programs Add a device to the network v 5 Search p EN Network and Sharing Center ase nnect to a network Set up file sharing Manage browser add ons 4 Click Manage network connections P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 297 Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 186 Windows Vi
323. ny IP 53 ATM 278 bandwidth 54 packet statistics 54 WLAN 53 WPS 145 SUA 150 151 subnet 325 subnet mask 326 388 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Index subnet based bandwidth control 205 subnetting 328 Sustained Cell Rate see SCR SYN attacks 162 syntax conventions 4 syslog 256 system 247 alerts 253 configuration backup 273 factory defaults 275 restore 274 diagnostic 277 DSL line 278 domain name 247 248 firmware 271 login 46 logs 253 e mail 255 example 256 schedule 256 name 247 248 password 46 56 248 reset 48 restart 275 setup 247 status 50 Any IP 53 bandwidth control 54 packet statistics 54 WLAN 53 syslog 256 time date 249 System Parameter Table Generator See SPTGEN 357 T TCP maximum incomplete 191 TCP security 166 TCP IP 121 Teardrop 162 Telnet 223 Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP 344 text file format 357 threshold DoS 190 firewalls 191 fragmentation 137 RTS CTS 137 TCP maximum incomplete 191 time setup 249 TR 069 34 38 230 traceroute 164 trademarks 373 traffic redirect 37 111 activation 113 traffic shaping 100 classes 101 trap community 228 traps SNMP 227 triangle route 177 trusted computers 197 U UBR 102 UDP security 167 Universal Plug and Play see UPnP Unspecified Bit Rate see UBR UPnP 37 233 activation 234 cautions 233 installation Windows Me 235 Windows XP 236 NAT traversal 233 Windows XP 237 user password 46 56 248 V Variable
324. o write SPT text file ROM t Bootbase Version V2 02 2 22 2001 13 33 11 RAM Size 8192 Kbytes FLASH Intel 8M 2 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example 1 Launch your FTP application 2 Enter bin The command bin sets the transfer mode to binary 3 Get rom t file The command get transfers files from the ZyXEL Device to your computer The name rom t is the configuration filename on the ZyXEL Device 4 Edit the rom t file using a text editor do not use a word processor You must leave this FTP screen to edit P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Figure 246 Internal SPTGEN FTP Download Example e ftp 192 168 1 1 220 PPP FTP version 1 0 ready at Sat Jan 1 03 22 12 2000 User 192 168 1 1 none 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp gt bin 200 Type I OK ftp gt get rom t ftp gt bye c edit rom t edit the rom t text file by a text editor and save it LES You can rename your rom t file when you save it to your computer but it must be named rom t when you upload it to your ZyXEL Device Internal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example 1 2 3 4 Launch your FTP application Enter bin The command bin sets the transfer mode to binary Upload your rom t file from your computer to the ZyXEL Device using the put command computer to the ZyXEL Device Exit this FTP application Figure 247 In
325. of the storage space the bar is green When the amount of space used is over 80 the bar is red Packet Direction Use the drop down list box to select a direction of travel of packets for which you want to configure firewall rules Create a new rule after rule number Select an index number and click Add to add a new firewall rule after the selected index number For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 The following fields summarize the rules you have created that apply to traffic traveling in the selected packet direction The firewall rules that you configure summarized below take priority over the general firewall action settings in the General screen This is your firewall rule number The ordering of your rules is important as rules are applied in turn Active This field displays whether a firewall is turned on or not Select the check box to enable the rule Clear the check box to disable the rule Source IP This drop down list box displays the source addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Destination IP This drop down list box displays the destination addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Service
326. of new attempts detected in the last one minute sample period 12 10 2 1 TCP Maximum Incomplete and Blocking Time An unusually high number of half open sessions with the same destination host address could indicate that a Denial of Service attack is being launched against the host Whenever the number of half open sessions with the same destination host address rises above a threshold TCP Maximum Incomplete the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions according to one of the following methods Ifthe Blocking Time timeout is 0 the default then the ZyXEL Device deletes the oldest existing half open session for the host for every new connection request to the host This ensures that the number of half open sessions to a given host will never exceed the threshold If the Blocking Time timeout is greater than 0 then the ZyXEL Device blocks all new connection requests to the host giving the server time to handle the present connections The ZyXEL Device continues to block all new connection requests until the Blocking Time expires e 12 10 3 Configuring Firewall Thresholds The ZyXEL Device also sends alerts whenever TCP Maximum Incomplete is exceeded The global values specified for the threshold and timeout apply to all TCP connections Click Firewall and Threshold to bring up the next screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Figure 123 Firewall Threshold Threshold
327. of the features of authentication types Table 141 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP LEAP Mutual Authentication No Yes Yes Yes Yes Certificate Client No Yes Optional Optional No Certificate Server No Yes Yes Yes No Dynamic Key Exchange No Yes Yes Yes Yes Credential Integrity None Strong Strong Strong Moderate Deployment Difficulty Easy Hard Moderate Moderate Moderate Client Identity Protection No No Yes Yes No WPA and WPA2 Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 111 standard WPA2 IEEE 802 111 is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA Key differences between WPA or WPA2 and WEP are improved data encryption and user authentication If both an AP and the wireless clients support WPA2 and you have an external RADIUS server use WPA2 for stronger data encryption If you don t have an external RADIUS server you should use WPA2 PSK WPA2 Pre Shared Key that only requires a single identical password entered into each access point wireless gateway and wireless client As long as the passwords match a wireless client will be granted access to a WLAN If the AP or the wireless clients do not support WPA2 just use WPA or WPA PSK depending on whether you have an external RADIUS server or not Select WEP only when the AP and or wireless clients do not support WPA or W
328. of this rule Bandwidth kbps This is the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide E Chapter 15 Bandwidth Management Table 84 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing rule Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 9 1 Rule Configuration Click the Edit icon or select User Defined from the Service drop down list in the Rule Setup screen to configure a bandwidth management rule Use bandwidth rules to allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to specific applications and or subnets Figure 133 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration IV Active Rule Name BW Budget Priority Rule Configuration Iv Use All Managed Bandwidth Filter Configuration ME m Kbps High 7 User defined Service Destination Address foooo Destination Subnet Netmask poo Destination Port eo Source Address poco Source Subnet Netmask ooo Source Port o Protocol rcp E Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 85 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Rule Configuration Active Select this ch
329. om Level D Default Level OK Cancel Apply Click the Custom Level button Scroll down to Scripting oar WO ND Click OK to close the window Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is selected the default P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Figure 221 Security Settings Java Scripting Security Settings Settings Scripting amp Active scripting Disan Q Pramp 3 Allow paste operations via script Disable 9 Enable Prompt amp Scripting of Java applets Q Disable OQ Prompt lleas fuikhanticstian E b custom settings Reset to Medium Reset ced Java Permissions From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Click the Custom Level button Scroll down to Microsoft VM Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected Click OK to close the window cO WN Figure 222 Security Settings Java Security Settings Settings Q Disable 9 Enable es Font download Q Disable 9 Enable a Prompt 3 Microsoft VM Java permissions Q Custom J Disable Jav 9 High safety Q Low safety Reset custom settings Reset to Medium Reset J P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 321 Appendix B Pop up Wi
330. omputer A has a static or fixed IP address that is the same as the IP address that a DHCP server assigns to computer B which is a DHCP client Neither can access the Internet This problem can be solved by assigning a different static IP address to computer A or setting computer A to obtain an IP address automatically Figure 229 Conflicting Computer IP Addresses Example E AD SQ I 192 168 1 33 Gees Dw rmer p a E 192 168 1 33 uammmmmmm oem mm Conflicting Router IP Addresses Example Since a router connects different networks it must have interfaces using different network numbers For example if a router is set between a LAN and the Internet WAN the router s LAN and WAN addresses must be on different subnets In the following example the LAN and WAN are on the same subnet The LAN computers cannot access the Internet because the router cannot route between networks Figure 230 Conflicting Computer IP Addresses Example gt Se BSS SS SS SS Internet P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 333 Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Conflicting Computer and Router IP Addresses Example More than one device can not use the same IP address In the following example the computer and the router s LAN port both use 192 168 1 1 as the IP address The computer cannot access the Internet This problem can be solved by assigning a different IP address to the computer or th
331. on class only uses 1024 kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps The ZyXEL Device divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally among the other classes 1024 kbps extra goes to each so the other classes each get a total of 3072 kbps P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 15 Bandwidth Management 15 6 3 Bandwidth Management Priorities The following table describes the priorities that you can apply to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards out through an interface Table 81 Bandwidth Management Priorities PRIORITY LEVELS TRAFFIC WITH A HIGHER PRIORITY GETS THROUGH FASTER WHILE TRAFFIC WITH A LOWER PRIORITY IS DROPPED IF THE NETWORK IS CONGESTED High Typically used for voice traffic or video that is especially sensitive to jitter jitter is the variations in delay Mid Typically used for excellent effort or better than best effort and would include important business traffic that can tolerate some delay Low This is typically used for non critical background traffic such as bulk transfers that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users 15 7 Over Allotment of Bandwidth You can set the bandwidth management speed for an interface higher than the interface s actual transmission speed Higher priority traffic gets to use up to its allocated bandwidth even if it takes up all of the interface s available bandwidth This could stop lower priorit
332. or this name from your w Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Y use one annels You should use the default channel unless other nearby use the same channel Manually assign a WPA PSK key Y vould prefer to create your own key WPA is stronger than WEP but not all with WPA lt Back next gt exit The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 15 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Network Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless Name SSID LAN If you change this field on the ZyXEL Device make sure all wireless stations use the same SSID in order to access the network Channel The range of radio frequencies used by IEEE 802 11b g wireless devices is called a Selection channel Select a channel ID that is not already in use by a neighboring device P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 65 Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Table 15 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Select Manually assign a WPA PSK key to configure a pre shared key WPA PSK Choose this option only if your wireless clients support WPA See Section 3 3 1 on page 66 for more information Select Manually assign a WEP key to configure a WEP Key See Section 3 3 2 on page 67 for more information Select Disable wireless security to have no wireless LAN security configured and your network is accessible to any wireless networking
333. ority over the ISP assigned domain name Administrator Inactivity Timer Type how many minutes a management session can be left idle before the session times out The default is 5 minutes After it times out you have to log in with your password again Very long idle timeouts may have security risks A value of 0 means a management session never times out no matter how long it has been left idle not recommended Password User Password If you log in with the user password you can only view the ZyXEL Device status The default user password is user New Password Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type After you change the password use the new password to access the ZyXEL Device Retype to Type the new password again for confirmation Confirm Admin If you log in with the admin password you can configure the advanced features as Password well as the wizard setup on the ZyXEL Device P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 19 System Table 97 System General Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Old Password Type the default admin password 1234 or the existing password you use to access the system for configuring advanced features New Password Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type After y
334. ork administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works The main difference between them is the format Daytime RFC 867 format is day month year time zone of the server Time RFC 868 format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 The default NTP RFC 1305 is similar to Time RFC 868 Time Server Address Enter the IP address or URL up to 20 extended ASCII characters in length of your time server Check with your ISP network administrator if you are unsure of this information Time Zone Setup Time Zone Choose the time zone of your location This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Enable Daylight Savings Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 19 System Table 98 System Time Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second Sunday of March Each time zone in the United States starts using Dayl
335. ort it only supports EAP MD5 o response from RADIUS Pls check RADIUS Server There is no response message from the RADIUS server please check the RADIUS server Use Local User Database to authenticate user The local user database is operating as the authentication server Use RADIUS to authenticate user The RADIUS server is operating as the authentication server o Server to authenticate user There is no authentication server to authenticate a user Local User Database does not find user s credential A user was not authenticated by the local user database because the user is not listed in the local user database Table 117 ACL Setting Notes PACKET DIRECTION DIRECTION DESCRIPTION L to W LAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the WAN W to L WAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the LAN L to L LAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the LAN or ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device W to W WAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the WAN ZyXEL Device or the ZyXEL Device Table 118 ICMP Notes TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Echo Reply 0 Echo reply message 3 Destination Unreachable P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 118 ICMP Notes continued TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Net unreachable Host unr
336. ose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your settings to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 17 3 Telnet You can configure your ZyXEL Device for remote Telnet access as shown next The administrator uses Telnet from a computer on a remote network to access the ZyXEL Device Figure 137 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP Network E T gt a Cima z iud a RRARRRRARARRARARRRAA TE Y P i PA P User telnets into Incoming Traffic the LAN 17 4 Configuring Telnet Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet tab to display the screen as shown P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 223 Chapter 17 Remote Management Configuration Figure 138 Remote Management Telnet L Telnet Port 23 Access Status LAN amp WAN Secured Client IP G all C selected 0 0 0 0 q Note You may also need to create a Firewallrule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 89 Remote Management Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through whi
337. osing ppp IPCP Closing The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is closing 260 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 109 UPnP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION UPnP pass through Firewall UPnP packets can pass through the firewall Table 110 Content Filtering Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s Keyword blocking The content of a requested web page matched a user defined keyword s Not in trusted web The web site is not in a trusted domain and the router blocks all traffic list except trusted domain sites s Forbidden Web site The web site is in the forbidden web site list s Contains ActiveX The web site contains Activex s Contains Java The web site contains a Java applet applet s Contains cookie The web site contains a cookie 3 Proxy mode The router detected proxy mode in the packet detected SS The content filter server responded that the web site is in the blocked category list but it did not return the category type s s The content filter server responded that the web site is in the blocked category list and returned the category type s cache hit The system detected that the web site is in the blocked list from the local cache but does not know the category type oo s 3s cache hit The system detected that the web site is in blocked list from the local cach
338. ou change the password use the new password to access the ZyXEL Device Retype to Type the new password again for confirmation Confirm Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 19 2 Time Setting To change your ZyXEL Device s time and date click Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting The screen appears as shown Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time based on your local time zone Figure 161 System Time Setting Time Setting Current Time and Date Current Time 00 36 06 Current Date 2000 01 01 Time and Date Setup C Manual New Time hh mm ss p 50 5 New Date yyyy mm dd 000 hy E Get from Time Server Time Protocol Daytime RFC 867 Time Server Address 0 0 0 0 Time Zone Setup Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London Y IV Enable Daylight Savings Start Date First Sunday of January 2000 01 02 at fo o clock End Date First Sunday 7 of January 2000 01 02 at o o clock Cancel P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 249 Chapter 19 System The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 98 System Time Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Time and Date Current Time This field displays the time of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes
339. ound or outbound traffic between inside host networks and outside host networks Remember that filters can not distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address The firewall performs better than filtering if you need to check many rules Use the firewall if you need routine e mail reports about your system or need to be alerted when attacks occur The firewall can block specific URL traffic that might occur in the future The URL can be saved in an Access Control List ACL database 11 8 Triangle Route When the firewall is on your switch acts as a secure gateway between your LAN and the Internet In an ideal network topology all incoming and outgoing network traffic passes through the switch to protect your LAN against attacks Figure 109 Ideal Setup LAN 4 WAN EE put uhi nternet BA a 11 8 1 The Triangle Route Problem A traffic route is a path for sending or receiving data packets between two Ethernet devices Some companies have more than one route to one or more ISPs If the alternate gateway is on the LAN and it s IP address is in the same subnet the triangle route problem may occur The steps below describe the triangle route problem 1 A computer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending out a SYN packet to a receiving server on the WAN 2 The switch reroutes the SYN packet through Gateway A on the LAN to the WAN 3 The reply from the WAN go
340. ource or destination address from the Source or Destination Address box above and click Delete to remove it Services Available Selected Services Please see Section 12 8 on page 187 for more information on services available Highlight a service from the Available Services box on the left then click Add gt gt to add it to the Selected Services box on the right To remove a service highlight it in the Selected Services box on the right then click Remove Edit Customized Service Click the Edit Customized Services link to bring up the screen that you use to configure a new custom service that is not in the predefined list of services Schedule Day to Apply Select everyday or the day s of the week to apply the rule Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format Select All Day or enter the start and end times in the hour minute format to apply the rule Log Log Packet Detail This field determines if a log for packets that match the rule is created or not Go Administrator When Matched Information to the Log Settings page and select the Access Control logs category to have the ZyXEL Device record these logs Alert Send Alert Select the check box to have the ZyXEL Device generate an alert when the rule Message to is matched Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving P 660HW
341. ourtyard Eastern Road Bracknell Berkshire RG12 2XB United Kingdom UK P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Index Numerics 802 11 mode 137 A Access Point see AP action firewalls 177 activation Any IP 122 bandwidth control 71 91 210 content filtering 196 dynamic DNS 218 firewalls 177 MAC address filter 138 NAT 151 SIP ALG 151 static route 202 traffic redirect 113 UPnP 234 WLAN 130 WPS 145 admin password 46 56 248 Advanced Encryption Standard See AES AES 344 alerts 176 181 253 alternative subnet mask notation 327 antenna directional 347 gain 347 omni directional 347 anti probing 189 Any IP 37 119 activation 122 status 53 AP 127 AP access point 337 application based bandwidth control 205 application level firewalls 160 ATM QoS 105 ATM status 278 authentication 128 Index B backup configuration 273 backup WAN 112 metric 113 bandwidth control 37 205 activation 71 91 210 application based 205 budget 213 eMule 70 90 maximize bandwidth usage 207 210 example 207 monitor 214 predefined services 69 89 priorities 209 rules 211 scheduler 206 210 services 213 status 54 subnet based 205 VoIP 69 89 wizard 69 89 XBOX Live 70 90 Basic Service Set See BSS 335 BSS 335 C CA 342 cautions UPnP 233 CBR 101 Certificate Authority See CA certifications 373 notices 374 viewing 375 channel 127 130 337 interference 337 client list 123 configuration backup 273 factory defau
342. ow 10 Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window Verifying Settings 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt 2 Inthe Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also go to Start gt Control Panel gt Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab to view your IP address and connection information Mac OS X 10 3 and 10 4 The screens in this section are from Mac OS X 10 4 but can also apply to 10 3 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 1 Click Apple gt System Preferences Figure 190 Mac OS X 10 4 Apple Menu Qj Finder File Edit Vie About This Mac Software Update Mac OS X Software System Preferences Dock Location Recent Items Force Quit Sleep Restart Shut Down 2 Inthe System Preferences window click the Network icon Figure 191 Mac OS X 10 4 System Preferences eo System Preferences 4 Show All ral Personal gs LD w amp M E o Appearance Dashboard amp Desktop amp Dock International Security Expos Screen Saver Hardware he uu Q 9y Zz V CA Lm Bluetooth CDs amp DVDs Displays Energy Keyboard amp Print amp Fax Saver Mouse Internet amp Ne Mac QuickTime Sharing System L d i 74i 4i 00 Accounts Date amp Time Software Speech Startup Disk Universal U
343. p Figure 135 Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic DNS Service Provider wi DynDNS ORG Dynamic DNS Type Dynamic DNS 7 Host Name User Name Password Enable Wildcard Option Enable off line option Only applies to custom DNS IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Address C Dynamic DNS server auto detect IP Address C Use specified IP Address 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 87 Dynamic DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic Select this check box to use dynamic DNS DNS Service Provider This is the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider Dynamic DNS Select the type of service that you are registered for from your Dynamic DNS Type service provider Host Name Type the domain name assigned to your ZyXEL Device by your Dynamic DNS provider You can specify up to two host names in the field separated by a comma User Name Type your user name Password Type the password assigned to you Enable Wildcard Select the check box to enable DynDNS Wildcard Option Enable off line This option is available when Custom DNS is selected in the DDNS Type field option Check with your Dynamic DNS service provider to have traffic redirected to a URL that you can specify while you are off line IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Select th
344. p connection 99 104 NAT 37 100 147 148 332 activation 151 default server 154 example 148 full feature 151 global local 147 inside outside 147 mapping types 149 port forwarding 151 example 152 port numbers 152 setup 153 remote management 222 setup 150 SIP ALG 151 SUA 150 151 UPnP 233 VoIP 151 NetBIOS 122 network LAN 115 Any IP 119 122 client list 123 DHCP 116 122 DNS 116 IGMP 121 IP address 117 IP alias 124 126 MAC address 124 multicast 118 121 NetBIOS 122 RIP 118 121 TCP IP 121 NAT 100 147 148 activation 151 default server 154 example 148 full feature 151 global local 147 inside outside 147 mapping types 149 port forwarding 151 remote management 222 setup 150 SIP ALG 151 SUA 150 151 VoIP 151 WAN ATM QoS 105 backup 112 DSL link 113 encapsulation 97 103 ICMP 113 IGMP 105 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Index IP address 104 MBS 101 105 metric 100 MTU 106 multicast 105 multiplexing 98 nailed up connection 99 104 PCR 100 105 RIP 105 SCR 101 105 setup 102 traffic redirect 111 113 traffic shaping 100 VCI 99 104 virtual circuit 104 VPI 99 104 zero configuration 102 106 WLAN 127 802 11 mode 137 activation 130 AP 127 authentication 128 channel 127 130 encryption 129 fragmentation threshold 137 MAC address 128 preamble 137 push button 139 RTS CTS threshold 137 security 128 SSID 127 128 131 WEP 132 WPA 2 135 WPA 2 PSK 133 WPS 1
345. p the network since it is unconfigured and has no existing information P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 93 WPS Example Network Step 1 ENROLLEE REGISTRAR Ye mee i E lt gt N SECURITY INFO CLIENT 1 AP1 In step 2 you add another wireless client to the network You know that Client 1 supports registrar mode but it is better to use AP1 for the WPS handshake with the new client since you must connect to the access point anyway in order to use the network In this case AP1 must be the registrar since it is configured it already has security information for the network AP1 supplies the existing security information to Client 2 Figure 94 WPS Example Network Step 2 REGISTRAR EXISTING CONNECTION S CN UI CLIENT 1 6 AP1 o neo x N ye ENROLLEE 9 eee a N CLIENT 2 In step 3 you add another access point AP2 to your network AP2 is out of range of AP1 so you cannot use AP1 for the WPS handshake with the new access point However you know that Client 2 supports the registrar function so you use it to perform the WPS handshake instead P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 95 WPS Example Network Step 3 EXISTING CONNECTION EA i SS CLIENT 1 AP1 REGISTRAR i CLIENT 2 ENROLLEE c Rp Neo y i i AP2 9 4 5 Limitations of WPS WPS has some limitations of which you should be aware WPS works i
346. parameters 346 SSID 127 128 131 status 53 wizard 64 84 WPS 139 141 145 activation 145 adding stations 146 example 141 142 limitations 144 PIN configuration 139 145 146 push button 139 146 status 145 WPA 343 key caching 344 pre authentication 344 user authentication 344 vs WPA PSK 344 wireless client supplicant 345 with RADIUS application example 345 WPA 2 39 135 WPA 2 PSK 133 WPA2 343 user authentication 344 vs WPA2 PSK 344 wireless client supplicant 345 with RADIUS application example 345 WPA2 Pre Shared Key 343 WPA2 PSK 343 344 application example 345 WPA PSK 343 344 application example 345 WPS 139 141 145 activation 145 adding stations 146 example 141 142 limitations 144 PIN configuration 139 145 146 example 140 setup 140 push button 139 146 setup 139 status 145 WWW 223 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Index X XBOX Live 70 90 Z zero configuration 36 102 106 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Index P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide
347. pdate Access v Spotlight amp Sound 3 When the Network preferences pane opens select Built in Ethernet from the network connection type list and then click Configure P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 192 Mac OS X 10 4 Network Preferences eo Network 4 gt ShowAll Q 5 Location Automatic R Show Network Status d Built in Ethernet is currently active and has the IP address Built in Ethernet 10 0 1 2 You are connected to the Internet via Built in Ethernet 1 Internet Sharing is on and is using AirPort to share the 6 AirPort connection 1 m al Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now 4 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP from the Configure IPv4 list in the TCP IP tab Figure 193 Mac OS X 10 4 Network Preferences TCP IP Tab e eo Network lt gt Show all Q Location Automatic HJ Show Built in Ethernet Hj 1 PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet Configure IPv4 Using DHCP HJ IP Address 0 0 0 0 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask DHCP Client ID i B If required Router DNS Servers Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address Configure IPv6 1 id Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me 3 Apply Now 5 For statically assigned settings do the following From t
348. protocol filter set 3 256 40000019 ISP incoming protocol filter set 4 256 40000020 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 1 256 40000021 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 2 256 40000022 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 3 256 40000023 ISP outgoing protocol filter set 4 256 40000024 ISP PPPOE idle timeout 0 40000025 Route IP lt 0 No 1 1 Yes gt 40000026 Bridge lt 0 No 0 l Yes 40000027 ATM QoS Type O CBR 1 1 UBR gt 40000028 Peak Cell Rate PCR 0 40000029 Sustain Cell Rate SCR 0 40000030 Maximum Burst Size MBS 0 40000031 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Table 147 Menu 4 Internet Access Setup continued 40000032 RIP Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 40000033 Nailed up Connection lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt Table 148 Menu 12 Menu 12 1 1 IP Static Route Setup FI E PVA INPUT 20101001 IP Static Route set L Name Str 120101002 IP Static Route set L Active 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 20101003 IP Static Route set 1 Destination 0 0 0 0 IP address 20101004 IP Static Route set 1 Destination 0 IP subnetmask 20101005 IP Static Route set L Gateway 0 0 0 0 20101006 IP Static Route set 1
349. r LAN with the MAC address specified below The IP address should be within the range of IP addresses you specified in the DHCP Setup for the DHCP client MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer on your LAN Add Click Add to add a static DHCP entry This is the index number of the static IP table entry row Status This field displays whether the client is connected to the ZyXEL Device Host Name This field displays the computer host name IP Address This field displays the IP address relative to the field listed above MAC Address The MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address on a LAN Local Area Network is unique to your computer six pairs of hexadecimal notation A network interface card such as an Ethernet adapter has a hardwired address that is assigned at the factory This address follows an industry standard that ensures no other adapter has a similar address Reserve Select the check box es in each entry to have the ZyXEL Device always assign the selected entry ies s IP address es to the corresponding MAC address es and host name s You can select up to 32 entries in this table Modify Click the modify icon to have the IP address field editable and change it Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Refresh Click Refresh to reload the DHCP table 8 6 LAN IP Alias IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into d
350. r Set 1 Rule 1 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt 210101002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 210101003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule Protocol 6 210101004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Dest IP address 0 0 0 0 210101005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule Dest Subnet 0 Mask 210101006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule Dest Port 137 210101007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210101008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210101009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Subnet Mask 0 210101010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Port 0 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 367 Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Table 150 Menu 21 1 Filter Set 1 continued 210101011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210101013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210101014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop gt Menu 21 1 1 2 set 1 rule 2 FI FN PVA INPUT 210102001 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Type lt 2 TCP IP gt 2 210102002 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210102003 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Protocol 6 210102004 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest IP add
351. r frequency to send and receive information P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Every wireless client in the same wireless network must use security compatible with the AP Security stops unauthorized devices from using the wireless network It can also protect the information that is sent in the wireless network 9 2 Wireless Security Overview The following sections introduce different types of wireless security you can set up in the wireless network 9 2 1 SSID Normally the AP acts like a beacon and regularly broadcasts the SSID in the area You can hide the SSID instead in which case the AP does not broadcast the SSID In addition you should change the default SSID to something that is difficult to guess This type of security is fairly weak however because there are ways for unauthorized devices to get the SSID In addition unauthorized devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network 9 2 2 MAC Address Filter Every wireless client has a unique identification number called a MAC address A MAC address 1s usually written using twelve hexadecimal characters for example 00A0C5000002 or 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 To get the MAC address for each wireless client see the appropriate User s Guide or other documentation You can use the MAC address filter to tell the AP which wireless clients are allowed or not allowed to use the wireless network If a wireless client is allowed to u
352. ras wan tr069 informInterval 2400 TRO69 Informinterval 2400 ras wan tr069 active 1 ras wan tr069 save The following table gives a description of TR 069 commands Table 95 TR 069 Commands COMMAND OR ROOT SUBDIRECTO COMMAND DESCRIPTION RY wan tr069 All TR 069 related commands must be preceded by wan tr069 load Start configuring TR 069 on your ZyXEL Device active 0 no Enable disable TR 069 operation 1 yes acsUrl lt URL gt Set the IP address or domain name of CNM Access username Username used to authenticate the device when making a maxlength 15 connection to CNM Access This username is set up on the server and must be provided by the CNM Access administrator password Password used to authenticate the device when making a maxlength 15 connection to CNM Access This password is set up on the server and must be provided by the CNM Access administrator periodicEnable Whether or not the device must periodically send information to 0 Disable CNM Access It is recommended to set this value to 1 in order for l Enable the ZyXEL Device to send information to CNM Access informInterval The duration in seconds of the interval for which the device MUST sec attempt to connect with CNM Access to send information and check for configuration updates Enter a value between 30 and 2147483647 seconds save Save the TR 069 settings to your ZyXEL Device P 660H
353. re information Select Manually assign a WEP key to configure a WEP Key See Section 5 3 2 on page 87 for more information Select Disable wireless security to have no wireless LAN security configured and your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving The wireless stations and ZyXEL Device must use the same SSID channel ID and WEP encryption key if WEP is enabled WPA PSK if WPA PSK is enabled for wireless communication 4 This screen varies depending on the security mode you selected in the previous screen Fill in the field if available and click Next 5 3 1 Manually assign a WPA PSK key Choose Manually assign a WPA PSK key in the Wireless LAN setup screen to set up a Pre Shared Key Figure 57 Manually assign a WPA PSK key fa Wireless LAN Pre Shared Key 12345678 The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 28 Manually assign a WPA key LABEL DESCRIPTION Pre Shared Type from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters You can set up the most secure Key wireless connection by configuring WPA in the wireless LAN screens You need to configure an authentication server to do this Back Click Back to display the previous screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide
354. re the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 23 1 on page 281 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 23 Troubleshooting 2 Restart the ZyXEL Device 3 Ifthe problem continues contact your ISP 23 4 Reset the ZyXEL Device to Its Factory Defaults If you reset the ZyXEL Device you lose all of the changes you have made The ZyXEL Device re loads its default settings and the password resets to 1234 You have to make all of your changes again You will lose all of your changes when you push the RESET button To reset the ZyXEL Device 1 Make sure the POWER LED is on and not blinking 2 Press and hold the RESET button for five to ten seconds Release the RESET button when the POWER LED begins to blink The default settings have been restored If the ZyXEL Device restarts automatically wait for the ZyXEL Device to finish restarting and log in to the web configurator The admin password is 1234 If the ZyXEL Device does not restart automatically disconnect and reconnect the ZyXEL Device s power Then follow the directions above again P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Product Specifications This chapter gives details about your ZyXEL Device s hardware and firmware features 24 1 General ZyXEL Device Specifications The following tables summarize the ZyXEL Device s hardware and firmware features Table 125 Hardware Specifications SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION Dimension
355. re the ip arp ackGratuitous forceUpdate command e Use ip arp ackGratuitous forceUpdate on to have the ZyXEL Device update the MAC address in the ARP entry e Use ip arp ackGratuitous forceUpdate off to have the ZyXEL Device not update the MAC address in the ARP entry A backup gateway as in the following graphic is an example of when you might want to turn on the forced update for gratuitous ARP requests One day gateway A shuts down and the backup gateway B comes online using the same static IP address as gateway A Gateway B broadcasts a gratuitous ARP request to ask which host is using its IP address If ackGratuitous is on and set to force updates the ZyXEL Device receives the gratuitous ARP request and updates its ARP table This way the ZyXEL Device has a correct gateway ARP entry to forward packets through the backup gateway If ackGratuitous is off or not set to force updates the ZyXEL Device will not update the gateway ARP entry and cannot forward packets through gateway B 352 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix E Command Interpreter Figure 241 Backup Gateway LAN WAN Updating the ARP entries could increase the danger of spoofing attacks It is only recommended that you turn on ackGratuitous and force update if you need it like in the previous backup gateway example Turning on the force updates option is more dangerous than leaving it off because the ZyXEL Device updates the ARP table even when there is an ex
356. re you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 The Internet Assigned Number Authority LANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise You must also enable Network Address Translation NAT on the ZyXEL Device Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address for your ZyXEL Device that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet running only between two branch offices for examp
357. red Thus someone other than the authentication server may access the password file In addition it is possible to impersonate an authentication server as MDS authentication method does not perform mutual authentication Finally MD5 authentication method does not support data encryption with dynamic session key You must configure WEP encryption keys for data encryption EAP TLS Transport Layer Security With EAP TLS digital certifications are needed by both the server and the wireless clients for mutual authentication The server presents a certificate to the client After validating the identity of the server the client sends a different certificate to the server The exchange of certificates is done in the open before a secured tunnel is created This makes user identity vulnerable to passive attacks A digital certificate is an electronic ID card that authenticates the sender s identity However to implement EAP TLS you need a Certificate Authority CA to handle certificates which imposes a management overhead EAP TTLS Tunneled Transport Layer Service EAP TTLS is an extension of the EAP TLS authentication that uses certificates for only the server side authentications to establish a secure connection Client authentication is then done by sending username and password through the secure connection thus client identity is protected For client authentication EAP TTLS supports EAP methods and legacy authentication methods such as PAP
358. reen wait two minutes before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 166 Firmware Upload In Progress Firmware Upload In Progress Do not Turn Off the Device Please Wait Please wait for the device to finish restarting PWR LED is on steady This should take about two minutes To access the device after a successful firmware upload you need to log in again Check your new firmware version in the system status menu The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 167 Network Temporarily Disconnected E Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged After two minutes log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Firmware screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 21 Tools Figure 168 Error Message System Upload Firmware upload error The uploaded file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid upgrade file Click Help for more information Return 21 2 Configuration Screen Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Information related to factory defaults backup configuration and restoring configuration appears as shown
359. res allows wireless clients access to your network resources The ZyXEL Device provides protection from attacks by Internet hackers By default the firewall blocks all incoming traffic from the WAN The firewall supports TCP UDP inspection and DoS Denial of Services detection and prevention as well as real time alerts reports and logs Figure 1 Protected Internet Access Applications WLAN El ies m 2 Gan m m T Internet Nees ems n LAN E m d 1 6 2 LAN to LAN Application You can use the ZyXEL Device to connect two geographically dispersed networks over the ADSL line A typical LAN to LAN application example is shown as follows Figure 2 LAN to LAN Application Example LAN my uu m ye o zm 4x w AD T lt SN ATM w P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 7 LEDs Figure 3 LEDs i P 600 series C ETHERNET wps WLAN DSL INTERNET C Table 3 LEDs LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION POWER Green On The ZyXEL Device is receiving power and functioning properly Blinking The ZyXEL Device is booting or performing diagnostics Red On Power to the ZyXEL Device is too low Off The system is not ready or has malfunctioned ETHERNET Green On The ZyXEL De
360. ress 0 0 0 0 210102005 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Subnet 0 Mask 210102006 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Port 138 210102007 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Dest Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 1 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210102008 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src IP address 0 0 0 0 210102009 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Subnet Mask 0 210102010 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Port 0 210102011 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Src Port Comp lt 0 none 1 equal 0 2 not equal 3 less 4 greater gt 210102013 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Act Match lt 1 check 3 next 2 forward 3 drop gt 210102014 IP Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Act Not Match lt 1 check 1 next 2 forward 3 drop gt Table 151 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 Menu 21 1 filter set 2 FIN FN PVA INPUT 210200001 Filter Set 2 Nam Str NetBIOS WAN Menu 21 1 2 1 Filter set 2 rule 1 FIN FN PVA INPUT P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Table 151 Menu 21 1 Filer Set 2 continued 210201001 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Type 0 none 2 TCP 2 IP 210201002 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Active lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 210201003 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Protocol 6 210201004 IP Filter Set 2 Rule 1 Dest IP 0 0 0 0 address 210201
361. rnet Configuration Intern zard are Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Q Yes No 3 3 Wireless Connection Wizard Setup After you configure the Internet access information use the following screens to set up your wireless LAN 1 Select Yes and click Next to configure wireless settings Otherwise select No and skip to Step 6 Figure 30 Connection Test Successful STE STEP f Internet Configuration nternet now nfiguration is complete Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes 9 No 2 Use this screen to activate the wireless LAN and OTIST Click Next to continue P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 31 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 STEP 1 STEP2 f Wireless LAN active Uncheck this option if you like do deactivate your wire network lt Back JI Next gt J Exit The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 14 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to turn on the wireless LAN Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 3 Configure your wireless settings in this screen Click Next Figure 32 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 f Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL G your network a name You will search f
362. ro tpe Ie tasa a rr Dep pe er pter sE 78 PIU 45 Auto Detection i i o NIRE 79 Figure 46 Aub Debt ion FF RPGE snno aa CR Pr REERER DC EF ERRXD NE nue a em 79 Figure 47 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters ccccccsssseccceceeessececeeeeseececenesseceeeeneneees 80 Figure 48 Internet Connection with PPPOE 12 2 2 orte terea ooh ee te eoo pu dein nra Fonda nar MR ERR RIA dk aia R 81 Figure 49 Internet Connection with REG T1483 1 icecc esiciic enne e rere e ctetu aee p Idea prr E i 81 Figure 50 Internet Connection with ENET ENGAP sesiet riiin nia A 82 Figure 31 Internet Connection with PPPOA uscire EF EE REE PE REEERE PURI rb ERN e ER EUR ERREUR bene DA E RPEPTOPRERAUE DA 83 Figure 52 Connection Test Falled T 1 sseotr entree rer irse perd Fen eo seti deua rd v vs o Ed Ero andi deae a pr pub 0d 83 Figura 53 Connection Test Falled 2 3a donated itp iade Kn d bI tioni eK dA LP AI REM 84 Figure 54 Connection Test SuccessiUl asssscaeusiebutinge itio d unas p Pra Hielo n Rr EU ae REP OR ERRFUL RS PR EU v GE RAP IUE 84 Figure 55 Wireless LAM Setup Wizard T isseet ssssescetim ea brise pe LASS er PEG FEAR HA ESSE E PROASS M RpEKIS 85 Figure 56 Wireless LAM Setup Wizard 2 is cosets saber ete epp EE rx FR EUR Lu REA TI E EX ARI c LECKER RPE AR ERR P KR anaes 85 Figure 57 Manually assign a WPA PSK Kay 1e ciencias ket cic eben bv eere v rab bL anana nance 86 Figure 58 Manually assign a WEP KOy auitesdiiteniiniebrtba aset o Frei ale ados Dre a Erde ER PLZ
363. rom a remote location via Internet WAN only ALL LAN and WAN LAN only Neither Disable BS When you choose WAN only or LAN amp WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access To disable remote management of a service select Disable in the corresponding Access Status field You may only have one remote management session running at a time The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a remote management session of lower priority when another remote management session of higher priority starts The priorities for the different types of remote management sessions are as follows 1 Telnet 2 HTTP P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 221 Chapter 17 Remote Management Configuration 17 1 1 Remote Management Limitations Remote management over LAN or WAN will not work when You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens The IP address in the Secured Client IP field does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the session immediately There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority running You may only have one remote management session running at one time There is a firewall rule that blocks it 17 1 2 Remote Management and NAT When NAT is enabled Usethe ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN Usethe ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address when configuring
364. roperties J Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks 7 The Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties window opens P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 189 Windows Vista Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties 9 x General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings sess voseuuescooncusasonecestevensecdsceeneseseosecsssnccseucsescanseuenselee 5 Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the Following DNS server addresses Advanced 9 ees 8 Select Obtain an IP address automatically if your network administrator or ISP assigns your IP address dynamically Select Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields if you have a static IP address that was assigned to you by your network administrator or ISP You may also have to enter a Preferred DNS server and an Alternate DNS server if that information was provided Click Advanced 9 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties wind
365. rresponding destination or source IP address Destination Address Enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation Destination Subnet Netmask Enter the destination subnet mask This field is N A if you do not specify a Destination Address Refer to the appendices for more information on IP subnetting Destination Port Enter the port number of the destination See Table 86 on page 214 for some common services and port numbers A blank destination IP address means any destination IP address Source Address Enter the source IP address in dotted decimal notation A blank source IP address means any source IP address Source Subnet Enter the destination subnet mask This field is N A if you do not specify a Netmask Source Address Refer to the appendices for more information on IP subnetting A blank source port means any source port number Source Port Enter the port number of the source See Table 86 on page 214 for some common services and port numbers Protocol Select the protocol TCP or UDP or select User defined and enter the protocol service type number 0 means any protocol number Back Click Back to go to the previous screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide EJ Chapter 15 Bandwidth Management Table 85 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Cli
366. rt port number here and the end port number in the End Port field End Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the Start Port field above and then enter it again in this field To forward a series of ports enter the last port number in a series that begins with the port number in the Start Port field above Server IP Enter the inside IP address of the server here Address Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide PART IV Security Firewalls 159 Firewall Configuration 173 Content Filtering 195 Firewalls This chapter gives some background information on firewalls and introduces the ZyXEL Device firewall 11 1 Firewall Overview Originally the term firewall referred to a construction technique designed to prevent the spread of fire from one room to another The networking term firewall is a system or group of systems that enforces an access control policy between two networks It may also be defined as a mechanism used to protect a trusted network from an untrusted network Of course firewalls cannot solve every security problem A firewall is one of the mechanisms used to establish a network security perim
367. ry expensive for obvious reasons P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Do not specify a nailed up connection unless your telephone company offers flat rate service or you need a constant connection and the cost is of no concern 7 1 7 NAT NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 7 2 Metric The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost The metric sets the priority for the ZyXEL Device s routes to the Internet If any two of the default routes have the same metric the ZyXEL Device uses the following pre defined priorities Normal route designated by the ISP see Section 7 5 on page 102 Traffic redirect route see Section 7 7 on page 111 WAN backup route also called dial backup see Section 7 8 on page 112 For example if the normal route has a metric of 1 and the traffic redirect route has a metric of 2 and dial backup route has a metric of 3 then the normal rou
368. ry plug used for wall mounting All measurements are in millimeters mm Figure 177 Masonry Plug and M4 Tap Screw 4 22 0 1 6 0 1 0 30 0 2 0 30 0 2 0 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 24 Product Specifications P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide PART VIII Appendices and Index The appendices provide general information Some details may not apply to your ZyXEL Device Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address 293 Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 317 IP Addresses and Subnetting 325 Wireless LANs 335 NetBIOS Filter Commands 355 Internal SPTGEN 357 Legal Information 373 Customer Support 377 Index 383 Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Your specific ZyXEL device may not support all of the operating systems described in this appendix See the product specifications for more information about which operating systems are supported This appendix shows you how to configure the IP settings on your computer in order for it to be able to communicate with the other devices on your network Windows Vista XP 2000 Mac OS 9 OS X and all versions of UNIX LINUX include the software components you need to use TCP IP on your computer If you manually assign IP information instead of using a dynamic IP make sure that your network s computers have IP addresses that place them in the same subnet In this appendix you can set up an IP addre
369. s 17 6 1 Supported MIBs The ZyXEL Device supports MIB II that is defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1215 The focus of the MIBs is to let administrators collect statistical data and monitor status and performance P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 17 Remote Management Configuration 17 6 2 SNMP Traps The ZyXEL Device will send traps to the SNMP manager when any one of the following events occurs Table 91 SNMP Traps TRAP TRAP NAME DESCRIPTION 0 coldStart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting power on 1 warmstart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting software reboot 6 whyReboot defined in ZYXEL A trap is sent with the reason of restart before MIB rebooting when the system is going to restart warm start 6a For intentional reboot A trap is sent with the message System reboot by user if reboot is done intentionally for example download new files CI command sys reboot etc 6b For fatal error A trap is sent with the message of the fatal code if the system reboots because of fatal errors 17 6 3 Configuring SNMP To change your ZyXEL Device s SNMP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP The screen appears as shown Figure 141 Remote Management SNMP SNMP SNMP Port 161 Access Status Disable Secured Client IP Gal C selected 0 0 0 0 SNMP Configuration Get Community public Set Community pu
370. s ICMP or the ICMP packets are out of order Router reply ICMP packet ICMP The router sent an ICMP reply packet to the sender Table 107 CDR Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION board d line d channel d The router received the setup requirements for a call call is call d s C01 Outgoing Call the reference count number of the call dev is the device type 3 is for dial up 6 is for PPPoE 10 is for PPTP channel or ch is the call channel ID For example board 0 line O channel 0 call 3 C01 Outgoing Call dev 6 ch 0 Means the router has dialed to the PPPoE server 3 times dev x ch Sx s board d line d channel d The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call is connected call d s C02 OutCall Connected d s board d line d channel d The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call was disconnected call d s CO2 Call Terminated Table 108 PPP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Starting The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage has started ppp LCP Opening The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is opening ppp CHAP Opening The PPP connection s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol stage is opening ppp IPCP The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is starting Starting ppp IPCP Opening The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is opening Ppp LCP Closing The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is cl
371. s W x D x H 180 x 128 x 36 mm Power Specification 12V DC 1A Built in Switch Four auto negotiating auto MDI MDI X 10 100 Mbps RJ 45 Ethernet ports Operating Temperature 0 C 40 C Storage Temperature 20 60 C Operating Humidity 20 90 RH Storage Humidity 20 90 RH Distance separating the wall mounting holes centre to centre 108 mm Recommended screw size for wall mounting M4 Tap Screw see Section 24 2 1 on page 289 Table 126 Firmware Specifications FEATURE DESCRIPTION Default IP Address 192 168 1 1 Default Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 24 bits Default Admin Password 1234 Default User Password user DHCP Pool 192 168 1 33 to 192 168 1 64 Device Management Use the web configurator to easily configure the rich range of features on the ZyXEL Device P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 24 Product Specifications Table 126 Firmware Specifications FEATURE DESCRIPTION ADSL Standards Multi Mode standard ANSI T1 413 lssue 2 Gdmt G 992 1 G lite G992 2 EOC in ITU T G992 2 ADSL2 G dmt bis G 992 3 ADSL2 Glite bis G 992 4 ADSL2 G 992 5 Extended Reach ADSL ER ADSL SRA Seamless Rate Adaptation Auto negotiating rate adaptation ADSL physical connection ATM AAL5 ATM Adaptation Layer type 5 Multi protocol over AAL5 RFC2684 1483 PPP over ATM AAL5 RFC 2364 PPP over Et
372. s the log s syslog class The definition of messages and notes are defined in the various log charts throughout this i d appendix The devID is the last three characters of the numbers gt cat lt category gt MAC address of the router s LAN port The cat is the same as the category in the router s logs dst lt dstIP dstPort gt msg lt msg gt note lt note gt devID lt mac address last three The following table shows RFC 2408 ISAKMP payload types that the log displays Please refer to the RFC for detailed information on each type Table 120 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types LOG DISPLAY PAYLOAD TYPE SA Security Association PROP Proposal TRANS Transform KE Key Exchange ID Identification CER Certificate CER_REQ Certificate Request HASH Hash SIG Signature NONCE Nonce NOTFY Notification DEL Delete VID Vendor ID 270 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Tools This chapter describes how to upload new firmware manage configuration and restart your ZyXEL Device 21 1 Firmware Upgrade Find firmware at www zyxel com in a file that usually uses the system model name with a bin extension for example ZyXEL Device bin The upload process uses HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol and may take up to two minutes After a successful upload the system will reboot Only use firmware for your device s specific model Re
373. s before you begin this test The ZyXEL Device sends an OAM F5 packet to the DSLAM ATM switch and then returns it loops it back to the ZyXEL Device The ATM loopback test is useful for troubleshooting problems with the DSLAM and ATM network DSL Line Status Click this button to view the DSL port s line operating values and line bit allocation Reset ADSL Line Click this button to reinitialize the ADSL line The large text box above then displays the progress and results of this operation for example Start to reset ADSL Loading ADSL modem F W Reset ADSL Line Successfully Capture All Logs Click this button to display all logs generated with the DSL line 278 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide PART VII Troubleshooting and Specifications bleshooting 281 pecifications 285 Troubleshooting This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter The potential problems are divided into the following categories Power Hardware Connections and LEDs ZyXEL Device Access and Login nternet Access Reset the ZyXEL Device to Its Factory Defaults 23 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDs e The ZyXEL Device does not turn on None of the LEDs turn on 1 Make sure the ZyXEL Device is turned on Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the ZyXEL Device 3 Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the ZyXE
374. s for other Internet Explorer versions may vary Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers You may have to disable pop up blocking to log into your device Either disable pop up blocking enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 or allow pop up blocking and create an exception for your device s IP address Disable Pop up Blockers 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Pop up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop up Blocker Figure 216 Pop up Blocker Mail and News Pop up Blocker urn Off Pop up Blocker Manage Add ons Pop up Blocker Setting Synchronize f windows Update Windows Messenger Internet Options You can also check if pop up blocking is disabled in the Pop up Blocker section in the Privacy tab 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options Privacy P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 31 7 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 2 Clear the Block pop ups check box in the Pop up Blocker section of the screen This disables any web pop up blockers you may have enabled Figure 217 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet gt zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable information without your
375. s screen Table 76 Static Route Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active This field allows you to activate deactivate this static route Route Name Enter the name of the IP static route Leave this field blank to delete this static route Destination IP Address This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number If you need to specify a route to a single host use a subnet mask of 255 255 255 255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host ID IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask here Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same Address network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 14 Static Route P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Bandwidth Management This chapter contains information about configuring bandwidth management editing rules and viewing the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth management logs 15 1 Bandwidth Management Overview ZyXEL s Bandwidth Management allows you to specify bandwidth management rules based on an application and or subnet You can
376. s to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 5 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 51 Internet Connection with PPPoA ffi Internet Configuration Please enter the User Name and P ord given to you by your Internet Service Provider here User Name Password Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 25 Internet Connection with PPPoA LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the login name that your ISP gives you Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Ifthe user name and or password you entered for PPPoE or PPPoA connection are not correct the screen displays as shown next Click Back to Username and Password setup to go back to the screen where you can modify them Figure 52 Connection Test Failed 1 fii Internet Configuration Your login username and password are wrong Back to Username and Password setup Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes No Ifthe following screen displays check
377. s used with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation It also provides a fixed amount of bandwidth a PCR is specified but is only available when data is being sent An example of an VBR RT connection would be video conferencing Video conferencing requires real time data transfers and the bandwidth requirement varies in proportion to the video image s changing dynamics P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup The VBR nRT non real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation It is commonly used for bursty traffic typical on LANs PCR and MBS define the burst levels SCR defines the minimum level An example of an VBR nRT connection would be non time sensitive data file transfers 7 3 1 3 Unspecified Bit Rate UBR The Unspecified Bit Rate UBR ATM traffic class is for bursty data transfers However UBR doesn t guarantee any bandwidth and only delivers traffic when the network has spare bandwidth An example application is background file transfer 7 4 Zero Configuration Internet Access Once you turn on and connect the ZyXEL Device to a telephone jack it automatically detects the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and makes the necessary configuration changes In cases where additional account information such as an Internet account user nam
378. s with a connection to the Internet Their goal is not to steal information but to disable a device or network so users no longer have access to network resources The ZyXEL Device is pre configured to automatically detect and thwart all known DoS attacks 11 4 1 Basics Computers share information over the Internet using a common language called TCP IP TCP IP in turn is a set of application protocols that perform specific functions An extension number called the TCP port or UDP port identifies these protocols such as HTTP Web FTP File Transfer Protocol POP3 E mail etc For example Web traffic by default uses TCP port 80 When computers communicate on the Internet they are using the client server model where the server listens on a specific TCP UDP port for information requests from remote client computers on the network For example a Web server typically listens on port 80 Please note that while a computer may be intended for use over a single port such as Web on port 80 other ports are also active If the person configuring or managing the computer is not careful a hacker could attack it over an unprotected port Some of the most common IP ports are Table 60 Common IP Ports 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 11 Firewalls 11 4 2 Types of DoS Attacks There are four types of DoS attacks 1 Those that exploit bugs in a
379. s zyxel com Sales Telephone 1 714 632 0882 Fax 1 714 632 0858 Web www zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Inc 1130 N Miller St Anaheim CA 92806 2001 U S A Norway Support E mail support zyxel no Sales E mail sales zyxel no Telephone 47 22 80 61 80 Fax 47 22 80 61 81 Web www zyxel no Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Nils Hansens vei 13 0667 Oslo Norway Poland E mail info pl zyxel com Telephone 48 22 333 8250 Fax 48 22 333 8251 Web www pl zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications ul Okrzei 1A 03 715 Warszawa Poland Russia Support http zyxel ru support Sales E mail sales zyxel ru Telephone 7 095 542 89 29 Fax 7 095 542 89 25 Web www zyxel ru Regular Mail ZyXEL Russia Ostrovityanova 37a Str Moscow 117279 Russia P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix Customer Support Singapore Support E mail support zyxel com sg Sales E mail sales zyxel com sg Telephone 65 6899 6678 Fax 65 6899 8887 Web http www zyxel com sg Regular Mail ZyXEL Singapore Pte Ltd No 2 International Business Park The Strategy 03 28 Singapore 609930 Support E mail support zyxel es Sales E mail sales zyxel es Telephone 34 902 195 420 Fax 34 913 005 345 Web www zyxel es Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Arte 21 5 planta 28033 Madrid Spain Sweden Support E mail support zyxel se Sales E mail sales zyxel se
380. sabled if you have either a dynamic or static IP However the encapsulation method assigned influences your choices for IP address and ENET ENCAP gateway 7 1 5 1 IP Assignment with PPPoA or PPPoE Encapsulation If you have a dynamic IP then the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields are not applicable N A If you have a static IP then you only need to fill in the IP Address field and not the ENET ENCAP Gateway field 7 1 5 2 IP Assignment with RFC 1483 Encapsulation In this case the IP Address Assignment must be static with the same requirements for the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields as stated above 7 1 5 3 IP Assignment with ENET ENCAP Encapsulation In this case you can have either a static or dynamic IP For a static IP you must fill in all the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields as supplied by your ISP However for a dynamic IP the ZyXEL Device acts as a DHCP client on the WAN port and so the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields are not applicable N A as the DHCP server assigns them to the ZyXEL Device 7 1 6 Nailed Up Connection PPP A nailed up connection is a dial up line where the connection is always up regardless of traffic demand The ZyXEL Device does two things when you specify a nailed up connection The first is that idle timeout is disabled The second is that the ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection when turned on and whenever the connection 1s down A nailed up connection can be ve
381. sages for both stations RTS CTS is designed to prevent collisions due to hidden nodes An RTS CTS defines the biggest size data frame you can send before an RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake is invoked When a data frame exceeds the RTS CTS value you set between 0 to 2432 bytes the station that wants to transmit this frame must first send an RTS Request To Send message to the AP for permission to send it The AP then responds with a CTS Clear to Send message to all other stations within its range to notify them to defer their transmission It also reserves and confirms with the requesting station the time frame for the requested transmission Stations can send frames smaller than the specified RTS CTS directly to the AP without the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake You should only configure RTS CTS if the possibility of hidden nodes exists on your network and the cost of resending large frames is more than the extra network overhead involved in the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake Ifthe RTS CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value see next then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Enabling the RTS Threshold causes redundant network overhead that could negatively affect the throughput performance instead of providing a remedy Fragmentation Threshold
382. se the wireless network it still has to have the correct settings SSID channel and security If a wireless client is not allowed to use the wireless network it does not matter if it has the correct settings This type of security does not protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized devices to get the MAC address of an authorized wireless client Then they can use that MAC address to use the wireless network 9 2 3 User Authentication Authentication is the process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network You can make every user log in to the wireless network before they can use it This is called user authentication However every wireless client in the wireless network has to support IEEE 802 1x to do this For wireless networks there are two typical places to store the user names and passwords for each user e n the AP this feature is called a local user database or a local database 1 Some wireless devices such as scanners can detect wireless networks but cannot use wireless networks These kinds of wireless devices might not have MAC addresses 2 Hexadecimal characters are 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E and F P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Ina RADIUS server this is a server used in businesses more than in homes If your AP does not provide a local user database and if you
383. select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE Multiplexing Select the multiplexing method used by your ISP from the Multiplex drop down list box either VC based or LLC based Virtual Circuit VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit ID Refer to the appendix for more information VPI Enter the VPI assigned to you This field may already be configured VCI Enter the VCI assigned to you This field may already be configured Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen The next wizard screen you see depends on what protocol you chose above Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 2 The next wizard screen varies depending on what mode and encapsulation type you use All screens shown are with routing mode Configure the fields and click Next to continue See Section 5 3 on page 84 for wireless connection wizard setup P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 5 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 48 Internet Connection with PPPoE STEP A STEP 2 ffi Internet Configuration y your Internet ce Provider here If User Name Password Service Name optional Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP
384. sevieunectuervenscereevvesuecssevveuucessiaiueuesieruneestevvenes 221 17 1 1 Remote Management Limitations iccacssicisccssecsseessnesadeanocasaessseodeseeipooassacsantades 222 171 2 Remote Mahagement and NAT ccisnesnsivtecetscanseenis area animes 222 11 SySiem TINEO A 222 MEA ETOO eT 222 Waa TOE deter 223 TFA IGPU Telel 2 5 rush rtl bo dome ade a vi c n RO cule 223 Ec MTNA E ERU asses is fates tapas iit andr avin pa eae manm vendu Teu oed sot edd en ct edm esae itd 224 TAE SNMP caus a 225 TO T Spree D e 226 TOZ SNUP TAPE ROOTED TUER 227 170 Conigunng SNMP gee C B Gw n X 227 TF COGBRBRORUDBIE DNS ani E A tapped emits 228 Te COTO ION deeem 229 NE TPAD i AN ARAA 230 Chapter 18 Universal Plug and Play UPMP ccscessssserssscessoasssccasstoncsseresesstanssetenascsessnensontassscnssesass 233 18 7 Introducig Universal Plug and Play sicdcssaveicaniersiaicccrtedsutessaleisscciasviadectitebenaabeeenentes 233 18 1 1 How do know if li using UPA 1 iccuis caeteri tocan tti treat daa eh bes aet trn Rp ERES 233 pEORECALESWEIEOS NER ET TT 233 jb essc UIN aer m 233 T8 2 UPRP apnd SUNEL o cebat D om px opta le dub cc ot EE 234 19 2 T Conigunmmg UPAP 122i teoddeaco spud a added seta baies aaonte tis 234 18 3 Installing UPnP in Windows EXSITIDIG 12 eai iie rr tutae rrt ttu epit tt pepe tnu ni saept
385. ss for Windows XP NT 2000 on page 293 Windows Vista on page 296 Mac OS X 10 3 and 10 4 on page 300 Mac OS X 10 5 on page 304 Linux Ubuntu 8 GNOME on page 307 Linux openSUSE 10 3 KDE on page 310 Windows XP NT 2000 The following example uses the default Windows XP display theme but can also apply to Windows 2000 and Windows NT 1 Click Start gt Control Panel P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 178 Windows XP Start Menu e Internet Explorer 7 My Documents 3 Outlook Express V Paint 2 My Recent Documents gt re i My Pictures Files and Settings Transfer W c D z BY Command Prompt c My Music E Acrobat Reader 4 0 My Computer Tour Windows xP Wl Windows Movie Maker tg Printers and Faxes Q9 Help and Support All Programs gt 177 Run B Log Off Io Turn Off Computer untitled Paint 2 Inthe Control Panel click the Network Connections icon Figure 179 Windows XP Control Panel amp Control Panel File Address Edit View Favorites Tools Help d x Search E Folders ii G Control Panel Vg Control Panel A Qe Switch to Category view See Also Game Controllers Ab Windows Update 3 Right click Local Area Connection and then select Properties Figure 180 Windows XP Control Panel gt Network Connections gt Properties ocal Ar
386. ssssss 243 Figure Tol System General SEDES sessar ien ine dax cond L a a pt dg Fa Dd ic pt qut dd 248 Figure TOT oy aed IMME SENO 2usiebsccncivtelxise n iere ev tue epp br uta bv tus i tete reme Geb ape ae Sr e eren Edd ea d 249 Figuro TOZ View LOD e 254 Foue KoL C ONOS aaa EE E E EEDA 255 Fone CI Emal Log ecijec e m 257 xs E 1x28 5M 271 Figure 166 Firmware Upload In PrGgrGBS Luisa neta rir ka t Ema ed gk Na E dc a 272 Figure 167 Network Temporarily DISCOlIIWBOLGQ siscsicccssstsesacssissesacesssansie tone tap rema teer Iu reeniris 272 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide List of Figures Figure ToS Eror NOSIE aoicensi Habt added qt aged aaa oec td a EE ra RR abd gata Kat Sf 273 Pees Tt Oe USM NT Np TT 273 Figure 170 Configuration Restore Successful uisi aski ssacasdestianccdvet sanoen ea 274 Figure Tr 1 Jemperatily Disconnected acaxs shay sere faoc daga e uda aae dander tens das ze EU a du Re E en RR RR aad se 274 Figure 172 Coniiguralion Restores ENOI casusestnteese sn ep ct alan blue esser Dia N 275 Figure T73 Restant SUFGO auisetesaesessesssapsccubbt ess teubue akin E A E E Raa 275 Figure 174 Diagnostic Ganeral eM 277 ESI AERA CIC EE MN qc eM 278 Figure 179 VOIE EXSIBI oss ado b bti sand OU tr dod pde d n d RC t Rd 289 Figure 177 Masonry Plug and M4 Tap Screw Leisten erra kr ena ac kn rd ga kn a Ee an a n 289 Figure 178 Windows ipso qus p 294 Figure 179 Windows X
387. sta Network and Sharing Center File Edit View Tools Help Tasks View computers and devices Connect to a network ranna tian nr network Manage network connections Diagnose ana repair Qu Network amp nd Internet Network and Sharing Center Network and Sharing Center Ws i TWPC99111 This computer Internet a gt Not connected 5 Right click Local Area Connection and then select Properties Figure 187 Windows Vista Network and Sharing Center LAN or High Greed Internet D Collapse group Lef t Mu Loca A ok x 7 2 W iwq Expand all groups Inte Collapse all groups Disable Status Diagnose Bridge Connections Create Shortcut Delete Rename During this procedure click Continue whenever Windows displays a screen saying that it needs your permission to continue 6 Select Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 and then select Properties P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 188 Windows Vista Local Area Connection Properties Networking Connect using EP Intel R PRO 1000 MT Desktop Connection This connection uses the following items M o Client for Microsoft Networks vi d Network Monitor3 Driver ivi 5 File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks M Discovery Mapper 1 0 Driver M Link Layer Topology Discovery Responder a gt Uninstall P
388. starts 2 4 Navigating the Web Configurator 2 4 1 Navigation Panel After you enter the admin password use the sub menus on the navigation panel to configure ZyXEL Device features The following table describes the sub menus Figure 11 Web Configurator Main Screen Refresh Interval None S Appfy Device Information Click the Logout icon at any time Host Name P660HW TX Syste Model Number P 660HW T1 v3 Current to exit the web configurator MAC Address 00 13 49 36 27 14 Syste ZyNOS Firmware Version V3 40 BJH 0 b2 10 14 2008 CPU Usage 17 10 con DMTFwVer 3 112 61 A TC Memory Usage a sx DSL Firmware Version HwVer T14F7_5 0 WAN Information IP Address 0 0 0 0 pea Ek 0 0 0 0 Use tho LL E mmnm i DSL submenus aa to configure 192 165 1 1 LAN up 100M Full Duplex AR L as ares sae WLAN Active 54M evice features PER 6 Disabled Down 0 kbps 0 kbps Security Firewall Enabled Content Filter Disabled AnyIP Table WLAN Status Bandwidth Status Packet Statistics P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 4 Web Configurator Screens Summary LINK ICON SUB LINK FUNCTION Wizard INTERNET Use these screens for initial configuration including general WIRELESS setup ISP parameters for Internet A
389. stations that are currently associated to the ZyXEL Device Figure 14 Status WLAN Status 1 Wireless LAN Association List 00 ac c5 01 23 45 1i Refresh P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 7 Status WLAN Status LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of an associated wireless station MAC Address This field displays the MAC Media Access Control address of an associated wireless station Association This field displays the time a wireless station first associated with the ZyXEL Device Time Refresh Click Refresh to reload this screen 2 4 5 Status Bandwidth Status Click the Bandwidth Status hyperlink in the Status screen Select an interface from the drop down list box to view the bandwidth usage of its bandwidth rules The gray section of the bar represents the percentage of unused bandwidth and the blue color represents the percentage of bandwidth in use Figure 15 Status Bandwidth Status Monitor LAN To LAN Interface s I NetMeeting H 323 a i 0 kbps VoIP H 323 mmi 0 kbps 2 4 6 Status Packet Statistics Click the Packet Statistics hyperlink in the Status screen Read only information here includes port status and packet specific statistics Also provided are system up time and poll interval s Th
390. t otherwise the ZyXEL Device uses long preamble LES The wireless devices MUST use the same preamble mode in order to communicate IEEE 802 11g Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard This means an IEEE 802 11b adapter can interface directly with an IEEE 802 11g access point and vice versa at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range IEEE 802 11g has several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates The IEEE 802 11g data rate and modulation are as follows Table 139 IEEE 802 11g DATA RATE MBPS MODULATION 1 DBPSK Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed 2 DQPSK Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying 5 5111 CCK Complementary Code Keying 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Wireless Security Overview Wireless security is vital to your network to protect wireless communication between wireless clients access points and the wired network P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs BS Wireless security methods available on the ZyXEL Device are data encryption wireless client authentication restricting access by device MAC address and hiding the ZyXEL Device identity The following figure shows the relative effectiveness of these wireless security methods available on your ZyXEL Device Table 140 Wireless Security Levels SECURITY LEVEL SECURITY TYPE Least Un
391. t 2 1 12 256 30200015 IP Policies Set 3 1 12 256 30200016 IP Policies Set 4 1 12 256 Menu 3 2 1 IP Alias Setup FIN F PVA INPUT 30201001 IP Alias 1 lt 0 No 0 1 Yes gt 30201002 IP Address 0 0 0 0 30201003 IP Subnet Mask 0 30201004 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30201005 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30201006 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 1 30201007 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 2 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Table 146 Menu 3 30201008 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201009 IP Alias 1 Incoming protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201010 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 30201011 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 2 30201012 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 3 30201013 IP Alias 1 Outgoing protocol filters 256 Set 4 30201014 IP Alias 2 lt O No 1 Yes gt 0 30201015 IP Address 0 0 0 0 30201016 IP Subnet Mask 0 30201017 RIP Direction lt 0 None 0 1 Both 2 In Only 3 Out Only 30201018 Version O Rip 1 0 1 Rip 2B 2 Rip 2M gt 30201019 IP Alias 2 Incoming protocol
392. t Transfer Protocol HTTP a client server protocol for the World Wide Web The Web is not synonymous with the Internet rather it is just one service on the Internet Other services on the Internet include Internet Relay Chat and Newsgroups The Web is accessed through use of a browser XBOX Live This is Microsoft s online gaming service that lets you play multiplayer Xbox games on the Internet via broadband technology Xbox Live uses port 3074 eMule This program uses advanced file sharing applications relying on central servers to search for files eMule uses default port 4662 4 3 Bandwidth Management Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the admin password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon in the top right corner of the web configurator to display the wizard main screen Figure 37 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you need to make basic configuration changes Use Advanced mode if you need access n moe advanced festurey fet included in Wizard mode P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard 2 Click BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT SETUP to configure the system for Internet access and wireless connec
393. t access PPPoE This feature is available when you select PPPoE encapsulation Passthrough In addition to the ZyXEL Device s built in PPPoE client you can enable PPPoE pass through to allow up to ten hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their computers to connect to the ISP via the ZyXEL Device Each host can have a separate account and a public WAN IP address PPPoE pass through is an alternative to NAT for application where NAT is not appropriate Disable PPPoE pass through if you do not need to allow hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their computers to connect to the ISP MTU MTU The Maximum Transmission Unit MTU defines the size of the largest packet allowed on an interface or connection Enter the MTU in this field For ENET ENCAP the MTU value is 1500 For PPPoE the MTU value is 1492 For PPPoA and RFC 1483 the MTU is 65535 Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 7 6 Configuring More Connections This section describes the protocol independent parameters for a remote network They are required for placing calls to a remote gateway and the network behind it across a WAN connection When you use the WAN gt Internet Connection screen to set up Internet access you are configuring the first WAN connection Click Network gt WAN gt More Connections to display the screen as shown next
394. t the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user Respond to Ping The ZyXEL Device will not respond to any incoming Ping requests when Disable is on selected Select LAN to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests Select WAN to reply to incoming WAN Ping requests Otherwise select LAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests Do not respond to Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyXEL Device by probing for requests for unused ports If you select this option the ZyXEL Device will not respond to port unauthorized request s for unused ports thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyXEL Device services unseen By default this option is not selected and the ZyXEL Device will reply with an ICMP Port Unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP Reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports Note that the probing packets must first traverse the ZyXEL Device s firewall mechanism before reaching this anti probing mechanism Therefore if the firewall mechanism blocks a probing packet the ZyXEL Device reacts based on the corresponding firewall policy to send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP packet or an ICMP port unreachable packet for a blocked UDP packets or just drop the packets without sending a response packet Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to
395. t to access the LAN 12 3 2 Security Ramifications 1 Once the logic of the rule has been defined it is critical to consider the security ramifications created by the rule P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration 2 Does this rule stop LAN users from accessing critical resources on the Internet For example if IRC is blocked are there users that require this service 3 Is it possible to modify the rule to be more specific For example if IRC is blocked for all users will a rule that blocks just certain users be more effective 4 Does a rule that allows Internet users access to resources on the LAN create a security vulnerability For example if FTP ports TCP 20 21 are allowed from the Internet to the LAN Internet users may be able to connect to computers with running FTP servers 5 Does this rule conflict with any existing rules 6 Once these questions have been answered adding rules is simply a matter of plugging the information into the correct fields in the web configurator screens 12 3 3 Key Fields For Configuring Rules 12 3 3 1 Action Should the action be to Drop Reject or Permit BES Drop means the firewall silently discards the packet Reject means the firewall discards packets and sends an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender 12 3 3 2 Service Select the service from the Service scrolling list box If the service is not listed it is necessary to
396. te acts as the primary default route If the normal route fails to connect to the Internet the ZyXEL Device tries the traffic redirect route next In the same manner the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup route if the traffic redirect route also fails If you want the dial backup route to take first priority over the traffic redirect route or even the normal route all you need to do is set the dial backup route s metric to 1 and the others to 2 or greater IP Policy Routing overrides the default routing behavior and takes priority over all of the routes mentioned above 7 3 Traffic Shaping Traffic Shaping is an agreement between the carrier and the subscriber to regulate the average rate and fluctuations of data transmission over an ATM network This agreement helps eliminate congestion which is important for transmission of real time data such as audio and video connections Peak Cell Rate PCR is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells This parameter may be lower but not higher than the maximum line speed 1 ATM cell is 53 bytes 424 bits so a maximum speed of 832Kbps gives a maximum PCR of 1962 cells sec This rate is not guaranteed because it is dependent on the line speed P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Sustained Cell Rate SCR is the mean cell rate of each bursty traffic source It specifies the maximum average rate at which cells can be sent over the virtual connection SCR may not b
397. ted WF Configure Using DHCP e FireWire Not Connected 2 e Internal Modem Q x Not Connected AirPort e Off DNS Server Search Domains 802 1X WPA ZyXELO4 id Click the lock to prevent further changes 4 From the Configure list select Using DHCP for dynamically assigned settings 5 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure list select Manually n the IP Address field enter your IP address n the Subnet Mask field enter your subnet mask n the Router field enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix A Setting Up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 199 Mac OS X 10 5 Network Preferences gt Ethernet Ass Location Automatic E Internal Modem QS Not Connected Status Not Connected The cable for Ethernet is connected but your computer does not have an IP address PPPoE ANS Not Connected S Ethernet UN P er Ceres G00 Configure Manually E Not Connected 2 Een Subnet Mask AirPort T 9 or Router DNS Server Search Domains 802 1X WPA ZyXELO4 ee M id Click the lock to prevent further changes 6 Click Apply and close the window Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties by clicking Applications gt Utilities gt Network Utilities and then selecting the appropriate Network interface from the Info tab Figure 200 Mac OS X 10 5 Network Utility i
398. ternal SPTGEN FTP Upload Example erf 220 User 331 Pass 230 ftp gt 200 ftp gt ftp tp 192 168 1 1 PPP FTP version 1 0 ready at Sat Jan 1 03 22 12 2000 192 168 1 1 none Enter PASS command word Logged in bin Type I OK put rom t bye P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix G Internal SPTGEN Example Internal SPTGEN Menus This section provides example Internal SPTGEN menus Table 144 Abbre viations Used in the Example Internal SPTGEN Screens Table ABBREVIATION MEANING FIN Field Identification Number FN Field Name PVA Parameter Values Allowed INPUT An example of what you may enter Applies to the ZyXEL Device Table 145 Menu 1 General Setup Menu 1 General Setup EL FN PVA INPUT 10000000 Configured lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 10000001 System Name lt Str gt Your Device 10000002 Location lt Str gt 10000003 Contact Person s Name lt Str gt 10000004 Route IP lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 1 10000006 Bridge lt 0 No 1 Yes gt 0 Table 146 Menu 3 Menu 3 1 General Ethernet Setup FIN E PVA INPUT 30100001 Input Protocol filters Set 1 2 30100002 Input Protocol filters Set 2 256 30100003 Input Protocol filters Set 3 256 30100004 Input Protocol filters Set 4 2
399. ternet Nm Ed i 192 168 1 11 a Inside Local Inside Global 192 168 1 10 Addresses ILA Addresses IGA 10 1 4 NAT Application The following figure illustrates a possible NAT application where three inside LANs logical LANs using IP Alias behind the ZyXEL Device can communicate with three distinct WAN networks More examples follow at the end of this chapter P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Figure 99 NAT Application With IP Alias A LAN1 192 168 1 X z eX ess IP 4 IGA 1 192 168 1 1 b m LAN2 192 168 2 x j L Wy IP2 IGA2 192 168 2 1 i LAN3 192 168 3 X 192 168 3 1 i ba LJ PEN e IP 3 IGA 3 10 1 5 NAT Mapping Types NAT supports five types of IP port mapping They are One to One In One to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps one local IP address to one global IP address Many to One In Many to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA for instance PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported the SUA Only option in today s routers Many to Many Overload In Many to Many Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps the multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload In Many to Many No Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps each
400. ters and clicking Generate The ZyXEL Device automatically generates a WEP key WEP Key The WEP keys are used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless clients must use the same WEP key for data transmission If you want to manually set the WEP key enter any 5 or 13 characters ASCII string or 10 or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit or 128 bit WEP key respectively 9 3 3 WPA PSK WPA2 PSK In order to configure and enable WPA 2 PSK authentication click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the General screen Select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the Security Mode list P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 133 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 87 Wireless WPA PSK WPA2 PSK Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Security Network Name SSID ZyXEL C Hide ssID Security Mode WPA2 PSK Y Cl wea Compatible Pre Shared Key ReAuthentication Timer 1800 In Seconds Idle Timeout 3600 In Seconds Group Key Update Timer 1800 In Seconds MAC Filter Allow Association The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 48 Wireless WPA PSK WPA2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This check box is available only when you select WPA2 PSK or WPA2 in the Security Mode field Select the check box to have both WPA2 and WPA wireless clients be abl
401. that are currently associating with the ZyXEL Device P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 5 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Bandwidth Status Use this screen to view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments Packet Statistics Use this screen to view port status and packet specific statistics 2 4 3 Status Any IP Table Click the Any IP Table hyperlink in the Status screen The Any IP table shows current read only information including the IP address and the MAC address of all network devices that use the Any IP feature to communicate with the ZyXEL Device Figure 13 Status Any IP Table AnyIP Table Ps m address OOO MAC address RN The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 6 Status Any IP Table LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of the host computer IP Address This field displays the IP address of the network device MAC Address This field displays the MAC Media Access Control address of the computer with the displayed IP address Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 Refresh Click Refresh to update this screen 2 4 4 Status WLAN Status Click the WLAN Status hyperlink in the Status screen to view the wireless
402. the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Configuration screen P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 21 Tools Figure 172 Configuration Restore Error System Restore Restore configuration error The configuration file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid configuration file Click Help for more information Return 21 2 3 Back to Factory Defaults Pressing the RESET button in this section clears all user entered configuration information and returns the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults You can also press the RESET button on the rear panel to reset the factory defaults of your ZyXEL Device Refer to the chapter about introducing the web configurator for more information on the RESET button 21 3 Restart System restart allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart Click Restart to have the ZyXEL Device reboot This does not affect the ZyXEL Device s configuration Figure 173 Restart Screen System Reboot Click Restart to have the device perform a software restart The SYS or PWR LED blinks as the device restarts and then stays steady on if the restart is successful Wait a minute before logging into the device again Restart P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 275 Chapter 21 Tools 276 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Diagnosti
403. the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Hide SSID Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool Security Mode See the following sections for more details about this feature MAC Filter The MAC filter allows you to configure the ZyXEL Device to give exclusive access to up to 32 devices Allow or exclude up to 32 devices from accessing the ZyXEL Device Deny Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 You need to know the MAC address of the devices to configure this screen Click the Edit icon to configure the MAC filter See Section 9 3 6 on page 138 for more details Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen Advanced Setup Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit more details of your WLAN setup See Section 9 3 5 on page 137 for more details See the rest of this chapter for information on the other labels in
404. thentication PSK gt vu Internet Security Parameters Summary Refer to this table to see what other security parameters you should configure for each authentication method or key management protocol type MAC address filters are not dependent on how you configure these security features Table 142 Wireless Security Relational Matrix METHOD KEY NCR EOS ENTER IEEE 802 1X MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL METHOD MANUAL KEY l Open None No Disable Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Open WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable Shared WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable WPA TKIP AES No Enable WPA PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable WPA2 TKIP AES No Enable WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Antenna Overview An antenna couples RF signals onto air A transmitter within a wireless device sends an RF signal to the antenna which propagates the signal through the air The antenna also operates in reverse by capturing RF signals from the air Positioning the antennas properly increases the range and coverage area of a wireless LAN Antenna Characteristics Frequency An antenna in the frequency of 2 4GHz IEEE 802 11b and IEEE 802 11g or 5GHz IEEE 802 11a is needed to communicate efficiently in a wireless LAN Radiation Pattern A radia
405. ther VC based or LLC based Virtual Circuit VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit ID Refer to the appendix for more information VPI Enter the VPI assigned to you This field may already be configured VCI Enter the VCI assigned to you This field may already be configured Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen The next wizard screen you see depends on what protocol you chose above Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 2 The next wizard screen varies depending on what mode and encapsulation type you use All screens shown are with routing mode Configure the fields and click Next to continue See Section 3 3 on page 64 for wireless connection wizard setup P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 24 Internet Connection with PPPoE SSTEP 1 STEP 2 ffi Internet Configuration y your Internet ce Provider here If User Name Password Service Name optional Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 10 Internet Connection with PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name
406. this screen 9 3 1 No Security Select No Security to allow wireless clients to communicate with the access points without any data encryption LES If you do not enable any wireless security on your ZyXEL Device your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 85 Wireless No Security Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Y Scan Security Network Name SSID ZyXEL Cl hide ssiD Security Mode No Security v MAC Filter Allow Association Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 46 Wireless No Security LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose No Security from the drop down list box 9 3 2 WEP Encryption WEP encryption scrambles the data transmitted between the wireless clients and the access points to keep network communications private It encrypts unicast and multicast communications in a network Both the wireless clients and the access points must use the same WEP key Your ZyXEL Device allows you to configure up to four 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP keys but only one key can be enabled at any one time WEP is extremely insecure Its encryption can be broken by an attacker using widely available software It is strongly recommended that you use a more effective security mechanism Use the s
407. this will cause the ZyXEL Device to not use some of the interface s available bandwidth Scheduler Select either Priority Based or Fairness Based from the drop down menu to control the traffic flow Select Priority Based to give preference to bandwidth classes with higher priorities Select Fairness Based to treat all bandwidth classes equally Max Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device divide up all of the interface s Bandwidth unallocated and or unused bandwidth among the bandwidth classes that require Usage bandwidth Do not select this if you want to reserve bandwidth for traffic that does not match a bandwidth class or you want to limit the speed of this interface see the Speed field description Apply Click Apply to save your settings to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 15 Bandwidth Management 15 9 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup You must use the Bandwidth Management Summary screen to enable bandwidth management on an interface before you can configure rules for that interface Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup to open the following screen Figure 132 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup Rule Setup Rule Setup Direction LAN x Bandwidth 10 Add kbps Service WW x Priority High 7 To LAN Interface Jactive Rule Name Destination Port Priority Bandwidth kbps
408. thod from the ISP and makes the necessary configuration changes In cases where additional account information such as an Internet account user name and password is required or the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the ISP you will be redirected to web screen s for information input or troubleshooting P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Any IP The Any IP feature allows a computer to access the Internet and the ZyXEL Device without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Firewall The ZyXEL Device is a stateful inspection firewall with DoS Denial of Service protection By default when the firewall is activated all incoming traffic from the WAN to the LAN is blocked unless it is initiated from the LAN The ZyXEL Device firewall supports TCP UDP inspection DoS detection and prevention real time alerts reports and logs Content Filtering Content filtering allows you to block access to forbidden Internet web sites schedule when the ZyXEL Device should perform the filtering and give trusted LAN IP addresses unfiltered Internet access Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards WAN traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet thus acting as an auxiliary if your regular WAN connection fails Media Bandwidth Management ZyXEL
409. ties that you want to apply to the services listed P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Ea Chapter 6 Bandwidth Management Wizard Figure 64 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration fa Service Configuration important to tting to match meea TT Ll id O id Li Li O O M O NetMeeting H 323 Ww Ww O High O mid O Low User Configured High O mid O Low O user Configured O High 9 mid O Low O user Configured O High O Mid 9 Low O User Configured O High O Mid Low User Configured High Omid O Low O User Configured O High O Mid 9 Low O User Configured O High O mid 9 Low O user Configured 9 High O Mid O Low User Configured High O mid O Low O user Configured FTP E Mail Telnet VoIP SIP VoIP H 323 TFTP XBox Live lt Back EM Next gt JE Et The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 32 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select an entry s Active check box to turn on bandwidth management for the service application Service These fields display the services names Priority Select High Mid or Low priority for each service to have your ZyXEL Device use a priority for traffic that matches that service A service with High priority is given as much bandwidth as it needs If you select services as having the same priority then bandwidth is divided equally amongst those servi
410. tion Figure 38 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup NTERNET WIRELESS SETU on wizard will roug non configuration e each of which may 3 Activate bandwidth management and select to allocate bandwidth to packets based on the service requirements Figure 39 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information fa General Information ct the check box to apply bandwidth man nent to traffic going through the device Enter mount of bandwidth that you want to all M Active lt Back Next gt exit The following fields describe the label in this screen Table 19 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the Active check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply bandwidth management to traffic going out through the ZyXEL Device s port s Select Services Setup to allocate bandwidth based on the service requirements Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 4 Use the second wizard screen to select the services that you want to apply bandwidth management and select the priorities that you want to apply to the services listed P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 4 Bandwidth Management Wizard Figure 40 Bandwidth Management Wizard Configuration fa Service Configuration important to tting to match meea TT Ll id O
411. tion When you select a predefined application you do not configure the rest of the bandwidth filter fields other than enabling or disabling the filter SIP Session Initiation Protocol is a signaling protocol used in Internet telephony instant messaging and other VoIP Voice over IP applications Select SIP from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for traffic that uses SIP File Transfer Protocol FTP is an Internet file transfer service that operates on the Internet and over TCP IP networks A system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system running an FTP client The service allows users to send commands to the server for uploading and downloading files Select FTP from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for FTP traffic H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and video conferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does not provide a guaranteed quality of service Select H 323 from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for traffic that uses H 323 Select User defined from the drop down list box if you do not want to use a predefined application for the bandwidth class When you select User defined you need to configure at least one of the following fields other than the Subnet Mask fields which you only enter if you also enter a co
412. tion Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices vary depending on the mode you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE User Name PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Table 33 Internet Connection continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Virtual Circuit ID VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit Refer to the appendix for more information VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you IP Address This option is available if you select Routing in the Mode field A static IP address is a
413. tion algorithm did not algorithm mismatch match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 The listed rule s IKE phase 2 authentication algorithm did not authentication algorithm match between the router and the peer mismatch Rule d Phase 2 The listed rule s IKE phase 2 encapsulation did not match encapsulation mismatch between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 2 pfs The listed rule s IKE phase 2 perfect forward secret pfs mismatch setting did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 ID mismatch The listed rule s IKE phase 1 ID did not match between the router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 hash The listed rule s IKE phase 1 hash did not match between the mismatch router and the peer Rule d Phase 1 preshared The listed rule s IKE phase 1 pre shared key did not match key mismatch between the router and the peer Rule d Tunnel built The listed rule s IPSec tunnel has been built successfully successfully Rule d Peer s public key The listed rule s IKE phase 1 peer s public key was not found not found Rule d Verify peer s The listed rule s IKE phase verification of the peer s signature failed signature failed Rule d Sending IKE IKE sent an IKE request for the listed rule request Rule d Receiving IKE IKE received an IKE request for the listed rule request Swap rule to rule d The router changed to using the listed rule Phase 1 key leng Th
414. tion pattern is a diagram that allows you to visualize the shape of the antenna s coverage area Antenna Gain Antenna gain measured in dB decibel is the increase in coverage within the RF beam width Higher antenna gain improves the range of the signal for better communications For an indoor site each 1 dB increase in antenna gain results in a range increase of approximately 2 5 For an unobstructed outdoor site each 1dB increase in gain results in a range increase of approximately 5 Actual results may vary depending on the network environment Antenna gain is sometimes specified in dBi which is how much the antenna increases the signal power compared to using an isotropic antenna An isotropic antenna 1s a theoretical perfect antenna that sends out radio signals equally well in all directions dBi represents the true gain that the antenna provides Types of Antennas for WLAN There are two types of antennas used for wireless LAN applications Omni directional antennas send the RF signal out in all directions on a horizontal plane The coverage area is torus shaped like a donut which makes these antennas ideal for a room environment With a wide coverage area it 1s possible to make circular overlapping coverage areas with multiple access points Directional antennas concentrate the RF signal in a beam like a flashlight does with the light from its bulb The angle of the beam determines the width of the coverage pattern
415. troducing the ZyXEL Device Dynamic DNS Support With Dynamic DNS support you can have a static hostname alias for a dynamic IP address allowing the host to be more easily accessible from various locations on the Internet You must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider DHCP DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol allows the individual clients computers to obtain the TCP IP configuration at start up from a centralized DHCP server The ZyXEL Device has built in DHCP server capability enabled by default It can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to DHCP clients The ZyXEL Device can now also act as a surrogate DHCP server DHCP Relay where it relays IP address assignment from the actual real DHCP server to the clients IP Alias IP Alias allows you to partition a physical network into logical networks over the same Ethernet interface The ZyXEL Device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network TR 069 Compliance TR 069 is a DSL Forum standard that defines how CPE Customer Premise Equipment for example your ZyXEL Device can be managed over the WAN by an Auto Configuration Server ACS such as ZyXEL s CNM Access TR 069 is based on sending RPCs Remote Procedure Call between an ACS and a client device RPCs are sent in XML Extensible Markup Language format over HTTP or HTTPS
416. trongest security mechanism that all the wireless devices in your network support For example use WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK if all your wireless devices support it or use WPA or WPA2 if your wireless devices support it and you have a RADIUS server If your wireless devices support nothing stronger than WEP use the highest encryption level available In order to configure and enable WEP encryption click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the General screen Select Static WEP from the Security Mode list P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 86 Wireless Static WEP Encryption Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz v Scan Security Network Name SSID ZyXEL Cl Hide ssiD Security Mode Static WEP Y WEP Key q Note The different WEP key lengths configure different strength security 40 64 bit or 128 bit respectively Your wireless client must match the security strength set on the router Please type exactly 5 or 13 characters Please type exactly 10 or 26 characters using only the numbers 0 9 and the letters A F MAC Filter Allow Association Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 47 Wireless Static WEP Encryption LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose Static WEP from the drop down list box Passphrase Enter a Passphrase up to 32 printable charac
417. ty of unauthorized connections such as connections caused by a computer virus 1 3 4 NAT Enable NAT Network Address Translation to make devices on your network invisible to those outside your network unless you configure port forwarding rules for them Applications such as games or file sharing can be configured so they are visible from other networks by using port forwarding Ensure only applications you want are configured to port forward See Chapter 10 on page 147 for instructions on these measures 1 3 5 Content filter Youcan block web services including cookies ActiveX and Java While these services can be misused they can also enhance the functionality of a website To block these services follow the instructions in Chapter 13 on page 195 1 3 6 UPnP Disable UPnP Universal Plug and Play unless you specifically want applications for example games or file sharing applications on your network to pass through your firewall unchecked 1 4 Maintaining Your ZyXEL Device Do the following things regularly to keep your ZyXEL Device running Check the ZyXEL website www zyxel com tw regularly for new firmware for your ZyXEL Device Ensure you download the correct firmware for your model P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 35 Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Back up the configuration and make sure you know how to restore it Restoring an earlier working configuration may be useful if the d
418. ubnet is short for sub network A subnet mask has 32 bits If a bit in the subnet mask is a 1 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the network number If a bit in the subnet mask is 0 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID The following example shows a subnet mask identifying the network number in bold text and host ID of an IP address 192 168 1 2 in decimal Table 128 P Address Network Number and Host ID Example OCTET OCTET OCTET Se TOE 192 168 1 2 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000010 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111114 11111111 00000000 Network Number 11000000 10101000 00000001 Host ID 00000010 By convention subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from the leftmost bit of the mask followed by a continuous sequence of zeros for a total number of 32 bits Subnet masks can be referred to by the size of the network number part the bits with a 1 value For example an 8 bit mask means that the first 8 bits of the mask are ones and the remaining 24 bits are zeroes P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Subnet masks are expressed in dotted decimal notation just like IP addresses The following examples show the binary and decimal notation for 8 bit 16 bit 24 bit and 29 bit subnet masks Table 129 Subnet
419. ubnet 3 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 128 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 191 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 190 Table 135 Subnet 4 LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 192 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 11000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 192 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 193 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 255 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 Example Eight Subnets Similarly use a 27 bit mask to create eight subnets 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 and 111 The following table shows IP address last octet values for each subnet Table 136 Eight Subnets SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS 1 0 1 30 31 2 32 33 62 63 3 64 65 94 95 4 96 97 126 127 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 136 Eight Subnets continued SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS 5 128 129 158 159 6 160 161 190 191 7 192 193 222 223 8 224 225 254 255 Subnet Planning The following table is a summary
420. uide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Table 66 Firewall Edit Rule continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Action for Matched Packet Use the drop down list box to select what the firewall is to do with packets that match this rule Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet for a TCP packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message for a UDP packet to the sender Select Permit to allow the passage of the packets Source Destination Address Address Type Do you want your rule to apply to packets with a particular single IP a range of IP addresses e g 192 168 1 10 to 192 169 1 50 a subnet or any IP address Select an option from the drop down list box that includes Single Address Range Address Subnet Address and Any Address Start IP Address Enter the single IP address or the starting IP address in a range here End IP Address Enter the ending IP address in a range here Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask here if applicable Add Click Add gt gt to add a new address to the Source or Destination Address box You can add multiple addresses ranges of addresses and or subnets Edit To edit an existing source or destination address select it from the box and click Edit Delete Highlight an existing s
421. uide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 5 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Subnet Mask This is the LAN port IP subnet mask DHCP This is the WAN port DHCP role Server Relay or None WLAN Information SSID This is the descriptive name used to identify the ZyXEL Device in the wireless LAN Channel This is the channel number used by the ZyXEL Device now Security This displays the WLAN security mode Security Firewall This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s firewall is activated Content Filter This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s content filtering is activated System Status System Uptime This is the total time the ZyXEL Device has been on Current Date Time This field displays your ZyXEL Device s present date and time System Mode This displays whether the ZyXEL Device is functioning as a router or a bridge CPU Usage This number shows how many kilobytes of the heap memory the ZyXEL Device is using Heap memory refers to the memory that is not used by ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System and is thus available for running processes like NAT VPN and the firewall The bar displays what percent of the ZyXEL Device s heap memory is in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached Memory Usage This number shows the ZyXEL Device s total heap memory in kilobytes The bar displ
422. unnel Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS None ras gt P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide NetBIOS Filter Commands The following describes the NetBIOS packet filter commands See Appendix E on page 349 for information on the command structure Introduction NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP broadcast packets that enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN For some dial up services such as PPPoE or PPTP NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls You can configure NetBIOS filters to do the following Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN Allow or disallow the sending of NetBIOS packets through VPN connections Allow or disallow NetBIOS packets to initiate calls Display NetBIOS Filter Settings Syntax sys filter netbios disp This command gives a read only list of the current NetBIOS filter modes for The ZyXEL Device NetBIOS Display Filter Settings Command Example NetBIOS Filter Status Between LAN and WAN Block IPSec Packets Forward Trigger Dial Disabled P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 355 Appendix F NetBIOS Filter Commands The filter types and their default settings are as follows Table 143 NetBIOS Filter Default Settings NAME DESCRIPTION EXAMPLE Between LAN This field displays whether NetBIOS packets are blocked or forwarded Block
423. updates this information IP multicasting can be enabled disabled on the ZyXEL Device LAN and or WAN interfaces in the web configurator LAN WAN Select None to disable IP multicasting on these interfaces 8 2 4 Any IP Traditionally you must set the IP addresses and the subnet masks of a computer and the ZyXEL Device to be in the same subnet to allow the computer to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device In cases where your computer is required to use a static IP address in another network you may need to manually configure the network settings of the computer every time you want to access the Internet via the ZyXEL Device With the Any IP feature and NAT enabled the ZyXEL Device allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Whether a computer is set to use a dynamic or static fixed IP address you can simply connect the computer to the ZyXEL Device and access the Internet The following figure depicts a scenario where a computer is set to use a static private IP address in the corporate environment In a residential house where a ZyXEL Device is installed you can still use the computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Figure 76 An xample
424. ur vendor then contact a ZyXEL office for the region in which you bought the device Regional offices are listed below see also http www zyxel com web contact_us php Please have the following information ready when you contact an office Required Information Product model and serial number Warranty Information Date that you received your device Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it is the prefix number you dial to make an international telephone call Corporate Headquarters Worldwide Support E mail support zyxel com tw Sales E mail sales zyxel com tw Telephone 886 3 578 3942 Fax 886 3 578 2439 Web www zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan China ZyXEL Communications Beijing Corp Support E mail cso zycn zyxel cn Sales E mail sales zyxel cn Telephone 86 010 82800646 Fax 86 010 82800587 Address 902 Unit B Horizon Building No 6 Zhichun Str Haidian District Beijing Web http www zyxel cn China ZyXEL Communications Shanghai Corp e Support E mail cso zycn zyxel cn Sales E mail sales zyxel cn Telephone 86 021 61199055 Fax 86 021 52069033 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 377 Appendix Customer Support Address 1005F ShengGao International Tower No 137 XianXia Rd Shanghai Web http www zyxel cn Costa Rica Support E
425. uration LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed ZIP files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process Do not turn off the ZyXEL Device while configuration file upload is in progress After you see a Restore Configuration successful screen you must then wait one minute before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 170 Configuration Restore Successful Restore Configuration successful The Router Is Rebooting Now Please Wait The router will now reboot As there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the router again The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 171 Temporarily Disconnected D Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged If you uploaded the default configuration file you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default ZyXEL Device IP address 192 168 1 1 See the appendix for details on how to set up your computer s IP address If the upload was not successful
426. ure its settings Change any default passwords on the ZyXEL Device such as the password used for accessing the ZyXEL Device s web configurator if it has a web configurator Use a password with a combination of letters and numbers and change your password regularly Write down the password and put it in a safe place Avoid setting a long timeout period before the ZyXEL Device s web configurator automatically times out A short timeout reduces the risk of unauthorized person accessing the web configurator while it is left idle See Chapter 19 on page 247 for instructions on changing your password and setting the timeout period Configure remote management to control who can manage your ZyXEL Device See Chapter 17 on page 221 for more information If you enable remote management ensure you have enabled remote management only on the IP addresses services or interfaces you intended and that other remote management settings are disabled 1 3 2 Wireless Security Wireless devices are especially vulnerable to attack If your ZyXEL Device has a wireless function take the following measures to improve wireless security Enable wireless security on your ZyXEL Device Choose the most secure encryption method that all devices on your network support See Chapter 9 on page 127 for directions on configuring encryption If you have a RADIUS server enable WPA 2 user identification on your network so users must log in This method is more common
427. urther information about port numbers Table 57 Services and Port Numbers SERVICES PORT NUMBER ECHO 7 FTP File Transfer Protocol 21 SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 25 DNS Domain Name System 53 Finger 79 HTTP Hyper Text Transfer protocol or WWW Web 80 POP3 Post Office Protocol 110 NNTP Network News Transport Protocol 119 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol 161 SNMP trap 162 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Protocol 1723 10 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example Let s say you want to assign ports 21 25 to one FTP Telnet and SMTP server A in the example port 80 to another B in the example and assign a default server IP address of 192 168 1 35 to a third C in the example You assign the LAN IP addresses and the ISP assigns the WAN IP address The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet 152 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Figure 101 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example A 2 192 168 1 33 b Wi A 2e Ws Bd C 2192168135 EDS IP address D 192 168 1 36 assigned by ISP 192 168 1 1 10 5 Configuring Port Forwarding BS BS The Port Forwarding screen is available only when you select SUA Only in the NAT gt General screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that
428. ussis cendo rke tbt etia bae iaaa 201 Figure T28 SUC ROUES ae aus stg rs dex cen HERR d data aan a e dre Oa pt RH RR LER Raigad eS aa RR anes 202 mo CN Lern sd dia few T 203 Figure 130 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example sse 206 Figure 131 Bandwidth Management Summary eeeeeeeeeeeseeeee eee nh saneta tnn a naa atn a aa ka nh Pad aka u sn aAA 210 Figure 132 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup inerat tropa rte erra a tex ERE P a e Ee pPR ee ex EEMER ace ERE Aq i npua 211 Figure 133 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration ccccccccccessecccceceesecccceeenseacaeeeseeeacaceneneees 212 Figure 134 Bandwidth Management Monitor ssssseesee eene 215 Figure 135 Dynamic DONS e M 218 Figure 135 Remote Management WYW sisssctcccsssssacessrssotezesranssucssevvemvasernsonmsaevnanacecen nous FX n EFI EN ERR 222 Figure 137 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP NetWork 1 5 erase terti cetera tet rsi rirsosiistidsnia aredi 223 Figure 138 Remote Management Telnet saiissirissirississriii ssndsn saaa 224 Figure 139 Remote Management FTIP Liuius entera ken ttti Re ux B Ra a Ra En Rr Ri RN Ra a uA 225 Figure 140 SNMP Management Model ice omi rob etur b ete Eomae rp Ea aa 226 Figure 141 Remote Management SNMP 2st arr t nnt tna te a s t a Pad e t d d EXER EAR 227 Figure 142 Remote Management DNS Luuusseceusse sten mien d tre ki ER a a I kN RR ELA PA NAR i n 229 Figure 143 Remote Managem
429. ver Therefore there is no user authentication Suppose the wireless network has two wireless clients Device A only supports WEP and device B supports WEP and WPA Therefore you should set up Static WEP in the wireless network BS It is recommended that wireless networks use WPA PSK WPA or stronger encryption IEEE 802 1x and WEP encryption are better than none at all but it is still possible for unauthorized devices to figure out the original information pretty quickly BES It is not possible to use WPA PSK WPA or stronger encryption with a local user database In this case it is better to set up stronger encryption with no authentication than to set up weaker encryption with the local user database P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN When you select WPA2 or WPA2 PSK in your ZyXEL Device you can also select an option WPA compatible to support WPA as well In this case if some wireless clients support WPA and some support WPA2 you should set up WPA2 PSK or WPA2 depending on the type of wireless network login and select the WPA compatible option in the ZyXEL Device Many types of encryption use a key to protect the information in the wireless network The longer the key the stronger the encryption Every wireless client in the wireless network must have the same key 9 3 General Wireless LAN Screen BS If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless
430. vice has a successful Ethernet 1 2 3 4 connection Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data Off The ZyXEL Device is not connected to the LAN WPS WLAN Green On The wireless network is activated Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data through the wireless LAN Orange Blinking The ZyXEL Device is setting up a WPS connection Off The wireless LAN is not ready or has failed DSL Green On The DSL line is up Blinking The ZyXEL Device is initializing the DSL line Off The DSL line is down INTERNET Green On The Internet connection is up Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data Off The Internet connection is down 1 8 Splitters and Microfilters 1 8 1 Connecting a POTS Splitter When you use the Full Rate Gdmt ADSL standard you can use a POTS Plain Old Telephone Service splitter to separate the telephone and ADSL signals This allows simultaneous Internet access and telephone service on the same line A splitter also eliminates the destructive interference conditions caused by telephone sets P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Install the POTS splitter at the point where the telephone line enters your residence as shown in the following figure Figure 4 Connecting a POTS Splitter Wall Jack 1 Connect the side labeled Phone to your telephone 2 Connect the side labeled Modem or DSL to your ZyXEL Device 3 Co
431. wall Rules Refer to Section 11 1 on page 159 for more information In the Rules screen select an index number and click Add or click a rule s Edit icon to display this screen and refer to the following table for information on the labels P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 12 Firewall Configuration Figure 114 Firewall Edit Rule Edit Rule 2 IV Active Action for Matched Packets Permit 7 Source Address Source Address List Address Type any Address x End IP 0 0 0 oF dieere 0 0 0 0 Edit lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete EEE Destination Address Destination Address List Address Type Any Address Start IP noon Any Address LLL Add gt gt EMIP pooo Edi ee Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Service Available Services Selected Services Add gt gt AIMINEW ICQ TCP 5190 AUTH TCP 113 A BGP TCP 179 xl Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply iv Everyday M sun V Mon V Tue IV wed V Thu IV Fri IV sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format M All day star hour minute End o hour minute Log Log Packet Detail Information Alert Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 66 Firewall Edit Rule LABEL DESCRIPTION Edit Rule N Active Select this option to enable this firewall rule P 660HW Tx v3 User s G
432. walls 6 Later an inbound packet reaches the interface This packet is part of the connection previously established with the outbound packet The inbound packet is evaluated against the inbound access list and is permitted because of the temporary access list entry previously created 7 The packet is inspected by a firewall rule and the connection s state table entry is updated as necessary Based on the updated state information the inbound extended access list temporary entries might be modified in order to permit only packets that are valid for the current state of the connection 8 Any additional inbound or outbound packets that belong to the connection are inspected to update the state table entry and to modify the temporary inbound access list entries as required and are forwarded through the interface 9 When the connection terminates or times out the connection s state table entry is deleted and the connection s temporary inbound access list entries are deleted 11 5 2 Stateful Inspection and the ZyXEL Device Additional rules may be defined to extend or override the default rules For example a rule may be created which will Block all traffic of a certain type such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet Allow certain types of traffic from the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow access to a Web server to everyone but competitors Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to
433. will allow incoming address mask replies and outgoing timestamp requests will allow incoming timestamp replies No other ICMP packets are allowed in through the firewall simply because they are too dangerous and contain too little tracking information For instance ICMP redirect packets are never allowed in since they could be used to reroute traffic through attacking machines 11 5 5 Upper Layer Protocols Some higher layer protocols such as FTP and RealAudio utilize multiple network connections simultaneously In general terms they usually have a control connection which is used for sending commands between endpoints and then data connections which are used for transmitting bulk information Consider the FTP protocol A user on the LAN opens a control connection to a server on the Internet and requests a file At this point the remote server will open a data connection from the Internet For FTP to work properly this connection must be allowed to pass through even though a connection from the Internet would normally be rejected In order to achieve this the ZyXEL Device inspects the application level FTP data Specifically it searches for outgoing PORT commands and when it sees these it adds a cache entry for the anticipated data connection This can be done safely since the PORT command contains address and port information which can be used to uniquely identify the connection Any protocol that operates in this way must
434. wo features are optional and may not be supported in all wireless devices Key caching allows a wireless client to store the PMK it derived through a successful authentication with an AP The wireless client uses the PMK when it tries to connect to the same AP and does not need to go with the authentication process again Pre authentication enables fast roaming by allowing the wireless client already connecting to an AP to perform IEEE 802 1x authentication with another AP before connecting to it P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Wireless Client WPA Supplicants A wireless client supplicant is the software that runs on an operating system instructing the wireless client how to use WPA At the time of writing the most widely available supplicant is the WPA patch for Windows XP Funk Software s Odyssey client The Windows XP patch is a free download that adds WPA capability to Windows XP s built in Zero Configuration wireless client However you must run Windows XP to use it WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example To set up WPA 2 you need the IP address of the RADIUS server its port number default is 1812 and the RADIUS shared secret A WPA 2 application example with an external RADIUS server looks as follows A is the RADIUS server DS is the distribution system 1 The AP passes the wireless client s authentication request to the RADIUS server The RADIUS server then checks the user s identific
435. wo main types of component agents and a manager An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device the ZyXEL Device An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into a form compatible with SNMP The manager is the console through which network administrators perform network management functions It executes applications that control and monitor managed devices The managed devices contain object variables managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a device Examples of variables include such as number of packets received node port status etc A Management Information Base MIB is a collection of managed objects SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects SNMP itself is a simple request response protocol based on the manager agent model The manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol operations Get Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent GetNext Allows the manager to retrieve the next object variable from a table or list within an agent In SNMPv1 when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table from an agent it initiates a Get operation followed by a series of GetNext operations Set Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent Trap Used by the agent to inform the manager of some event
436. x 1722123 168 95 1 1 0 0 0 0 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 12 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP Automatically LABEL DESCRIPTION Obtain an IP A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not Address fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Select Obtain an IP Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address Static IP Select Static IP Address if your ISP gives you a fixed IP address Address IP Address Enter your ISP assigned IP address Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendices to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you use ENET address ENCAP in the Encapsulation field in the previous screen First DNS Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to the DHCP Server clients along with the IP address and the subnet mask Second DNS As above Server Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 3 Wizard Setup for Internet Access Figure 27 Internet Connection with PPPoA ffi Internet Configuration
437. y traffic from being sent The following is an example Table 82 Over Allotment of Bandwidth Example BANDWIDTH CLASSES ALLOTMENTS PRIORITIES Actual outgoing bandwidth available on the interface 1000 kbps Root Class 1500 kbps same VoIP traffic Service SIP 500 Kbps High Be Speed SERI NetMeeting traffic Service H 323 500 kbps High FTP Service FTP 500 Kbps Medium If you use VoIP and NetMeeting at the same time the device allocates up to 500 Kbps of bandwidth to each of them before it allocates any bandwidth to FTP As a result FTP can only use bandwidth when VoIP and NetMeeting do not use all of their allocated bandwidth Suppose you try to browse the web too In this case VoIP NetMeeting and FTP all have higher priority so they get to use the bandwidth first You can only browse the web when VoIP NetMeeting and FTP do not use all 1000 Kbps of available bandwidth 15 8 Configuring Summary Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT to open the screen as shown next Enable bandwidth management on an interface and set the maximum allowed bandwidth for that interface P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 15 Bandwidth Management Figure 131 Bandwidth Management Summary Summary Summary BW Manager manages the bandwidth of traffic flowing out of router on the specific interface BW Manager can be switched on off independently for each interface Interface Active
438. yXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Chapter 19 System 252 P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide Logs This chapter contains information about configuring general log settings and viewing the ZyXEL Device s logs Refer to the appendix for example log message explanations 20 1 Logs Overview The web configurator allows you to choose which categories of events and or alerts to have the ZyXEL Device log and then display the logs or have the ZyXEL Device send them to an administrator as e mail or to a syslog server 20 1 1 Alerts and Logs An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention They include system errors attacks access control and attempted access to blocked web sites Some categories such as System Errors consist of both logs and alerts You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log screen Alerts display in red and logs display in black 20 2 Viewing the Logs Click Maintenance gt Logs to open the View Log screen Use the View Log screen to see the logs for the categories that you selected in the Log Settings screen see Section 20 3 on page 254 Log entries in red indicate alerts The log wraps around and deletes the old entries after it fills Click a column heading to sort the entries A triangle indicates ascending or descending sort order P 660HW Tx v3 User s Guide 253 Chapter 20

ZyXEL P-6600HW-Tx User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents